An Unusual Cause of Shortness of Breath: Primary Tracheal Basal Cell Adenocarcinoma

Article Type
Changed
Wed, 04/25/2018 - 12:27
Display Headline
An Unusual Cause of Shortness of Breath: Primary Tracheal Basal Cell Adenocarcinoma
A rare case of basal cell adenocarcinoma of the salivary gland tissue in the trachea can be difficult to differentiate from basal cell adenomacarcinoma.

Salivary gland lung tumors are extremely rare intrathoracic malignancies, accounting for only 0.2% of all lung tumors.1 It has been postulated that these lung tumors arise from pluripotential cells in the epithelium of the submucosal bronchial glands and usually present as endoluminal lesions. The cause of salivary gland tumors is unclear. They seem to be unrelated to exposure to smoking, air pollutants, or other chemicals.2 Associated symptoms are generally related to endoluminal obstruction by the tumors, which are centrally located. Thus, presenting symptoms commonly include chronic cough, progressive dyspnea, hoarseness, wheezing, and occasional hemoptysis.3 Chest radiographs seem normal in most cases except those in which obstruction is present. Computed tomography usually shows well-defined endotracheal or endobronchial lesions that are lobulated, polypoid, or smooth, without infiltration into surrounding tissues.

Although basal cell adenocarcinoma (BCAC) was included in World Health Organization’s (WHO) Pathology and Genetics of Head and Neck Tumours in 1991, its definition—“an epithelial neoplasm that has cytological characteristics of basal cell adenoma (BCA), but a morphologic growth pattern indicative of malignancy”—did not appear until 2005.4 Basal cell adenocarcinoma generally is classified as a low-grade malignancy with a good long-term prognosis. It usually affects parotid and submandibular minor salivary glands.5

Histologic differentiation of BCAC and BCA is difficult and depends on whether local structures have been invaded or on which histologic features of perineural or vascular invasion are present.6 Basal cell adenocarcinoma also shows strong immunoreactivity to cytokeratin 7 (CK-7) and variable myoepithelial staining with S100.7 Because of the prognosis and potential treatment differences involved, BCAC must be differentiated from other basaloid cell tumors, such as BCA, adenoid cystic carcinoma, polymorphous low-grade adenocarcinoma, myoepithelial tumor, epithelial-myoepithelial carcinoma, and basaloid squamous cell carcinoma (SCC).8 Surgical excision is the primary treatment of choice.5 Rare in the salivary glands, BCA and BCAC are even rarer in salivary gland tissue outside the head and neck region. The authors report on a case of BCAC of the salivary gland tissue in the trachea.

Case Report

An 84-year-old man with diabetes mellitus and hypertension and a nonsmoker presented to the emergency department of the VA Caribbean Healthcare System in San Juan, Puerto Rico, with a dry cough and shortness of breath lasting 1 week, which worsened the day before
presentation. On physical examination, the patient was afebrile and in no respiratory distress, and his vital signs were within normal limits. There was no barrel chest, no prolonged expiratory phase, and occasional wheezing more prominent on the left side. A chest radiograph showed atelectasis and/or associated changes (Figure 1).

Arterial blood gases at room air showed hypoxemia. Computed tomography of the chest showed an ovoid mass in the distal trachea—suggestive of an aspirated foreign body rather than a neoplastic lesion (Figure 2).
A bronchoscopy showed a large, round, rubbery polypoid mass that was occluding at least 75% to 80% of the distal trachea on inhalation but was allowing air to pass on exhalation because of free movement at the pedunculated base (Figure 3). A physiologic respiratory profile showed flattening of the expiratory portion of the flowvolume loop—consistent with a variable intrathoracic airway obstruction (Figure 4A). Postresection physiologic respiratory profile showed complete resolution of the obstruction (Figure 4B).

After the initial biopsy results led to a provisional diagnosis of basaloid neoplasm with squamous features, the patient underwent rigid bronchoscopic tracheal tumor debridement followed by cryotherapy at the base of the tumor.

Body imaging and physical examination revealed no masses in the head and neck region. The final diagnosis was then rendered: primary pulmonary, salivary gland, low-grade BCAC (Figure 5A & B) of the trachea. Immunohistochemical markers confirmed the basaloid and myoepithelial-like differentiation of the tumor (CK-7 positive, p63 positive, S100 positive, smooth muscle actin negative, CK-5/6 negative [Figure 6A-C]). Resection showed positive margins.

Discussion

Primary tracheal tumors are rare, accounting for < 1% of all malignancies.9,10 According to the National Cancer Institute Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results database, the rate of new cases of primary carcinoma of the trachea was 2.6 per 1 million people per year.11 Of all primary tumors of the trachea, 80% are malignant9,10; the rest vary widely and include both malignant and benign histotypes.11

 

 

The abundant minor salivary gland tissue in the upper respiratory tract can potentially develop neoplasia the same as the wide spectrum seen in head and neck salivary gland tumors. The most recent (2004) WHO Pathology and Genetics of Tumours of the Lung, Pleura, Thymus and Heart includes a brief section on salivary gland tumors and mentions only mucoepidermoid carcinoma, adenoid cystic carcinoma, myoepithelial carcinoma, epithelial-myoepithelial carcinoma, pleomorphic adenoma, and carcinoma ex-pleomorphic adenoma.12 However, there are reports of other salivary gland tumors in the tracheopulmonary location.

García and colleagues recently described a case of hyalinizing clear cell carcinoma with its defining EWSR1-ATF1 (Ewing sarcoma breakpoint region 1–activating transcription factor 1) fusion transcript.13 Similarly, no tracheopulmonary BCAC cases have been reported in the English-language literature since 2004, when Damiani and colleagues described a case of basal adenocarcinoma of the lung.14 In 2012, Yamada and colleagues reported a case of “basaloid carcinoma with central cavitation,”15 which showed a peculiar immunohistochemical profile similar
to the tumor described in the present article—suggestive of a myoepithelial origin if the morphologic architectural features match.

Salivary gland tumors are prone to manifest the squamous phenotype. Depending on the biopsy modality, these squamous areas (squamous eddies) can be sampled and can lead to the erroneous diagnosis of SCC. However, the histologic features of squamous malignancy are
lacking in these squamous components, and the pathologist should be able to distinguish additional phenotypes that can generate a wider differential diagnosis.

 

On follow-up, this patient has maintained satisfactory respiratory function. Starting 2 years after the initial resection, he has had annual checkups. Recent imaging and bronchoscopy have revealed tumor recurrence in the same site. Because of the patient’s extensive comorbidities, surgical intervention has been deferred in favor of cryotherapy, a less aggressive therapy.

Author disclosure
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the U.S. Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review the complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

 

Click here to read the digital edition.

References

1. Moran CA. Primary salivary gland-type tumors of the lung. Semin Diagn Pathol.
1995;12(2):106-122.

2. Molina JR, Aubry MC, Lewis JE, et al. Primary salivary gland-type lung cancer: spectrum of clinical presentation, histopathologic and prognostic factors. Cancer. 2007;110(10):2253-2259.

3. Brutinel WM, Cortese DA, McDougall JC, Gillio RG, Bergstralh EJ. A two-year experience with the neodymium-YAG laser in endobronchial obstruction. Chest. 1987;91(2):159-165.

4. Barnes L, Eveson JW, Reichart P, Sidransky D, eds. World Health Organization Classification of Tumours. Pathology and Genetics of Head and Neck Tumours. Lyon, France: IARC Press; 2005. International Agency for Research on Cancer website. https://www.iarc.fr/en/publications/pdfs-online/pat-gen/bb9/BB9.pdf. Accessed June 16, 2016.

5. Sarath PV, Kannan N, Patil R, Manne RK, Swapna B, Suneel Kumar KV. Basal cell adenocarcinoma of the minor salivary glands involving palate and maxillary sinus. J Clin Imaging Sci. 2013;3(suppl 1):4.

6. Farrell T, Chang YL. Basal cell adenocarcinoma of minor salivary glands. Arch Pathol Lab Med. 2007;131(10):1602-1604.

7. Jung MJ, Roh JL, Choi SH, et al. Basal cell adenocarcinoma of the salivary gland: a morphological and immunohistochemical comparison with basal cell adenoma with and without capsular invasion. Diagn Pathol. 2013;8:171.

8. Jäkel KT, Löning T. Differential diagnosis of basaloid salivary gland tumors [in German]. Pathologe. 2004;25(1):46-55.

9. Urdaneta AI, Yu JB, Wilson LD. Population based cancer registry analysis of primary tracheal carcinoma. Am J Clin Oncol. 2011;34(1):32-37.

10. Varadhachary GR, Rabe MN. Cancer of unknown primary site. N Engl J Med. 2014;371(8):757-765.

11. Pelosi G, Fraggetta F, Maffini F, Solli P, Cavallon A, Viale G. Pulmonary epithelialmyoepithelial tumor of unproven malignant potential: report of a case and review
of the literature. Mod Pathol. 2001;14(5):521-526.

12. Travis WD, Brambilla E, Muller-Hermelink HK, Harris CC, eds. World Health Organization Classification of Tumours. Pathology and Genetics of Tumours of the Lung, Pleura, Thymus and Heart. Lyon, France: IARC Press; 2004. International Agency for Research on Cancer website. https://www.iarc.fr/en/publications/pdfs-online /pat-gen/bb10/BB10.pdf. Accessed June 29, 2016.

13. García JJ, Jin L, Jackson SB, et al. Primary pulmonary hyalinizing clear cell carcinoma of bronchial submucosal gland origin. Hum Pathol. 2015;46(3):471-475.

14. Damiani S, Magrini E, Farnedi A, Pession A. Basal cell (myoepithelial) adenocarcinoma of the lung. First case with cytogenetic findings. Histopathology. 2004;45(4):422-424.

15. Yamada S, Noguchi H, Nabeshima A, et al. Basaloid carcinoma of the lung associated with central cavitation: a unique surgical case focusing on cytological and immunohistochemical findings. Diagn Pathol. 2012;7:175-180.

Note: Page numbers differ between the print issue and digital edition.

Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Alemán Ortiz is a fellow, Dr. Cantres Fonseca is an attending physician, and Dr. Rodriguez Cintrón is director, all in the pulmonary and critical care medicine fellowship training program; and Dr. Tasso is an attending physician in the pathology and laboratory medicine program, all at the VA Caribbean Healthcare System in San Juan, Puerto Rico.

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 33(7)s
Publications
Topics
Legacy Keywords
Jesse R. Alemán Ortiz, MD, MPH; David M. Tasso, MD, FCAP;Onix Cantres Fonseca, MD; and William Rodriguez Cintrón, MD, MACP
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Alemán Ortiz is a fellow, Dr. Cantres Fonseca is an attending physician, and Dr. Rodriguez Cintrón is director, all in the pulmonary and critical care medicine fellowship training program; and Dr. Tasso is an attending physician in the pathology and laboratory medicine program, all at the VA Caribbean Healthcare System in San Juan, Puerto Rico.

Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Alemán Ortiz is a fellow, Dr. Cantres Fonseca is an attending physician, and Dr. Rodriguez Cintrón is director, all in the pulmonary and critical care medicine fellowship training program; and Dr. Tasso is an attending physician in the pathology and laboratory medicine program, all at the VA Caribbean Healthcare System in San Juan, Puerto Rico.

A rare case of basal cell adenocarcinoma of the salivary gland tissue in the trachea can be difficult to differentiate from basal cell adenomacarcinoma.
A rare case of basal cell adenocarcinoma of the salivary gland tissue in the trachea can be difficult to differentiate from basal cell adenomacarcinoma.

Salivary gland lung tumors are extremely rare intrathoracic malignancies, accounting for only 0.2% of all lung tumors.1 It has been postulated that these lung tumors arise from pluripotential cells in the epithelium of the submucosal bronchial glands and usually present as endoluminal lesions. The cause of salivary gland tumors is unclear. They seem to be unrelated to exposure to smoking, air pollutants, or other chemicals.2 Associated symptoms are generally related to endoluminal obstruction by the tumors, which are centrally located. Thus, presenting symptoms commonly include chronic cough, progressive dyspnea, hoarseness, wheezing, and occasional hemoptysis.3 Chest radiographs seem normal in most cases except those in which obstruction is present. Computed tomography usually shows well-defined endotracheal or endobronchial lesions that are lobulated, polypoid, or smooth, without infiltration into surrounding tissues.

Although basal cell adenocarcinoma (BCAC) was included in World Health Organization’s (WHO) Pathology and Genetics of Head and Neck Tumours in 1991, its definition—“an epithelial neoplasm that has cytological characteristics of basal cell adenoma (BCA), but a morphologic growth pattern indicative of malignancy”—did not appear until 2005.4 Basal cell adenocarcinoma generally is classified as a low-grade malignancy with a good long-term prognosis. It usually affects parotid and submandibular minor salivary glands.5

Histologic differentiation of BCAC and BCA is difficult and depends on whether local structures have been invaded or on which histologic features of perineural or vascular invasion are present.6 Basal cell adenocarcinoma also shows strong immunoreactivity to cytokeratin 7 (CK-7) and variable myoepithelial staining with S100.7 Because of the prognosis and potential treatment differences involved, BCAC must be differentiated from other basaloid cell tumors, such as BCA, adenoid cystic carcinoma, polymorphous low-grade adenocarcinoma, myoepithelial tumor, epithelial-myoepithelial carcinoma, and basaloid squamous cell carcinoma (SCC).8 Surgical excision is the primary treatment of choice.5 Rare in the salivary glands, BCA and BCAC are even rarer in salivary gland tissue outside the head and neck region. The authors report on a case of BCAC of the salivary gland tissue in the trachea.

Case Report

An 84-year-old man with diabetes mellitus and hypertension and a nonsmoker presented to the emergency department of the VA Caribbean Healthcare System in San Juan, Puerto Rico, with a dry cough and shortness of breath lasting 1 week, which worsened the day before
presentation. On physical examination, the patient was afebrile and in no respiratory distress, and his vital signs were within normal limits. There was no barrel chest, no prolonged expiratory phase, and occasional wheezing more prominent on the left side. A chest radiograph showed atelectasis and/or associated changes (Figure 1).

Arterial blood gases at room air showed hypoxemia. Computed tomography of the chest showed an ovoid mass in the distal trachea—suggestive of an aspirated foreign body rather than a neoplastic lesion (Figure 2).
A bronchoscopy showed a large, round, rubbery polypoid mass that was occluding at least 75% to 80% of the distal trachea on inhalation but was allowing air to pass on exhalation because of free movement at the pedunculated base (Figure 3). A physiologic respiratory profile showed flattening of the expiratory portion of the flowvolume loop—consistent with a variable intrathoracic airway obstruction (Figure 4A). Postresection physiologic respiratory profile showed complete resolution of the obstruction (Figure 4B).

After the initial biopsy results led to a provisional diagnosis of basaloid neoplasm with squamous features, the patient underwent rigid bronchoscopic tracheal tumor debridement followed by cryotherapy at the base of the tumor.

Body imaging and physical examination revealed no masses in the head and neck region. The final diagnosis was then rendered: primary pulmonary, salivary gland, low-grade BCAC (Figure 5A & B) of the trachea. Immunohistochemical markers confirmed the basaloid and myoepithelial-like differentiation of the tumor (CK-7 positive, p63 positive, S100 positive, smooth muscle actin negative, CK-5/6 negative [Figure 6A-C]). Resection showed positive margins.

Discussion

Primary tracheal tumors are rare, accounting for < 1% of all malignancies.9,10 According to the National Cancer Institute Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results database, the rate of new cases of primary carcinoma of the trachea was 2.6 per 1 million people per year.11 Of all primary tumors of the trachea, 80% are malignant9,10; the rest vary widely and include both malignant and benign histotypes.11

 

 

The abundant minor salivary gland tissue in the upper respiratory tract can potentially develop neoplasia the same as the wide spectrum seen in head and neck salivary gland tumors. The most recent (2004) WHO Pathology and Genetics of Tumours of the Lung, Pleura, Thymus and Heart includes a brief section on salivary gland tumors and mentions only mucoepidermoid carcinoma, adenoid cystic carcinoma, myoepithelial carcinoma, epithelial-myoepithelial carcinoma, pleomorphic adenoma, and carcinoma ex-pleomorphic adenoma.12 However, there are reports of other salivary gland tumors in the tracheopulmonary location.

García and colleagues recently described a case of hyalinizing clear cell carcinoma with its defining EWSR1-ATF1 (Ewing sarcoma breakpoint region 1–activating transcription factor 1) fusion transcript.13 Similarly, no tracheopulmonary BCAC cases have been reported in the English-language literature since 2004, when Damiani and colleagues described a case of basal adenocarcinoma of the lung.14 In 2012, Yamada and colleagues reported a case of “basaloid carcinoma with central cavitation,”15 which showed a peculiar immunohistochemical profile similar
to the tumor described in the present article—suggestive of a myoepithelial origin if the morphologic architectural features match.

Salivary gland tumors are prone to manifest the squamous phenotype. Depending on the biopsy modality, these squamous areas (squamous eddies) can be sampled and can lead to the erroneous diagnosis of SCC. However, the histologic features of squamous malignancy are
lacking in these squamous components, and the pathologist should be able to distinguish additional phenotypes that can generate a wider differential diagnosis.

 

On follow-up, this patient has maintained satisfactory respiratory function. Starting 2 years after the initial resection, he has had annual checkups. Recent imaging and bronchoscopy have revealed tumor recurrence in the same site. Because of the patient’s extensive comorbidities, surgical intervention has been deferred in favor of cryotherapy, a less aggressive therapy.

Author disclosure
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the U.S. Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review the complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

 

Click here to read the digital edition.

Salivary gland lung tumors are extremely rare intrathoracic malignancies, accounting for only 0.2% of all lung tumors.1 It has been postulated that these lung tumors arise from pluripotential cells in the epithelium of the submucosal bronchial glands and usually present as endoluminal lesions. The cause of salivary gland tumors is unclear. They seem to be unrelated to exposure to smoking, air pollutants, or other chemicals.2 Associated symptoms are generally related to endoluminal obstruction by the tumors, which are centrally located. Thus, presenting symptoms commonly include chronic cough, progressive dyspnea, hoarseness, wheezing, and occasional hemoptysis.3 Chest radiographs seem normal in most cases except those in which obstruction is present. Computed tomography usually shows well-defined endotracheal or endobronchial lesions that are lobulated, polypoid, or smooth, without infiltration into surrounding tissues.

Although basal cell adenocarcinoma (BCAC) was included in World Health Organization’s (WHO) Pathology and Genetics of Head and Neck Tumours in 1991, its definition—“an epithelial neoplasm that has cytological characteristics of basal cell adenoma (BCA), but a morphologic growth pattern indicative of malignancy”—did not appear until 2005.4 Basal cell adenocarcinoma generally is classified as a low-grade malignancy with a good long-term prognosis. It usually affects parotid and submandibular minor salivary glands.5

Histologic differentiation of BCAC and BCA is difficult and depends on whether local structures have been invaded or on which histologic features of perineural or vascular invasion are present.6 Basal cell adenocarcinoma also shows strong immunoreactivity to cytokeratin 7 (CK-7) and variable myoepithelial staining with S100.7 Because of the prognosis and potential treatment differences involved, BCAC must be differentiated from other basaloid cell tumors, such as BCA, adenoid cystic carcinoma, polymorphous low-grade adenocarcinoma, myoepithelial tumor, epithelial-myoepithelial carcinoma, and basaloid squamous cell carcinoma (SCC).8 Surgical excision is the primary treatment of choice.5 Rare in the salivary glands, BCA and BCAC are even rarer in salivary gland tissue outside the head and neck region. The authors report on a case of BCAC of the salivary gland tissue in the trachea.

Case Report

An 84-year-old man with diabetes mellitus and hypertension and a nonsmoker presented to the emergency department of the VA Caribbean Healthcare System in San Juan, Puerto Rico, with a dry cough and shortness of breath lasting 1 week, which worsened the day before
presentation. On physical examination, the patient was afebrile and in no respiratory distress, and his vital signs were within normal limits. There was no barrel chest, no prolonged expiratory phase, and occasional wheezing more prominent on the left side. A chest radiograph showed atelectasis and/or associated changes (Figure 1).

Arterial blood gases at room air showed hypoxemia. Computed tomography of the chest showed an ovoid mass in the distal trachea—suggestive of an aspirated foreign body rather than a neoplastic lesion (Figure 2).
A bronchoscopy showed a large, round, rubbery polypoid mass that was occluding at least 75% to 80% of the distal trachea on inhalation but was allowing air to pass on exhalation because of free movement at the pedunculated base (Figure 3). A physiologic respiratory profile showed flattening of the expiratory portion of the flowvolume loop—consistent with a variable intrathoracic airway obstruction (Figure 4A). Postresection physiologic respiratory profile showed complete resolution of the obstruction (Figure 4B).

After the initial biopsy results led to a provisional diagnosis of basaloid neoplasm with squamous features, the patient underwent rigid bronchoscopic tracheal tumor debridement followed by cryotherapy at the base of the tumor.

Body imaging and physical examination revealed no masses in the head and neck region. The final diagnosis was then rendered: primary pulmonary, salivary gland, low-grade BCAC (Figure 5A & B) of the trachea. Immunohistochemical markers confirmed the basaloid and myoepithelial-like differentiation of the tumor (CK-7 positive, p63 positive, S100 positive, smooth muscle actin negative, CK-5/6 negative [Figure 6A-C]). Resection showed positive margins.

Discussion

Primary tracheal tumors are rare, accounting for < 1% of all malignancies.9,10 According to the National Cancer Institute Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results database, the rate of new cases of primary carcinoma of the trachea was 2.6 per 1 million people per year.11 Of all primary tumors of the trachea, 80% are malignant9,10; the rest vary widely and include both malignant and benign histotypes.11

 

 

The abundant minor salivary gland tissue in the upper respiratory tract can potentially develop neoplasia the same as the wide spectrum seen in head and neck salivary gland tumors. The most recent (2004) WHO Pathology and Genetics of Tumours of the Lung, Pleura, Thymus and Heart includes a brief section on salivary gland tumors and mentions only mucoepidermoid carcinoma, adenoid cystic carcinoma, myoepithelial carcinoma, epithelial-myoepithelial carcinoma, pleomorphic adenoma, and carcinoma ex-pleomorphic adenoma.12 However, there are reports of other salivary gland tumors in the tracheopulmonary location.

García and colleagues recently described a case of hyalinizing clear cell carcinoma with its defining EWSR1-ATF1 (Ewing sarcoma breakpoint region 1–activating transcription factor 1) fusion transcript.13 Similarly, no tracheopulmonary BCAC cases have been reported in the English-language literature since 2004, when Damiani and colleagues described a case of basal adenocarcinoma of the lung.14 In 2012, Yamada and colleagues reported a case of “basaloid carcinoma with central cavitation,”15 which showed a peculiar immunohistochemical profile similar
to the tumor described in the present article—suggestive of a myoepithelial origin if the morphologic architectural features match.

Salivary gland tumors are prone to manifest the squamous phenotype. Depending on the biopsy modality, these squamous areas (squamous eddies) can be sampled and can lead to the erroneous diagnosis of SCC. However, the histologic features of squamous malignancy are
lacking in these squamous components, and the pathologist should be able to distinguish additional phenotypes that can generate a wider differential diagnosis.

 

On follow-up, this patient has maintained satisfactory respiratory function. Starting 2 years after the initial resection, he has had annual checkups. Recent imaging and bronchoscopy have revealed tumor recurrence in the same site. Because of the patient’s extensive comorbidities, surgical intervention has been deferred in favor of cryotherapy, a less aggressive therapy.

Author disclosure
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the U.S. Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review the complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

 

Click here to read the digital edition.

References

1. Moran CA. Primary salivary gland-type tumors of the lung. Semin Diagn Pathol.
1995;12(2):106-122.

2. Molina JR, Aubry MC, Lewis JE, et al. Primary salivary gland-type lung cancer: spectrum of clinical presentation, histopathologic and prognostic factors. Cancer. 2007;110(10):2253-2259.

3. Brutinel WM, Cortese DA, McDougall JC, Gillio RG, Bergstralh EJ. A two-year experience with the neodymium-YAG laser in endobronchial obstruction. Chest. 1987;91(2):159-165.

4. Barnes L, Eveson JW, Reichart P, Sidransky D, eds. World Health Organization Classification of Tumours. Pathology and Genetics of Head and Neck Tumours. Lyon, France: IARC Press; 2005. International Agency for Research on Cancer website. https://www.iarc.fr/en/publications/pdfs-online/pat-gen/bb9/BB9.pdf. Accessed June 16, 2016.

5. Sarath PV, Kannan N, Patil R, Manne RK, Swapna B, Suneel Kumar KV. Basal cell adenocarcinoma of the minor salivary glands involving palate and maxillary sinus. J Clin Imaging Sci. 2013;3(suppl 1):4.

6. Farrell T, Chang YL. Basal cell adenocarcinoma of minor salivary glands. Arch Pathol Lab Med. 2007;131(10):1602-1604.

7. Jung MJ, Roh JL, Choi SH, et al. Basal cell adenocarcinoma of the salivary gland: a morphological and immunohistochemical comparison with basal cell adenoma with and without capsular invasion. Diagn Pathol. 2013;8:171.

8. Jäkel KT, Löning T. Differential diagnosis of basaloid salivary gland tumors [in German]. Pathologe. 2004;25(1):46-55.

9. Urdaneta AI, Yu JB, Wilson LD. Population based cancer registry analysis of primary tracheal carcinoma. Am J Clin Oncol. 2011;34(1):32-37.

10. Varadhachary GR, Rabe MN. Cancer of unknown primary site. N Engl J Med. 2014;371(8):757-765.

11. Pelosi G, Fraggetta F, Maffini F, Solli P, Cavallon A, Viale G. Pulmonary epithelialmyoepithelial tumor of unproven malignant potential: report of a case and review
of the literature. Mod Pathol. 2001;14(5):521-526.

12. Travis WD, Brambilla E, Muller-Hermelink HK, Harris CC, eds. World Health Organization Classification of Tumours. Pathology and Genetics of Tumours of the Lung, Pleura, Thymus and Heart. Lyon, France: IARC Press; 2004. International Agency for Research on Cancer website. https://www.iarc.fr/en/publications/pdfs-online /pat-gen/bb10/BB10.pdf. Accessed June 29, 2016.

13. García JJ, Jin L, Jackson SB, et al. Primary pulmonary hyalinizing clear cell carcinoma of bronchial submucosal gland origin. Hum Pathol. 2015;46(3):471-475.

14. Damiani S, Magrini E, Farnedi A, Pession A. Basal cell (myoepithelial) adenocarcinoma of the lung. First case with cytogenetic findings. Histopathology. 2004;45(4):422-424.

15. Yamada S, Noguchi H, Nabeshima A, et al. Basaloid carcinoma of the lung associated with central cavitation: a unique surgical case focusing on cytological and immunohistochemical findings. Diagn Pathol. 2012;7:175-180.

Note: Page numbers differ between the print issue and digital edition.

References

1. Moran CA. Primary salivary gland-type tumors of the lung. Semin Diagn Pathol.
1995;12(2):106-122.

2. Molina JR, Aubry MC, Lewis JE, et al. Primary salivary gland-type lung cancer: spectrum of clinical presentation, histopathologic and prognostic factors. Cancer. 2007;110(10):2253-2259.

3. Brutinel WM, Cortese DA, McDougall JC, Gillio RG, Bergstralh EJ. A two-year experience with the neodymium-YAG laser in endobronchial obstruction. Chest. 1987;91(2):159-165.

4. Barnes L, Eveson JW, Reichart P, Sidransky D, eds. World Health Organization Classification of Tumours. Pathology and Genetics of Head and Neck Tumours. Lyon, France: IARC Press; 2005. International Agency for Research on Cancer website. https://www.iarc.fr/en/publications/pdfs-online/pat-gen/bb9/BB9.pdf. Accessed June 16, 2016.

5. Sarath PV, Kannan N, Patil R, Manne RK, Swapna B, Suneel Kumar KV. Basal cell adenocarcinoma of the minor salivary glands involving palate and maxillary sinus. J Clin Imaging Sci. 2013;3(suppl 1):4.

6. Farrell T, Chang YL. Basal cell adenocarcinoma of minor salivary glands. Arch Pathol Lab Med. 2007;131(10):1602-1604.

7. Jung MJ, Roh JL, Choi SH, et al. Basal cell adenocarcinoma of the salivary gland: a morphological and immunohistochemical comparison with basal cell adenoma with and without capsular invasion. Diagn Pathol. 2013;8:171.

8. Jäkel KT, Löning T. Differential diagnosis of basaloid salivary gland tumors [in German]. Pathologe. 2004;25(1):46-55.

9. Urdaneta AI, Yu JB, Wilson LD. Population based cancer registry analysis of primary tracheal carcinoma. Am J Clin Oncol. 2011;34(1):32-37.

10. Varadhachary GR, Rabe MN. Cancer of unknown primary site. N Engl J Med. 2014;371(8):757-765.

11. Pelosi G, Fraggetta F, Maffini F, Solli P, Cavallon A, Viale G. Pulmonary epithelialmyoepithelial tumor of unproven malignant potential: report of a case and review
of the literature. Mod Pathol. 2001;14(5):521-526.

12. Travis WD, Brambilla E, Muller-Hermelink HK, Harris CC, eds. World Health Organization Classification of Tumours. Pathology and Genetics of Tumours of the Lung, Pleura, Thymus and Heart. Lyon, France: IARC Press; 2004. International Agency for Research on Cancer website. https://www.iarc.fr/en/publications/pdfs-online /pat-gen/bb10/BB10.pdf. Accessed June 29, 2016.

13. García JJ, Jin L, Jackson SB, et al. Primary pulmonary hyalinizing clear cell carcinoma of bronchial submucosal gland origin. Hum Pathol. 2015;46(3):471-475.

14. Damiani S, Magrini E, Farnedi A, Pession A. Basal cell (myoepithelial) adenocarcinoma of the lung. First case with cytogenetic findings. Histopathology. 2004;45(4):422-424.

15. Yamada S, Noguchi H, Nabeshima A, et al. Basaloid carcinoma of the lung associated with central cavitation: a unique surgical case focusing on cytological and immunohistochemical findings. Diagn Pathol. 2012;7:175-180.

Note: Page numbers differ between the print issue and digital edition.

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 33(7)s
Issue
Federal Practitioner - 33(7)s
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
An Unusual Cause of Shortness of Breath: Primary Tracheal Basal Cell Adenocarcinoma
Display Headline
An Unusual Cause of Shortness of Breath: Primary Tracheal Basal Cell Adenocarcinoma
Legacy Keywords
Jesse R. Alemán Ortiz, MD, MPH; David M. Tasso, MD, FCAP;Onix Cantres Fonseca, MD; and William Rodriguez Cintrón, MD, MACP
Legacy Keywords
Jesse R. Alemán Ortiz, MD, MPH; David M. Tasso, MD, FCAP;Onix Cantres Fonseca, MD; and William Rodriguez Cintrón, MD, MACP
Sections
Citation Override
Fed Pract. 2016 August;33(suppl 7):44S-47S
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica

Long-Term Survival of a Patient With Late-Stage Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 04/13/2018 - 12:13
Display Headline
Long-Term Survival of a Patient With Late-Stage Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer
After not responding to chemotherapy and monoclonal antibody therapy, a patient with late-stage non-small cell lung cancer benefited from treatment with erlotinib.

Lung cancer is the leading cause of cancer death in the world, with non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC) a significant component of those deaths.1,2 Treatments for advanced-stage NSCLC, however, are limited. Erlotinib, a small-molecule tyrosine kinase inhibitor of epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR), has aided in advancing NSCLC therapy. Erlotinib has been shown to increase survival by 2 months compared with placebo in a phase 3, randomized controlled trial when used as second- or third-line therapy.3 The authors present a case of a man surviving almost 8 years with late-stage NSCLC on treatment with erlotinib at the VA West Los Angeles Medical Center (WLAMC).

Case Report

Mr. J is a 59-year-old man with a medical history of hepatitis C. He smoked 2 packs of cigarettes a day for 25 years and quit in 2003. He also had a known history of IV drug use. He was unaware of his family history because he was adopted, but his twin sister, who has no known medical problems, is also a smoker. In 2005, when Mr. J was evaluated for treatment options of long-standing hepatitis C with liver ultrasound, a large, irregular right adrenal mass was found, measuring 6.4 x 3.5 cm. A subsequent positron emission tomography (PET) scan identified a lung nodule measuring 3.8 x 3.6 x 3.3 cm. A biopsy guided by computed tomography (CT) showed NSCLC. Subsequently, metastases to the liver and adrenal glands were noted, and Mr. J was started on chemotherapy. He received 4 cycles of carboplatin 725 mg and gemcitabine 2,000 mg as well as a thoracotomy and left upper lung wedge resection in December 2005. His pain was controlled with slow-release morphine 15 mg 2 times per day and oxycodone 5 mg and acetaminophen 325 mg 4 times per day as needed for breakthrough pain.

In 2006, after 4 cycles of chemotherapy, the size of the adrenal mass and the lung mass had decreased; however, he developed new abdominal pain. A CT scan showed new intrahepatic and extrahepatic biliary dilatation and worsening pancreatic function. He could not tolerate the recommended endoscopic ultrasound and left WLAMC, later presenting to an outside hospital for his abdominal pain.

At the outside hospital, 2 masses that were surgically removed from the head of the pancreas were confirmed to be EGFR-positive NSCLC, and he was given 4 cycles of cisplatin and irinotecan at unknown doses. The only adverse effects (AEs) Mr. J reported during this period were nausea and vomiting immediately after chemotherapy. He failed to respond to this treatment and was started on bevacizumab, also at an unknown dose. The patient again did not respond and was transitioned to erlotinib 150 mg daily. The patient showed remarkable response, with lesions decreasing in size.

The patient returned to the WLAMC with multiple ulcerated lesions on his face, chest, back, and extremities and hair loss, which he reported all began within weeks of starting erlotinib. Later, he also developed trichomegaly, also presumed to be a consequence of erlotinib. Despite these AEs, erlotinib was continued at the same dose, given his impressive response to this treatment, the absence of response to other therapy, and the patient’s insistence on continuing the medication.

Of note, after his transition to the outside hospital, Mr. J and his family paid all his medical expenses because he had no insurance. His family was very supportive, and the patient described their motivation and support as paramount in his receiving treatment.

In 2008, Mr. J presented to a dermatologist and was treated with cleocin solution. Although this helped to control his symptoms, the rash persisted. As a complication of these lesions, he also experienced several superinfections for which he was treated with cephalexin. At this same time, a PET scan showed no evidence of disease. He presented to the pain service for persistent chest wall pain around the surgical site, and his pain regimen was changed to slow-release morphine 200 mg 3 times per day and morphine sulfate solution 20 mg/mL 80 mg every 4 hours for breakthrough pain.

The PET scans, which were repeated every 3 months after Mr. J resumed treatment at WLAMC, showed continued absence of disease. In 2009, when he presented to the hospital with pneumonia, a PET scan showed 2 new areas of tracer uptake measuring 1 cm. His chest wall was irradiated, but radiation therapy was stopped after the biopsy returned benign. In 2015, an annual PET scan showed only evidence of postsurgical changes.

 

 

Discussion

The benefits of EGFR therapy have been established for treatment of late-stage NSCLC, but such therapy has limitations. For advanced-stage NSCLC, erlotinib has been shown to improve disease-free progression by 2.7 to 3.25 months and overall survival by 6.7 to 7.9 months.4-6 However, 1-year survival estimates remain as low as 35.0 to 37.7%,5,6 and its utility as first-line therapy has been questioned; randomized control trials have shown EGFR therapy to be of benefit only as secondor third-line therapy, when used with platinum-based chemotherapeutics.3,4 The few reports of complete response, however, have not included a definition of duration of survival.5,6

Occasionally, there have been reports of patients surviving for significantly longer periods, including 1 report of a patient who survived with complete remission for 2 years.7 In another case report, a patient experienced partial remission for more than 1 year with erlotinib as a third-line therapy.8 Although several reports indicated prolonged survival with erlotinib, or induction of complete remission of metastasis, survival has not been longer than 2 years.9-12

Important considerations for use of erlotinib are factors that predict a positive treatment response, including female sex, no previous exposure to tobacco, Asian origin, and adenocarcinoma on histologic examination.3,13 Mr. J did not meet any of these criteria. Interestingly, one study examining characteristics predictive of a positive response to erlotinib did not show that EGFR gene mutations were associated with response, although other studies have shown this to be a significant predictor of response.3,14,15

In this patient, his impressive response to erlotinib was most likely augmented by the presence of the EGFR mutation. Additionally, some reports indicate that pretreatment with platinum-based therapy can induce genetic changes resulting in EGFR mutations, thus enabling the benefit of erlotinib.10 Given that his biopsy results were not tested for the EGFR mutation prior to initiating carboplatin, this is a possibility.

Other factors specific to Mr. J that may have influenced his response to therapy include his personal wealth, which may have given him direct access to physicians outside the VA. His family support also may have motivated him to pursue and continue treatment, thus augmenting his survival. This support likely contributed in large part to his continuing erlotinib therapy despite the severe rash, hair loss, and trichomegaly. Other AEs associated with long-term erlotinib therapy include folliculitis, diarrhea, fatigue, and paronychia,although Mr. J did not experience these.16

Conclusion

Mr. J continues to follow up regularly at WLAMC. To the authors’ knowledge, this patient’s 8 year survival is the longest length of survival for any patient with NSCLC on erlotinib therapy. While the therapeutic benefits of erlotinib as a second-line therapy have been shown, EGFR therapy may be more effective than previously thought. Further research is needed to fully understand the benefits of erlotinib.

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the U.S. Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

 

Click here to read the digital edition.

References

1. Ridge CA, McErlean AM, Ginsberg MS. Epidemiology of lung cancer. Semin Intervent Radiol. 2013;30(2):93-98.

2. Gridelli C, Bareschino MA, Schettino C, Rossi A, Maione P, Ciardiello F. Erlotinib in non-small cell lung cancer treatment: current status and future development. Oncologist. 2007;12(7):840-849.

3. Shepherd FA, Pereira JR, Ciuleanu T, et al; National Cancer Institute of Canada Clinical Trials Group. Erlotinib in previously treated non–small-cell lung cancer. N Engl J Med. 2005;353(2):123-132.

4. Smith J. Erlotinib: small-molecule targeted therapy in the treatment of non-smallcell lung cancer. Clin Ther. 2005;27(10):1513-1534.

5. Boyer M, Horwood K, Pavlakis N, et al. Efficacy of erlotinib in patients with advanced non-small-cell lung cancer (NSCLC): analysis of the Australian subpopulation of the TRUST study. Asia Pac J Clin Oncol. 2012;8(3):248-254.

6. Reck M, van Zandwijk N, Gridelli C, et al. Erlotinib in advanced non-small cell lung cancer: efficacy and safety findings of the global phase IV Tarceva Lung Cancer Survival Treatment study. J Thorac Oncol. 2010;5(10):1616-1622.

7. Vitale MG, Riccardi F, Mocerino C, et al. Erlotinib-induced complete response in a patient with epidermal growth factor receptor wild-type lung adenocarcinoma after chemotherapy failure: a case report. J Med Case Rep. 2014;8:102.

8. Duchnowska R, Siemiatkowska A, Grala B, Smoter M. Long-term remission after erlotinib therapy in an elderly patient with advanced non-small-cell lung cancer. Case report and conclusions for clinical practice [in Polish]. Pneumonol Alergol Pol. 2008;76(6):451-455.

9. Lai CSL, Boshoff C, Falzon M, Lee SM. Complete response to erlotinib treatment in brain metastases from recurrent NSCLC. Thorax. 2006;61(1):91.

10. Karam I, Melosky B. Response to second-line erlotinib in an EGFR mutationnegative patient with non-small-cell lung cancer: make no assumptions. Curr Oncol. 2012;19(1):42-46.

11. Kobayashi T, Koizumi T, Agatsuma T, et al. A phase II trial of erlotinib in patients with EGFR wild-type advanced non-small-cell lung cancer. Cancer Chemother Pharmacol. 2012;69(5):1241-1246.

12. Gridelli C, Maione P, Galetta D, et al. Three cases of long-lasting tumor control with erlotinib after progression with gefitinib in advanced non-small cell lung cancer. J Thorac Oncol. 2007;2(8):758-761.

13. Fukuoka M, Yano S, Giaccone G, et al. Multi-institutional randomized phase II trial of gefitinib for previously treated patients with advanced non-small-cell lung cancer (The IDEAL 1 Trial) [corrected]. J Clin Oncol. 2003;21(12):2237-2246.

14. Tsao MS, Sakurada A, Cutz JC, et al. Erlotinib in lung cancer—molecular and clinical predictors of outcome. N Engl J Med. 2005;353(2):133-144.

15. Sequist LV, Bell DW, Lynch TJ, Haber DA. Molecular predictors of response to epidermal growth factor receptor antagonists in non-small-cell lung cancer. J Clin Oncol. 2007;25(5):587-595.

16. Becker A, van Wijk A, Smit EF, Postmus PE. Side-effects of long-term administration of erlotinib in patients with non-small cell lung cancer. J Thorac Oncol. 2010;5(9):1477-1480.

Note: Page numbers differ between the print issue and digital edition.

Author and Disclosure Information

Mr. Allan-Blitz is a medical student and Dr. Hashemi is an assistant professor of clinical medicine at the David Geffen School of Medicine, University of California Los Angeles. Dr. Hashemi is also a physician at the VA Greater Los Angeles Healthcare System in California.

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 33(7)s
Publications
Topics
Legacy Keywords
Lao-Tzu Allan-Blitz; and Leila Hashemi, MD
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Mr. Allan-Blitz is a medical student and Dr. Hashemi is an assistant professor of clinical medicine at the David Geffen School of Medicine, University of California Los Angeles. Dr. Hashemi is also a physician at the VA Greater Los Angeles Healthcare System in California.

Author and Disclosure Information

Mr. Allan-Blitz is a medical student and Dr. Hashemi is an assistant professor of clinical medicine at the David Geffen School of Medicine, University of California Los Angeles. Dr. Hashemi is also a physician at the VA Greater Los Angeles Healthcare System in California.

After not responding to chemotherapy and monoclonal antibody therapy, a patient with late-stage non-small cell lung cancer benefited from treatment with erlotinib.
After not responding to chemotherapy and monoclonal antibody therapy, a patient with late-stage non-small cell lung cancer benefited from treatment with erlotinib.

Lung cancer is the leading cause of cancer death in the world, with non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC) a significant component of those deaths.1,2 Treatments for advanced-stage NSCLC, however, are limited. Erlotinib, a small-molecule tyrosine kinase inhibitor of epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR), has aided in advancing NSCLC therapy. Erlotinib has been shown to increase survival by 2 months compared with placebo in a phase 3, randomized controlled trial when used as second- or third-line therapy.3 The authors present a case of a man surviving almost 8 years with late-stage NSCLC on treatment with erlotinib at the VA West Los Angeles Medical Center (WLAMC).

Case Report

Mr. J is a 59-year-old man with a medical history of hepatitis C. He smoked 2 packs of cigarettes a day for 25 years and quit in 2003. He also had a known history of IV drug use. He was unaware of his family history because he was adopted, but his twin sister, who has no known medical problems, is also a smoker. In 2005, when Mr. J was evaluated for treatment options of long-standing hepatitis C with liver ultrasound, a large, irregular right adrenal mass was found, measuring 6.4 x 3.5 cm. A subsequent positron emission tomography (PET) scan identified a lung nodule measuring 3.8 x 3.6 x 3.3 cm. A biopsy guided by computed tomography (CT) showed NSCLC. Subsequently, metastases to the liver and adrenal glands were noted, and Mr. J was started on chemotherapy. He received 4 cycles of carboplatin 725 mg and gemcitabine 2,000 mg as well as a thoracotomy and left upper lung wedge resection in December 2005. His pain was controlled with slow-release morphine 15 mg 2 times per day and oxycodone 5 mg and acetaminophen 325 mg 4 times per day as needed for breakthrough pain.

In 2006, after 4 cycles of chemotherapy, the size of the adrenal mass and the lung mass had decreased; however, he developed new abdominal pain. A CT scan showed new intrahepatic and extrahepatic biliary dilatation and worsening pancreatic function. He could not tolerate the recommended endoscopic ultrasound and left WLAMC, later presenting to an outside hospital for his abdominal pain.

At the outside hospital, 2 masses that were surgically removed from the head of the pancreas were confirmed to be EGFR-positive NSCLC, and he was given 4 cycles of cisplatin and irinotecan at unknown doses. The only adverse effects (AEs) Mr. J reported during this period were nausea and vomiting immediately after chemotherapy. He failed to respond to this treatment and was started on bevacizumab, also at an unknown dose. The patient again did not respond and was transitioned to erlotinib 150 mg daily. The patient showed remarkable response, with lesions decreasing in size.

The patient returned to the WLAMC with multiple ulcerated lesions on his face, chest, back, and extremities and hair loss, which he reported all began within weeks of starting erlotinib. Later, he also developed trichomegaly, also presumed to be a consequence of erlotinib. Despite these AEs, erlotinib was continued at the same dose, given his impressive response to this treatment, the absence of response to other therapy, and the patient’s insistence on continuing the medication.

Of note, after his transition to the outside hospital, Mr. J and his family paid all his medical expenses because he had no insurance. His family was very supportive, and the patient described their motivation and support as paramount in his receiving treatment.

In 2008, Mr. J presented to a dermatologist and was treated with cleocin solution. Although this helped to control his symptoms, the rash persisted. As a complication of these lesions, he also experienced several superinfections for which he was treated with cephalexin. At this same time, a PET scan showed no evidence of disease. He presented to the pain service for persistent chest wall pain around the surgical site, and his pain regimen was changed to slow-release morphine 200 mg 3 times per day and morphine sulfate solution 20 mg/mL 80 mg every 4 hours for breakthrough pain.

The PET scans, which were repeated every 3 months after Mr. J resumed treatment at WLAMC, showed continued absence of disease. In 2009, when he presented to the hospital with pneumonia, a PET scan showed 2 new areas of tracer uptake measuring 1 cm. His chest wall was irradiated, but radiation therapy was stopped after the biopsy returned benign. In 2015, an annual PET scan showed only evidence of postsurgical changes.

 

 

Discussion

The benefits of EGFR therapy have been established for treatment of late-stage NSCLC, but such therapy has limitations. For advanced-stage NSCLC, erlotinib has been shown to improve disease-free progression by 2.7 to 3.25 months and overall survival by 6.7 to 7.9 months.4-6 However, 1-year survival estimates remain as low as 35.0 to 37.7%,5,6 and its utility as first-line therapy has been questioned; randomized control trials have shown EGFR therapy to be of benefit only as secondor third-line therapy, when used with platinum-based chemotherapeutics.3,4 The few reports of complete response, however, have not included a definition of duration of survival.5,6

Occasionally, there have been reports of patients surviving for significantly longer periods, including 1 report of a patient who survived with complete remission for 2 years.7 In another case report, a patient experienced partial remission for more than 1 year with erlotinib as a third-line therapy.8 Although several reports indicated prolonged survival with erlotinib, or induction of complete remission of metastasis, survival has not been longer than 2 years.9-12

Important considerations for use of erlotinib are factors that predict a positive treatment response, including female sex, no previous exposure to tobacco, Asian origin, and adenocarcinoma on histologic examination.3,13 Mr. J did not meet any of these criteria. Interestingly, one study examining characteristics predictive of a positive response to erlotinib did not show that EGFR gene mutations were associated with response, although other studies have shown this to be a significant predictor of response.3,14,15

In this patient, his impressive response to erlotinib was most likely augmented by the presence of the EGFR mutation. Additionally, some reports indicate that pretreatment with platinum-based therapy can induce genetic changes resulting in EGFR mutations, thus enabling the benefit of erlotinib.10 Given that his biopsy results were not tested for the EGFR mutation prior to initiating carboplatin, this is a possibility.

Other factors specific to Mr. J that may have influenced his response to therapy include his personal wealth, which may have given him direct access to physicians outside the VA. His family support also may have motivated him to pursue and continue treatment, thus augmenting his survival. This support likely contributed in large part to his continuing erlotinib therapy despite the severe rash, hair loss, and trichomegaly. Other AEs associated with long-term erlotinib therapy include folliculitis, diarrhea, fatigue, and paronychia,although Mr. J did not experience these.16

Conclusion

Mr. J continues to follow up regularly at WLAMC. To the authors’ knowledge, this patient’s 8 year survival is the longest length of survival for any patient with NSCLC on erlotinib therapy. While the therapeutic benefits of erlotinib as a second-line therapy have been shown, EGFR therapy may be more effective than previously thought. Further research is needed to fully understand the benefits of erlotinib.

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the U.S. Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

 

Click here to read the digital edition.

Lung cancer is the leading cause of cancer death in the world, with non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC) a significant component of those deaths.1,2 Treatments for advanced-stage NSCLC, however, are limited. Erlotinib, a small-molecule tyrosine kinase inhibitor of epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR), has aided in advancing NSCLC therapy. Erlotinib has been shown to increase survival by 2 months compared with placebo in a phase 3, randomized controlled trial when used as second- or third-line therapy.3 The authors present a case of a man surviving almost 8 years with late-stage NSCLC on treatment with erlotinib at the VA West Los Angeles Medical Center (WLAMC).

Case Report

Mr. J is a 59-year-old man with a medical history of hepatitis C. He smoked 2 packs of cigarettes a day for 25 years and quit in 2003. He also had a known history of IV drug use. He was unaware of his family history because he was adopted, but his twin sister, who has no known medical problems, is also a smoker. In 2005, when Mr. J was evaluated for treatment options of long-standing hepatitis C with liver ultrasound, a large, irregular right adrenal mass was found, measuring 6.4 x 3.5 cm. A subsequent positron emission tomography (PET) scan identified a lung nodule measuring 3.8 x 3.6 x 3.3 cm. A biopsy guided by computed tomography (CT) showed NSCLC. Subsequently, metastases to the liver and adrenal glands were noted, and Mr. J was started on chemotherapy. He received 4 cycles of carboplatin 725 mg and gemcitabine 2,000 mg as well as a thoracotomy and left upper lung wedge resection in December 2005. His pain was controlled with slow-release morphine 15 mg 2 times per day and oxycodone 5 mg and acetaminophen 325 mg 4 times per day as needed for breakthrough pain.

In 2006, after 4 cycles of chemotherapy, the size of the adrenal mass and the lung mass had decreased; however, he developed new abdominal pain. A CT scan showed new intrahepatic and extrahepatic biliary dilatation and worsening pancreatic function. He could not tolerate the recommended endoscopic ultrasound and left WLAMC, later presenting to an outside hospital for his abdominal pain.

At the outside hospital, 2 masses that were surgically removed from the head of the pancreas were confirmed to be EGFR-positive NSCLC, and he was given 4 cycles of cisplatin and irinotecan at unknown doses. The only adverse effects (AEs) Mr. J reported during this period were nausea and vomiting immediately after chemotherapy. He failed to respond to this treatment and was started on bevacizumab, also at an unknown dose. The patient again did not respond and was transitioned to erlotinib 150 mg daily. The patient showed remarkable response, with lesions decreasing in size.

The patient returned to the WLAMC with multiple ulcerated lesions on his face, chest, back, and extremities and hair loss, which he reported all began within weeks of starting erlotinib. Later, he also developed trichomegaly, also presumed to be a consequence of erlotinib. Despite these AEs, erlotinib was continued at the same dose, given his impressive response to this treatment, the absence of response to other therapy, and the patient’s insistence on continuing the medication.

Of note, after his transition to the outside hospital, Mr. J and his family paid all his medical expenses because he had no insurance. His family was very supportive, and the patient described their motivation and support as paramount in his receiving treatment.

In 2008, Mr. J presented to a dermatologist and was treated with cleocin solution. Although this helped to control his symptoms, the rash persisted. As a complication of these lesions, he also experienced several superinfections for which he was treated with cephalexin. At this same time, a PET scan showed no evidence of disease. He presented to the pain service for persistent chest wall pain around the surgical site, and his pain regimen was changed to slow-release morphine 200 mg 3 times per day and morphine sulfate solution 20 mg/mL 80 mg every 4 hours for breakthrough pain.

The PET scans, which were repeated every 3 months after Mr. J resumed treatment at WLAMC, showed continued absence of disease. In 2009, when he presented to the hospital with pneumonia, a PET scan showed 2 new areas of tracer uptake measuring 1 cm. His chest wall was irradiated, but radiation therapy was stopped after the biopsy returned benign. In 2015, an annual PET scan showed only evidence of postsurgical changes.

 

 

Discussion

The benefits of EGFR therapy have been established for treatment of late-stage NSCLC, but such therapy has limitations. For advanced-stage NSCLC, erlotinib has been shown to improve disease-free progression by 2.7 to 3.25 months and overall survival by 6.7 to 7.9 months.4-6 However, 1-year survival estimates remain as low as 35.0 to 37.7%,5,6 and its utility as first-line therapy has been questioned; randomized control trials have shown EGFR therapy to be of benefit only as secondor third-line therapy, when used with platinum-based chemotherapeutics.3,4 The few reports of complete response, however, have not included a definition of duration of survival.5,6

Occasionally, there have been reports of patients surviving for significantly longer periods, including 1 report of a patient who survived with complete remission for 2 years.7 In another case report, a patient experienced partial remission for more than 1 year with erlotinib as a third-line therapy.8 Although several reports indicated prolonged survival with erlotinib, or induction of complete remission of metastasis, survival has not been longer than 2 years.9-12

Important considerations for use of erlotinib are factors that predict a positive treatment response, including female sex, no previous exposure to tobacco, Asian origin, and adenocarcinoma on histologic examination.3,13 Mr. J did not meet any of these criteria. Interestingly, one study examining characteristics predictive of a positive response to erlotinib did not show that EGFR gene mutations were associated with response, although other studies have shown this to be a significant predictor of response.3,14,15

In this patient, his impressive response to erlotinib was most likely augmented by the presence of the EGFR mutation. Additionally, some reports indicate that pretreatment with platinum-based therapy can induce genetic changes resulting in EGFR mutations, thus enabling the benefit of erlotinib.10 Given that his biopsy results were not tested for the EGFR mutation prior to initiating carboplatin, this is a possibility.

Other factors specific to Mr. J that may have influenced his response to therapy include his personal wealth, which may have given him direct access to physicians outside the VA. His family support also may have motivated him to pursue and continue treatment, thus augmenting his survival. This support likely contributed in large part to his continuing erlotinib therapy despite the severe rash, hair loss, and trichomegaly. Other AEs associated with long-term erlotinib therapy include folliculitis, diarrhea, fatigue, and paronychia,although Mr. J did not experience these.16

Conclusion

Mr. J continues to follow up regularly at WLAMC. To the authors’ knowledge, this patient’s 8 year survival is the longest length of survival for any patient with NSCLC on erlotinib therapy. While the therapeutic benefits of erlotinib as a second-line therapy have been shown, EGFR therapy may be more effective than previously thought. Further research is needed to fully understand the benefits of erlotinib.

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the U.S. Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

 

Click here to read the digital edition.

References

1. Ridge CA, McErlean AM, Ginsberg MS. Epidemiology of lung cancer. Semin Intervent Radiol. 2013;30(2):93-98.

2. Gridelli C, Bareschino MA, Schettino C, Rossi A, Maione P, Ciardiello F. Erlotinib in non-small cell lung cancer treatment: current status and future development. Oncologist. 2007;12(7):840-849.

3. Shepherd FA, Pereira JR, Ciuleanu T, et al; National Cancer Institute of Canada Clinical Trials Group. Erlotinib in previously treated non–small-cell lung cancer. N Engl J Med. 2005;353(2):123-132.

4. Smith J. Erlotinib: small-molecule targeted therapy in the treatment of non-smallcell lung cancer. Clin Ther. 2005;27(10):1513-1534.

5. Boyer M, Horwood K, Pavlakis N, et al. Efficacy of erlotinib in patients with advanced non-small-cell lung cancer (NSCLC): analysis of the Australian subpopulation of the TRUST study. Asia Pac J Clin Oncol. 2012;8(3):248-254.

6. Reck M, van Zandwijk N, Gridelli C, et al. Erlotinib in advanced non-small cell lung cancer: efficacy and safety findings of the global phase IV Tarceva Lung Cancer Survival Treatment study. J Thorac Oncol. 2010;5(10):1616-1622.

7. Vitale MG, Riccardi F, Mocerino C, et al. Erlotinib-induced complete response in a patient with epidermal growth factor receptor wild-type lung adenocarcinoma after chemotherapy failure: a case report. J Med Case Rep. 2014;8:102.

8. Duchnowska R, Siemiatkowska A, Grala B, Smoter M. Long-term remission after erlotinib therapy in an elderly patient with advanced non-small-cell lung cancer. Case report and conclusions for clinical practice [in Polish]. Pneumonol Alergol Pol. 2008;76(6):451-455.

9. Lai CSL, Boshoff C, Falzon M, Lee SM. Complete response to erlotinib treatment in brain metastases from recurrent NSCLC. Thorax. 2006;61(1):91.

10. Karam I, Melosky B. Response to second-line erlotinib in an EGFR mutationnegative patient with non-small-cell lung cancer: make no assumptions. Curr Oncol. 2012;19(1):42-46.

11. Kobayashi T, Koizumi T, Agatsuma T, et al. A phase II trial of erlotinib in patients with EGFR wild-type advanced non-small-cell lung cancer. Cancer Chemother Pharmacol. 2012;69(5):1241-1246.

12. Gridelli C, Maione P, Galetta D, et al. Three cases of long-lasting tumor control with erlotinib after progression with gefitinib in advanced non-small cell lung cancer. J Thorac Oncol. 2007;2(8):758-761.

13. Fukuoka M, Yano S, Giaccone G, et al. Multi-institutional randomized phase II trial of gefitinib for previously treated patients with advanced non-small-cell lung cancer (The IDEAL 1 Trial) [corrected]. J Clin Oncol. 2003;21(12):2237-2246.

14. Tsao MS, Sakurada A, Cutz JC, et al. Erlotinib in lung cancer—molecular and clinical predictors of outcome. N Engl J Med. 2005;353(2):133-144.

15. Sequist LV, Bell DW, Lynch TJ, Haber DA. Molecular predictors of response to epidermal growth factor receptor antagonists in non-small-cell lung cancer. J Clin Oncol. 2007;25(5):587-595.

16. Becker A, van Wijk A, Smit EF, Postmus PE. Side-effects of long-term administration of erlotinib in patients with non-small cell lung cancer. J Thorac Oncol. 2010;5(9):1477-1480.

Note: Page numbers differ between the print issue and digital edition.

References

1. Ridge CA, McErlean AM, Ginsberg MS. Epidemiology of lung cancer. Semin Intervent Radiol. 2013;30(2):93-98.

2. Gridelli C, Bareschino MA, Schettino C, Rossi A, Maione P, Ciardiello F. Erlotinib in non-small cell lung cancer treatment: current status and future development. Oncologist. 2007;12(7):840-849.

3. Shepherd FA, Pereira JR, Ciuleanu T, et al; National Cancer Institute of Canada Clinical Trials Group. Erlotinib in previously treated non–small-cell lung cancer. N Engl J Med. 2005;353(2):123-132.

4. Smith J. Erlotinib: small-molecule targeted therapy in the treatment of non-smallcell lung cancer. Clin Ther. 2005;27(10):1513-1534.

5. Boyer M, Horwood K, Pavlakis N, et al. Efficacy of erlotinib in patients with advanced non-small-cell lung cancer (NSCLC): analysis of the Australian subpopulation of the TRUST study. Asia Pac J Clin Oncol. 2012;8(3):248-254.

6. Reck M, van Zandwijk N, Gridelli C, et al. Erlotinib in advanced non-small cell lung cancer: efficacy and safety findings of the global phase IV Tarceva Lung Cancer Survival Treatment study. J Thorac Oncol. 2010;5(10):1616-1622.

7. Vitale MG, Riccardi F, Mocerino C, et al. Erlotinib-induced complete response in a patient with epidermal growth factor receptor wild-type lung adenocarcinoma after chemotherapy failure: a case report. J Med Case Rep. 2014;8:102.

8. Duchnowska R, Siemiatkowska A, Grala B, Smoter M. Long-term remission after erlotinib therapy in an elderly patient with advanced non-small-cell lung cancer. Case report and conclusions for clinical practice [in Polish]. Pneumonol Alergol Pol. 2008;76(6):451-455.

9. Lai CSL, Boshoff C, Falzon M, Lee SM. Complete response to erlotinib treatment in brain metastases from recurrent NSCLC. Thorax. 2006;61(1):91.

10. Karam I, Melosky B. Response to second-line erlotinib in an EGFR mutationnegative patient with non-small-cell lung cancer: make no assumptions. Curr Oncol. 2012;19(1):42-46.

11. Kobayashi T, Koizumi T, Agatsuma T, et al. A phase II trial of erlotinib in patients with EGFR wild-type advanced non-small-cell lung cancer. Cancer Chemother Pharmacol. 2012;69(5):1241-1246.

12. Gridelli C, Maione P, Galetta D, et al. Three cases of long-lasting tumor control with erlotinib after progression with gefitinib in advanced non-small cell lung cancer. J Thorac Oncol. 2007;2(8):758-761.

13. Fukuoka M, Yano S, Giaccone G, et al. Multi-institutional randomized phase II trial of gefitinib for previously treated patients with advanced non-small-cell lung cancer (The IDEAL 1 Trial) [corrected]. J Clin Oncol. 2003;21(12):2237-2246.

14. Tsao MS, Sakurada A, Cutz JC, et al. Erlotinib in lung cancer—molecular and clinical predictors of outcome. N Engl J Med. 2005;353(2):133-144.

15. Sequist LV, Bell DW, Lynch TJ, Haber DA. Molecular predictors of response to epidermal growth factor receptor antagonists in non-small-cell lung cancer. J Clin Oncol. 2007;25(5):587-595.

16. Becker A, van Wijk A, Smit EF, Postmus PE. Side-effects of long-term administration of erlotinib in patients with non-small cell lung cancer. J Thorac Oncol. 2010;5(9):1477-1480.

Note: Page numbers differ between the print issue and digital edition.

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 33(7)s
Issue
Federal Practitioner - 33(7)s
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Long-Term Survival of a Patient With Late-Stage Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer
Display Headline
Long-Term Survival of a Patient With Late-Stage Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer
Legacy Keywords
Lao-Tzu Allan-Blitz; and Leila Hashemi, MD
Legacy Keywords
Lao-Tzu Allan-Blitz; and Leila Hashemi, MD
Sections
Citation Override
Fed Pract. 2016 August;33(suppl 7):63S-65S
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica

New Vaccination Data & Trends

Article Type
Changed
Wed, 06/26/2019 - 15:06
Display Headline
New Vaccination Data & Trends
Do you know the VA’s vaccine recommendations, or how many die in the U.S. from pneumococcal pneumonia? Find out the most recent data in the Federal Health Care Data Trends 2016.

For many diseases, prevention may be the most effective treatment plan. Vaccination is considered a safe medical procedure that not only protects those who receive the immunization, but also helps to prevent the spread of communicable diseases. Or more simply, vaccines are the most effective tool we have to prevent infectious diseases, according to the National Vaccine Program Office.

When the measles vaccine was licensed in 1962, there were more than 400,000 cases reported in the U.S. In 2012, there were just 55, according to the CDC. In fact today, a single outbreak, such as the one experienced by visitors to Disneyland in 2015 creates national headlines.

The CDC offers a tool that can help veterans determine which age-appropriate vaccinations they need to protect their health group. A short quiz, available at http://www2a.cdc.gov/nip/adultImmSched/ can help people determine which vaccinations are most crucial for them to receive. At a minimum the VA recommends that all veterans consider receiving vaccinations for influenza; pneumococcal; hepatitis A and B; measles, mumps and rubella (MMR); chickenpox (varicella); shingles (herpes zoster); tetanus, diphtheria, and pertussis vaccines. In addition, international travelers may be eligible to receive vaccinations that protect against diseases common in the countries being visited. Vaccination needs can change based on age, so the VA advises veterans to speak with their health care team about additional immunizations that might be wise to consider.

 

Click here to read the digital edition.

 

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 33(5)s
Publications
Topics
Page Number
36S-37S
Sections
Do you know the VA’s vaccine recommendations, or how many die in the U.S. from pneumococcal pneumonia? Find out the most recent data in the Federal Health Care Data Trends 2016.
Do you know the VA’s vaccine recommendations, or how many die in the U.S. from pneumococcal pneumonia? Find out the most recent data in the Federal Health Care Data Trends 2016.

For many diseases, prevention may be the most effective treatment plan. Vaccination is considered a safe medical procedure that not only protects those who receive the immunization, but also helps to prevent the spread of communicable diseases. Or more simply, vaccines are the most effective tool we have to prevent infectious diseases, according to the National Vaccine Program Office.

When the measles vaccine was licensed in 1962, there were more than 400,000 cases reported in the U.S. In 2012, there were just 55, according to the CDC. In fact today, a single outbreak, such as the one experienced by visitors to Disneyland in 2015 creates national headlines.

The CDC offers a tool that can help veterans determine which age-appropriate vaccinations they need to protect their health group. A short quiz, available at http://www2a.cdc.gov/nip/adultImmSched/ can help people determine which vaccinations are most crucial for them to receive. At a minimum the VA recommends that all veterans consider receiving vaccinations for influenza; pneumococcal; hepatitis A and B; measles, mumps and rubella (MMR); chickenpox (varicella); shingles (herpes zoster); tetanus, diphtheria, and pertussis vaccines. In addition, international travelers may be eligible to receive vaccinations that protect against diseases common in the countries being visited. Vaccination needs can change based on age, so the VA advises veterans to speak with their health care team about additional immunizations that might be wise to consider.

 

Click here to read the digital edition.

 

For many diseases, prevention may be the most effective treatment plan. Vaccination is considered a safe medical procedure that not only protects those who receive the immunization, but also helps to prevent the spread of communicable diseases. Or more simply, vaccines are the most effective tool we have to prevent infectious diseases, according to the National Vaccine Program Office.

When the measles vaccine was licensed in 1962, there were more than 400,000 cases reported in the U.S. In 2012, there were just 55, according to the CDC. In fact today, a single outbreak, such as the one experienced by visitors to Disneyland in 2015 creates national headlines.

The CDC offers a tool that can help veterans determine which age-appropriate vaccinations they need to protect their health group. A short quiz, available at http://www2a.cdc.gov/nip/adultImmSched/ can help people determine which vaccinations are most crucial for them to receive. At a minimum the VA recommends that all veterans consider receiving vaccinations for influenza; pneumococcal; hepatitis A and B; measles, mumps and rubella (MMR); chickenpox (varicella); shingles (herpes zoster); tetanus, diphtheria, and pertussis vaccines. In addition, international travelers may be eligible to receive vaccinations that protect against diseases common in the countries being visited. Vaccination needs can change based on age, so the VA advises veterans to speak with their health care team about additional immunizations that might be wise to consider.

 

Click here to read the digital edition.

 

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 33(5)s
Issue
Federal Practitioner - 33(5)s
Page Number
36S-37S
Page Number
36S-37S
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
New Vaccination Data & Trends
Display Headline
New Vaccination Data & Trends
Sections
Citation Override
Fed Pract. 2016 July;33(suppl 5):36S-37S
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.

A Motivational Interviewing Training Program for Tobacco Cessation Counseling in Primary Care

Article Type
Changed
Wed, 04/25/2018 - 11:59
Display Headline
A Motivational Interviewing Training Program for Tobacco Cessation Counseling in Primary Care
Training sessions that offer feedback and coaching to trainees are effective in helping participants retain motivational interviewing skills for tobacco cessation counseling.

Primary care providers (PCPs) need effective tools for activating health behavior change for the 125 million Americans living with a chronic condition.1 Smoking is an important and difficult behavior to change, and a motivator for quitting is tobacco cessation advice from a PCP.2,3 However, few PCPs provide comprehensive tobacco cessation counseling as part of routine care.4,5 One perceived barrier that providers report is their lack of training to be effective tobacco cessation advocates.4,6-8

Motivational interviewing (MI) promotes behavior change by using a nonadversarial approach aimed at resolving patient ambivalence. Motivational interviewing tools, such as asking open-ended questions, providing summary statements of what the patient expresses, reflective listening, and affirmations, are used to spur an intrinsic drive to change. These techniques have been applied to a broad range of health behaviors with positive outcomes and demonstrated efficacy.9-11 Furthermore, MI can be used in primary care for changing tobacco use, alcohol consumption, physical activity, and diet.12-14

Despite its efficacy, MI can be time-intensive to learn. Fortunately, even abbreviated MI can influence patient behavior.15,16 Rollnick and others have developed MI interventions that are deliverable in 5 to 10 minutes.17,18 These brief interventions focus on performing a rapid assessment of patients’ perceived importance and self-efficacy for change.17,18

There is increased interest in training health care professionals (HCPs) in MI, yet there is no consensus on the most effective training approach.19,20 Practitioners with many competing priorities often like to learn new skills through self-study or onetime workshops. Yet evidence suggests that these are not effective methods for gaining MI proficiency. Instead, MI training sessions that offer feedback and coaching are more effective in helping participants retain MI skills over time.21,22

The authors developed and successfully pilot-tested an MI training program called the Motivational Interviewing Smoking Treatment Enhancement Program (MI-STEP) for HCPs. This program was designed to facilitate tobacco cessation care in the VHA primary care patient centered medical home, which VHA calls patient aligned care teams (PACTs).23 The main conclusions of this pilot study have been reported elsewhere.24

The objective of this article is to describe the process evaluation the authors conducted during the MI-STEP study to gain a better understanding of how the implementation of the MI training program could be improved. The authors identified barriers and facilitators from the perspectives of MI champions and PACT practitioners.

Methods

Thirty-four PACT practitioners (physicians, nurse practitioners, registered nurses, licensed practical nurses, and pharmacists) at 2 VA medical centers were randomly assigned to a high- or moderate-intensity MI training program during the summer of 2012. This training was delivered by “MI champions,” who were recruited from PACTs and who attended a 3-day advanced training class on MI. The training included MI skills practice, group case analysis, various role-play exercises, and didactics adapted from the Rx for Change program.25 The curriculum also addressed tobacco cessation counseling using the national tobacco cessation guideline.2 Each site’s health behavior coordinator (HBC) also was recruited to be an MI champion. The HBCs are typically psychologists who have received prior training in MI as well as facilitator and clinician coaching. At the VA, HBCs are charged with integrating preventive services into care. The participating sites’ institutional review boards approved all study procedures.

MI-STEP Training Program

All 34 practitioners attended a half-day on-site MI training workshop led by the site’s HBC. This training covered the basics of MI and used interactive learning methods such as role-play (Table 1). The study practitioners also received self-study materials, and throughout the study period had access to the MI champions. Practitioners who were randomized to high-intensity MI training also attended 6 supplemental 1-hour “booster sessions” to enhance specific MI skills. The MI champions led 3 of the 1-hour booster sessions with a standard agenda, including patient cases and MI exercises. During the other 3 booster sessions, participants used patient cases to interact with a standardized patient over the telephone, and the MI champions provided feedback and coaching.

Process Evaluation

Six months after the program’s completion, investigators conducted an evaluation of the MI-STEP training program with MI champions and study practitioners. One-hour focus group sessions (2 in Minneapolis; 1 in Denver) were conducted with the MI champions by a co-investigator in Minneapolis and a facilitator in Denver. Notes were taken during the sessions. MI champions were asked about the quality of their training sessions, challenges to getting PACT members to participate in the site training, challenges to teaching MI, and how they felt MI fit within VA health care philosophy.

 

 

Ten training study practitioners were randomly selected and stratified based on group intensity assignment, discipline, and site to participate in in-depth interviews. The interviews lasted about 30 minutes, and Minneapolis study investigators conducted in-person interviews with local participants and telephone interviews with Denver participants. The interviews focused on experiences with both high- and moderate-intensity MI training programs, how MI was used in their practice, barriers to implementing MI, impressions of the MI training program, and their interactions with MI champions.

Focus group leaders were experienced interviewers who had not previously interacted with MI champions in the context of this study. Investigators conducting study practitioner interviews were blinded to group assignment. All interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed verbatim. Study investigators reviewed the focus group notes and interview transcripts, identified themes independently, and then discussed group themes. The most salient themes were selected to inform implementation of a larger scale MI training program.

Results

Nine MI champions participated in the focus groups, and 8 study practitioners from both sites representing all clinical disciplines completed in-depth interviews. Table 2 identifies the characteristics of each population.

The majority of MI champions and practitioners were female (56% and 63%, respectively), and their mean ages were 46 and 44 years. Most of the MI champions (78%) and study practitioners (75%) were white. Three of theMI champions (33%) and 5 of the study practitioners (63%) had no previous formal training in MI. Five champions (56%) and 3 practitioners (38%) had no prior formal tobacco cessation training.

 

MI Champion Focus Group Themes

The champions were asked to discuss all aspects of the program, including their training as champions, role as trainers, attitudes about using MI during patient encounters, and participation in the training program. Themes from the MI champion focus groups were placed in the following categories based on the authors’ analytic approach: training MI champions, training study practitioners, and attitudes about MI.

Training MI champions. The champions identified role-play exercises and receiving feedback as strengths of the training program. The champions also expressed the desire for more hands-on practice, especially in small groups. They wanted additional training on teaching MI and facilitating the booster sessions. The champions wanted an expert to train them on how to give feedback and how to best coach practitioners in their use of MI. Champions expressed a desire to have follow-up training sessions with the standardized patient to help them hone their newly acquired coaching skills.

Training study practitioners. The champions’ key role was to train local practitioners and lead the booster sessions for the high-intensity MI training group. Champions felt ill-prepared to fully cover the training materials during the initial half-day workshop and 6 booster sessions. Champions identified difficulty coordinating schedules with the practitioners and lack of compensation for participation as significant barriers to implementing the booster sessions. Champions felt that using a standardized patient during the booster sessions was a strength of the program and that making the cases more realistic could have further enhanced the program.

Attitudes about MI. Champions from both sites perceived MI to have a positive impact on patient care. However, all champions noted there were challenges in using MI in practice. Champions felt MI takes time, energy, and practice to gain proficiency. The current primary care system is not set up to support the use of MI. The appointment time slots are fixed, and VHA goals and the spirit of MI are not always compatible. VHA performance measures encourage providers to achieve performance targets with each patient, often requiring use of directives for patients on what to do. In contrast, MI encourages the patient to take the lead on goal setting and prioritizing.

Study Practitioner Interview Themes

The practitioners were asked to discuss MI skills training, using MI skills with patients, integrating MI into daily practice, getting other PACT members involved, booster sessions, interactions with champions, and suggestions for improving the MI program. Themes from the study practitioner interviews were grouped into the following categories: MI skills training, using MI skills, integrating MI into practice, and suggestions for improving MI training (Table 3).

MI skills training. Overall, the MI high-intensity participants stated they learned useful skills. They reported asking more questions that are open-ended and were more aware of the patient’s perspective. Practitioners reported that booster sessions provided a way to reinforce, refine, and practice their MI skills. Practitioners reported that having the champion located in their own PACT was critical for connecting with their champion between sessions. Nurses and doctors reported that not having time to meet with champions was a barrier, while pharmacists reported more flexibility.

 

 

The moderate-intensity participants reported that the training had less impact. Half the respondents reported that they did not remember much of the MI training and either forgot or did not use the newly learned MI skills.

Using MI skills. Both high- and moderate-intensity participants reported using open-ended questions, reflections, affirmations, motivation scales, and active listening.

Practitioners reported that MI helped them focus on patient-centered care, since MI is collaborative. Even when a session was not successful in leading to behavior change, practitioners felt more satisfied with the quality of the interaction.

Integrating MI into practice. The high- and moderate-intensity practitioners had different perceptions of using MI in daily practice. High-intensity participants thought MI required an initial time investment, but that would be balanced by a decrease in the number of follow-up visits needed and/or delay the time between visits. The moderate-intensity participants were more likely to report struggling with the amount of time MI took.

Suggestions for improving MI training. Practitioners from both training groups offered suggestions for improving MI training. Supervisor buy-in was deemed critical to getting other PACT members involved. Practitioners suggested providing compensation or making training mandatory to help motivate others to participate in MI training. Also, practitioners were ready to expand the MI training beyond smoking cessation to incorporate other diseases and multiple comorbidities.

The moderate-intensity participants suggested more training, practice, follow-up, and feedback. These participants also suggested boosterlike sessions.

Discussion

Champions and study practitioners reported that learning MI skills was useful. The participants felt that MI was consistent with their personal philosophies regarding patient-centered care and that MI had a positive impact on patient care. Practitioners and MI champions offered several insights for improving the delivery of MI training. First, practitioners and champions highlighted how important practice and feedback were to learning MI. Booster sessions, standardized patients, and critical feedback enhanced learning.

Second, champions reported that they wanted more training in how to teach MI. Third, practitioners and champions repeatedly stated that finding the time needed to become proficient in MI was difficult and that using the MI approach with patients took additional time during clinical sessions. However, participants in the high-intensity group reported more satisfaction with the quality of their patient encounters and the freedom to follow up with patients less often.

There were aspects of the environment and MI training program that facilitated the MI learning process. The high-intensity group cited booster session feedback as being reinforcing; the moderate-intensity group expressed a desire to practice their newly acquired skill and felt feedback and coaching would have enhanced their learning. Practitioners and champions reported that using a standardized patient to enhance experiential learning activities was an asset. Standardized patients have been used successfully in other training programs.21

Implementing an MI training program posed a number of challenges. The biggest barrier was lack of time. PACT members found it difficult to attend a half-day MI workshop, practice MI skills, and incorporate MI routinely into daily practice. However, without the investment of time, even basic MI proficiency is unachievable.22

This study highlighted several ways to improve feedback and coaching. First, the authors would expand the MI champion curriculum to include training to provide effective feedback/coaching. Second, the authors would train the standardized patient on how to provide feedback to the MI learner. As implemented, the standardized patient evaluated the learner only on whether the patient felt “heard” by the learner.

Perhaps most critical to the success of an MI training program is institutional support. There needs to be adequate time and space for the training process as well as support for ongoing learning and feedback as MI skills are refined. Furthermore, sufficient time is needed during patients’ appointments to allow for MI-oriented conversations. Time is an important, valuable, and scarce resource that institutions control. Administrators should realize that the up-front investment is likely to provide a downstream return as providers become proficient in MI.

There is an urgent need to find ways to incorporate training into the daily practice of busy HCPs. Although this study was limited by its small sample, it demonstrated the feasibility of implementing an MI training program for practitioners working in a busy primary care environment. This study offers concrete suggestions for overcoming barriers and enhancing facilitators, which can guide much needed larger studies as they examine MI training effectiveness on patient and clinician outcomes.

Champions and practitioners reported that learning MI was important, but opportunities to practice and receive critical feedback are needed to achieve proficiency and improve confidence. Both champions and study practitioners thought practicing with a standardized patient would enrich their learning. However, dedicated time for learning and practicing MI skills is critical and hard to arrange.

 

 

Conclusion

Practitioners can use MI to activate health behavior change in their patients. Training PACT practitioners to use MI is feasible. The results of this evaluation can be used to inform the next iteration of an MI training program for HCPs by highlighting the facilitators of and barriers to training.

Because of the interest in activating patient-centered health behavior change, these findings are important. The educational and practice opportunities were well received. Training with standardized patients and incorporating MI champions into PACTs facilitated training. However, the lack of time was a major barrier to learning and practicing MI skills and will need to be addressed. If effectively implemented, training providers by using an evidence-based approach, such as MI, can promote long-term health.

Acknowledgments
This study was funded by VA Health Services Research & Development (HSR&D) Rapid Response Project 11-019. The Center for Chronic Disease Outcomes Research is supported by the VA, VHA, Office of Research and Development, and HSR&D. Dr. Widome was supported by a VA HSR&D Career Development Award.

References

1. Anderson G, Horvath J. The growing burden of chronic disease in America. Public Health Rep. 2004;119(3):263-270

2. Fiore MC, Jaen CR, Baker TB, et al. Treating Tobacco Use and Dependence: 2008 Update. Clinical Practice Guideline. Rockville, MD: U.S. Dept of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service; 2008.

3. Park E, Eaton CA, Goldstein MG, et al. The development of a decisional balance measure of physician smoking cessation interventions. Prev Med. 2001;33(4):261-267.

4. Ferketich AK, Khan Y, Wewers ME. Are physicians asking about tobacco use and assisting with cessation? Results from the 2001-2004 National Ambulatory Medical Care Survey (NAMCS). Prev Med. 2006;43(6):472-476.

5. Marcy TW, Skelly J, Shiffman RN, Flynn BS. Facilitating adherence to the tobacco use treatment guideline with computer-mediated decision support systems: physician and clinic office manager perspectives. Prev Med. 2005;41(2):479-487.

6. Cabana MD, Rand CS, Powe NR, et al. Why don't physicians follow clinical practice guidelines? A framework for improvement. JAMA. 1999;282(15):1458-1465.

7. Jaén CR, McIlvain H, Pol L, Phillips RL Jr, Flocke S, Crabtree BF. Tailoring tobacco counseling to the competing demands in the clinical encounter. J Fam Pract. 2001;50(10):859-863.

8. Malte CA, McFall M, Chow B, Beckham JC, Carmody TP, Saxon AJ. Survey of providers' attitudes toward integrating smoking cessation treatment into posttraumatic stress disorder care. Psychol Addict Behav. 2013;27(1):249-255.

9. Hettema J, Steele J, Miller WR. Motivational interviewing. Annu Rev Clin Psychol. 2005;1:91-111.

10. Rollnick S, Miller WR, Butler BC. Motivational Interviewing in Health Care: Helping Patients Change Behavior. New York, NY: Guilford Press; 2008.

11. Miller WR. Motivational interviewing with problem drinkers. Behav Psychother. 1983;11(2):147-172.

12. Brodie DA, Inoue A. Motivational interviewing to promote physical activity for people with chronic heart failure. J Adv Nurs. 2005;50(5):518-527.

13. Perry CK, Rosenfeld AG, Bennett JA, Potempa K. Heart-to-Heart: promoting walking in rural women through motivational interviewing and group support. J Cardiovascular Nurs. 2007;22(4):304-312.

14. West DS, DiLillo V, Bursac Z, Gore SA, Greene PG. Motivational interviewing improves weight loss in women with type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care. 2007;30(5):1081-1087.

15. Fiore MC, Novotny TE, Pierce JP, et al. Trends in cigarette smoking in the United States. JAMA. 1989;261(1):49-55.

16. Lancaster T, Stead L. Physician advice for smoking cessation. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2004;18(4):CD000165.

17. Butler C, Rollnick S, Cohen D, Bachmann M, Russell I, Stott N. Motivational counseling versus brief advice for smokers in general practice: a randomized trial. Br J Gen Pract. 1999;49(445):611-616.

18. Rollnick S, Heather N, Bell A. Negotiating behaviour change in medical settings: the development of brief motivational interviewing. J Ment Health. 1992;1(1):25-37.

19. Madson MB, Loignon AC, Lane C. Training in motivational interviewing: a systematic review. J Subst Abuse Treat. 2009;36(1):101-109.

20. Miller WR, Yahne CE, Moyers TB, Martinez J, Pirritano M. A randomized trial of methods to help clinicians learn motivational interviewing. J Consult Clin Psychol. 2004;72(6):1050-1062.

21.  Lundahl B, Burke BL. The effectiveness and applicability of motivational interviewing: a practice-friendly review of four meta-analyses. J Clin Pyschol. 2009;65(11):1232-1245. 

22. Miller WR, Moyers TB. Eight stages in Learning motivational interviewing. J Teaching Addict. 2006;5(1):13-15.

23. Rosland AM, Nelson K, Sun H, et al. The patient-centered medical home in the Veterans Health Administration. Am J Manag Care. 2013;19(7):e263-e272.

24. Fu S, Roth C, Battaglia CT, et al. Training primary care clinicians in motivational interviewing: a comparison of two models. Patient Educ Couns. 2015;98(1):61-68.

25. School of Pharmacy & Medicine University of California, San Francisco. Rx for change website. http://rxforchange.ucsf.edu/. Accessed May 25, 2016.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Battaglia is a nurse scientist and MD/PhD fellowship co-director for the Seattle-Denver Center of Innovation at the VA Eastern Colorado Health Care System and an associate professor of health systems, management, and policy at the University of Colorado School of Public Health, both in Denver. Dr. Farmer is a core investigator for the VA Health Services Research and Development Center (HSR&D) for the Study of Healthcare Innovation, Implementation and Policy at the VA Greater Los Angeles Healthcare System in California. Dr. Widome is assistant professor in the division of epidemiology and community health at the University of Minnesota's School of Public Health, and an affiliate investigator at the VA Center for Chronic Disease Outcomes Research (CCDOR) in Minneapolis. Dr. Roth and Dr. Nelson are core investigators, Ms. Do is a study coordinator, and Dr. Fu is director at the CCDOR, and Dr. Hagedorn is an implementation research coordinator for the VA Quality Enhancement Research Initiative, Substance Use Disorder; all at the Minneapolis VA Health Care System. Dr. Zillich is an affiliate investigator for the VA HSR&D Center for Health Information and Communication at Richard L. Roudebush VAMC in Indianapolis and the head of pharmacy practice at Purdue University in West Lafayette, both in Indiana. Dr. Widome and Dr. Hagedorn are assistant professors, Dr. Nelson and Dr. Fu are associate professors, and Dr. Roth is a professor, all at the University of Minnesota.

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the U.S. Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review the complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 33(8)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
12-17
Legacy Keywords
tobacco cessation, group therapy, motivational interviewing
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Battaglia is a nurse scientist and MD/PhD fellowship co-director for the Seattle-Denver Center of Innovation at the VA Eastern Colorado Health Care System and an associate professor of health systems, management, and policy at the University of Colorado School of Public Health, both in Denver. Dr. Farmer is a core investigator for the VA Health Services Research and Development Center (HSR&D) for the Study of Healthcare Innovation, Implementation and Policy at the VA Greater Los Angeles Healthcare System in California. Dr. Widome is assistant professor in the division of epidemiology and community health at the University of Minnesota's School of Public Health, and an affiliate investigator at the VA Center for Chronic Disease Outcomes Research (CCDOR) in Minneapolis. Dr. Roth and Dr. Nelson are core investigators, Ms. Do is a study coordinator, and Dr. Fu is director at the CCDOR, and Dr. Hagedorn is an implementation research coordinator for the VA Quality Enhancement Research Initiative, Substance Use Disorder; all at the Minneapolis VA Health Care System. Dr. Zillich is an affiliate investigator for the VA HSR&D Center for Health Information and Communication at Richard L. Roudebush VAMC in Indianapolis and the head of pharmacy practice at Purdue University in West Lafayette, both in Indiana. Dr. Widome and Dr. Hagedorn are assistant professors, Dr. Nelson and Dr. Fu are associate professors, and Dr. Roth is a professor, all at the University of Minnesota.

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the U.S. Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review the complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Battaglia is a nurse scientist and MD/PhD fellowship co-director for the Seattle-Denver Center of Innovation at the VA Eastern Colorado Health Care System and an associate professor of health systems, management, and policy at the University of Colorado School of Public Health, both in Denver. Dr. Farmer is a core investigator for the VA Health Services Research and Development Center (HSR&D) for the Study of Healthcare Innovation, Implementation and Policy at the VA Greater Los Angeles Healthcare System in California. Dr. Widome is assistant professor in the division of epidemiology and community health at the University of Minnesota's School of Public Health, and an affiliate investigator at the VA Center for Chronic Disease Outcomes Research (CCDOR) in Minneapolis. Dr. Roth and Dr. Nelson are core investigators, Ms. Do is a study coordinator, and Dr. Fu is director at the CCDOR, and Dr. Hagedorn is an implementation research coordinator for the VA Quality Enhancement Research Initiative, Substance Use Disorder; all at the Minneapolis VA Health Care System. Dr. Zillich is an affiliate investigator for the VA HSR&D Center for Health Information and Communication at Richard L. Roudebush VAMC in Indianapolis and the head of pharmacy practice at Purdue University in West Lafayette, both in Indiana. Dr. Widome and Dr. Hagedorn are assistant professors, Dr. Nelson and Dr. Fu are associate professors, and Dr. Roth is a professor, all at the University of Minnesota.

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the U.S. Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review the complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles
Training sessions that offer feedback and coaching to trainees are effective in helping participants retain motivational interviewing skills for tobacco cessation counseling.
Training sessions that offer feedback and coaching to trainees are effective in helping participants retain motivational interviewing skills for tobacco cessation counseling.

Primary care providers (PCPs) need effective tools for activating health behavior change for the 125 million Americans living with a chronic condition.1 Smoking is an important and difficult behavior to change, and a motivator for quitting is tobacco cessation advice from a PCP.2,3 However, few PCPs provide comprehensive tobacco cessation counseling as part of routine care.4,5 One perceived barrier that providers report is their lack of training to be effective tobacco cessation advocates.4,6-8

Motivational interviewing (MI) promotes behavior change by using a nonadversarial approach aimed at resolving patient ambivalence. Motivational interviewing tools, such as asking open-ended questions, providing summary statements of what the patient expresses, reflective listening, and affirmations, are used to spur an intrinsic drive to change. These techniques have been applied to a broad range of health behaviors with positive outcomes and demonstrated efficacy.9-11 Furthermore, MI can be used in primary care for changing tobacco use, alcohol consumption, physical activity, and diet.12-14

Despite its efficacy, MI can be time-intensive to learn. Fortunately, even abbreviated MI can influence patient behavior.15,16 Rollnick and others have developed MI interventions that are deliverable in 5 to 10 minutes.17,18 These brief interventions focus on performing a rapid assessment of patients’ perceived importance and self-efficacy for change.17,18

There is increased interest in training health care professionals (HCPs) in MI, yet there is no consensus on the most effective training approach.19,20 Practitioners with many competing priorities often like to learn new skills through self-study or onetime workshops. Yet evidence suggests that these are not effective methods for gaining MI proficiency. Instead, MI training sessions that offer feedback and coaching are more effective in helping participants retain MI skills over time.21,22

The authors developed and successfully pilot-tested an MI training program called the Motivational Interviewing Smoking Treatment Enhancement Program (MI-STEP) for HCPs. This program was designed to facilitate tobacco cessation care in the VHA primary care patient centered medical home, which VHA calls patient aligned care teams (PACTs).23 The main conclusions of this pilot study have been reported elsewhere.24

The objective of this article is to describe the process evaluation the authors conducted during the MI-STEP study to gain a better understanding of how the implementation of the MI training program could be improved. The authors identified barriers and facilitators from the perspectives of MI champions and PACT practitioners.

Methods

Thirty-four PACT practitioners (physicians, nurse practitioners, registered nurses, licensed practical nurses, and pharmacists) at 2 VA medical centers were randomly assigned to a high- or moderate-intensity MI training program during the summer of 2012. This training was delivered by “MI champions,” who were recruited from PACTs and who attended a 3-day advanced training class on MI. The training included MI skills practice, group case analysis, various role-play exercises, and didactics adapted from the Rx for Change program.25 The curriculum also addressed tobacco cessation counseling using the national tobacco cessation guideline.2 Each site’s health behavior coordinator (HBC) also was recruited to be an MI champion. The HBCs are typically psychologists who have received prior training in MI as well as facilitator and clinician coaching. At the VA, HBCs are charged with integrating preventive services into care. The participating sites’ institutional review boards approved all study procedures.

MI-STEP Training Program

All 34 practitioners attended a half-day on-site MI training workshop led by the site’s HBC. This training covered the basics of MI and used interactive learning methods such as role-play (Table 1). The study practitioners also received self-study materials, and throughout the study period had access to the MI champions. Practitioners who were randomized to high-intensity MI training also attended 6 supplemental 1-hour “booster sessions” to enhance specific MI skills. The MI champions led 3 of the 1-hour booster sessions with a standard agenda, including patient cases and MI exercises. During the other 3 booster sessions, participants used patient cases to interact with a standardized patient over the telephone, and the MI champions provided feedback and coaching.

Process Evaluation

Six months after the program’s completion, investigators conducted an evaluation of the MI-STEP training program with MI champions and study practitioners. One-hour focus group sessions (2 in Minneapolis; 1 in Denver) were conducted with the MI champions by a co-investigator in Minneapolis and a facilitator in Denver. Notes were taken during the sessions. MI champions were asked about the quality of their training sessions, challenges to getting PACT members to participate in the site training, challenges to teaching MI, and how they felt MI fit within VA health care philosophy.

 

 

Ten training study practitioners were randomly selected and stratified based on group intensity assignment, discipline, and site to participate in in-depth interviews. The interviews lasted about 30 minutes, and Minneapolis study investigators conducted in-person interviews with local participants and telephone interviews with Denver participants. The interviews focused on experiences with both high- and moderate-intensity MI training programs, how MI was used in their practice, barriers to implementing MI, impressions of the MI training program, and their interactions with MI champions.

Focus group leaders were experienced interviewers who had not previously interacted with MI champions in the context of this study. Investigators conducting study practitioner interviews were blinded to group assignment. All interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed verbatim. Study investigators reviewed the focus group notes and interview transcripts, identified themes independently, and then discussed group themes. The most salient themes were selected to inform implementation of a larger scale MI training program.

Results

Nine MI champions participated in the focus groups, and 8 study practitioners from both sites representing all clinical disciplines completed in-depth interviews. Table 2 identifies the characteristics of each population.

The majority of MI champions and practitioners were female (56% and 63%, respectively), and their mean ages were 46 and 44 years. Most of the MI champions (78%) and study practitioners (75%) were white. Three of theMI champions (33%) and 5 of the study practitioners (63%) had no previous formal training in MI. Five champions (56%) and 3 practitioners (38%) had no prior formal tobacco cessation training.

 

MI Champion Focus Group Themes

The champions were asked to discuss all aspects of the program, including their training as champions, role as trainers, attitudes about using MI during patient encounters, and participation in the training program. Themes from the MI champion focus groups were placed in the following categories based on the authors’ analytic approach: training MI champions, training study practitioners, and attitudes about MI.

Training MI champions. The champions identified role-play exercises and receiving feedback as strengths of the training program. The champions also expressed the desire for more hands-on practice, especially in small groups. They wanted additional training on teaching MI and facilitating the booster sessions. The champions wanted an expert to train them on how to give feedback and how to best coach practitioners in their use of MI. Champions expressed a desire to have follow-up training sessions with the standardized patient to help them hone their newly acquired coaching skills.

Training study practitioners. The champions’ key role was to train local practitioners and lead the booster sessions for the high-intensity MI training group. Champions felt ill-prepared to fully cover the training materials during the initial half-day workshop and 6 booster sessions. Champions identified difficulty coordinating schedules with the practitioners and lack of compensation for participation as significant barriers to implementing the booster sessions. Champions felt that using a standardized patient during the booster sessions was a strength of the program and that making the cases more realistic could have further enhanced the program.

Attitudes about MI. Champions from both sites perceived MI to have a positive impact on patient care. However, all champions noted there were challenges in using MI in practice. Champions felt MI takes time, energy, and practice to gain proficiency. The current primary care system is not set up to support the use of MI. The appointment time slots are fixed, and VHA goals and the spirit of MI are not always compatible. VHA performance measures encourage providers to achieve performance targets with each patient, often requiring use of directives for patients on what to do. In contrast, MI encourages the patient to take the lead on goal setting and prioritizing.

Study Practitioner Interview Themes

The practitioners were asked to discuss MI skills training, using MI skills with patients, integrating MI into daily practice, getting other PACT members involved, booster sessions, interactions with champions, and suggestions for improving the MI program. Themes from the study practitioner interviews were grouped into the following categories: MI skills training, using MI skills, integrating MI into practice, and suggestions for improving MI training (Table 3).

MI skills training. Overall, the MI high-intensity participants stated they learned useful skills. They reported asking more questions that are open-ended and were more aware of the patient’s perspective. Practitioners reported that booster sessions provided a way to reinforce, refine, and practice their MI skills. Practitioners reported that having the champion located in their own PACT was critical for connecting with their champion between sessions. Nurses and doctors reported that not having time to meet with champions was a barrier, while pharmacists reported more flexibility.

 

 

The moderate-intensity participants reported that the training had less impact. Half the respondents reported that they did not remember much of the MI training and either forgot or did not use the newly learned MI skills.

Using MI skills. Both high- and moderate-intensity participants reported using open-ended questions, reflections, affirmations, motivation scales, and active listening.

Practitioners reported that MI helped them focus on patient-centered care, since MI is collaborative. Even when a session was not successful in leading to behavior change, practitioners felt more satisfied with the quality of the interaction.

Integrating MI into practice. The high- and moderate-intensity practitioners had different perceptions of using MI in daily practice. High-intensity participants thought MI required an initial time investment, but that would be balanced by a decrease in the number of follow-up visits needed and/or delay the time between visits. The moderate-intensity participants were more likely to report struggling with the amount of time MI took.

Suggestions for improving MI training. Practitioners from both training groups offered suggestions for improving MI training. Supervisor buy-in was deemed critical to getting other PACT members involved. Practitioners suggested providing compensation or making training mandatory to help motivate others to participate in MI training. Also, practitioners were ready to expand the MI training beyond smoking cessation to incorporate other diseases and multiple comorbidities.

The moderate-intensity participants suggested more training, practice, follow-up, and feedback. These participants also suggested boosterlike sessions.

Discussion

Champions and study practitioners reported that learning MI skills was useful. The participants felt that MI was consistent with their personal philosophies regarding patient-centered care and that MI had a positive impact on patient care. Practitioners and MI champions offered several insights for improving the delivery of MI training. First, practitioners and champions highlighted how important practice and feedback were to learning MI. Booster sessions, standardized patients, and critical feedback enhanced learning.

Second, champions reported that they wanted more training in how to teach MI. Third, practitioners and champions repeatedly stated that finding the time needed to become proficient in MI was difficult and that using the MI approach with patients took additional time during clinical sessions. However, participants in the high-intensity group reported more satisfaction with the quality of their patient encounters and the freedom to follow up with patients less often.

There were aspects of the environment and MI training program that facilitated the MI learning process. The high-intensity group cited booster session feedback as being reinforcing; the moderate-intensity group expressed a desire to practice their newly acquired skill and felt feedback and coaching would have enhanced their learning. Practitioners and champions reported that using a standardized patient to enhance experiential learning activities was an asset. Standardized patients have been used successfully in other training programs.21

Implementing an MI training program posed a number of challenges. The biggest barrier was lack of time. PACT members found it difficult to attend a half-day MI workshop, practice MI skills, and incorporate MI routinely into daily practice. However, without the investment of time, even basic MI proficiency is unachievable.22

This study highlighted several ways to improve feedback and coaching. First, the authors would expand the MI champion curriculum to include training to provide effective feedback/coaching. Second, the authors would train the standardized patient on how to provide feedback to the MI learner. As implemented, the standardized patient evaluated the learner only on whether the patient felt “heard” by the learner.

Perhaps most critical to the success of an MI training program is institutional support. There needs to be adequate time and space for the training process as well as support for ongoing learning and feedback as MI skills are refined. Furthermore, sufficient time is needed during patients’ appointments to allow for MI-oriented conversations. Time is an important, valuable, and scarce resource that institutions control. Administrators should realize that the up-front investment is likely to provide a downstream return as providers become proficient in MI.

There is an urgent need to find ways to incorporate training into the daily practice of busy HCPs. Although this study was limited by its small sample, it demonstrated the feasibility of implementing an MI training program for practitioners working in a busy primary care environment. This study offers concrete suggestions for overcoming barriers and enhancing facilitators, which can guide much needed larger studies as they examine MI training effectiveness on patient and clinician outcomes.

Champions and practitioners reported that learning MI was important, but opportunities to practice and receive critical feedback are needed to achieve proficiency and improve confidence. Both champions and study practitioners thought practicing with a standardized patient would enrich their learning. However, dedicated time for learning and practicing MI skills is critical and hard to arrange.

 

 

Conclusion

Practitioners can use MI to activate health behavior change in their patients. Training PACT practitioners to use MI is feasible. The results of this evaluation can be used to inform the next iteration of an MI training program for HCPs by highlighting the facilitators of and barriers to training.

Because of the interest in activating patient-centered health behavior change, these findings are important. The educational and practice opportunities were well received. Training with standardized patients and incorporating MI champions into PACTs facilitated training. However, the lack of time was a major barrier to learning and practicing MI skills and will need to be addressed. If effectively implemented, training providers by using an evidence-based approach, such as MI, can promote long-term health.

Acknowledgments
This study was funded by VA Health Services Research & Development (HSR&D) Rapid Response Project 11-019. The Center for Chronic Disease Outcomes Research is supported by the VA, VHA, Office of Research and Development, and HSR&D. Dr. Widome was supported by a VA HSR&D Career Development Award.

Primary care providers (PCPs) need effective tools for activating health behavior change for the 125 million Americans living with a chronic condition.1 Smoking is an important and difficult behavior to change, and a motivator for quitting is tobacco cessation advice from a PCP.2,3 However, few PCPs provide comprehensive tobacco cessation counseling as part of routine care.4,5 One perceived barrier that providers report is their lack of training to be effective tobacco cessation advocates.4,6-8

Motivational interviewing (MI) promotes behavior change by using a nonadversarial approach aimed at resolving patient ambivalence. Motivational interviewing tools, such as asking open-ended questions, providing summary statements of what the patient expresses, reflective listening, and affirmations, are used to spur an intrinsic drive to change. These techniques have been applied to a broad range of health behaviors with positive outcomes and demonstrated efficacy.9-11 Furthermore, MI can be used in primary care for changing tobacco use, alcohol consumption, physical activity, and diet.12-14

Despite its efficacy, MI can be time-intensive to learn. Fortunately, even abbreviated MI can influence patient behavior.15,16 Rollnick and others have developed MI interventions that are deliverable in 5 to 10 minutes.17,18 These brief interventions focus on performing a rapid assessment of patients’ perceived importance and self-efficacy for change.17,18

There is increased interest in training health care professionals (HCPs) in MI, yet there is no consensus on the most effective training approach.19,20 Practitioners with many competing priorities often like to learn new skills through self-study or onetime workshops. Yet evidence suggests that these are not effective methods for gaining MI proficiency. Instead, MI training sessions that offer feedback and coaching are more effective in helping participants retain MI skills over time.21,22

The authors developed and successfully pilot-tested an MI training program called the Motivational Interviewing Smoking Treatment Enhancement Program (MI-STEP) for HCPs. This program was designed to facilitate tobacco cessation care in the VHA primary care patient centered medical home, which VHA calls patient aligned care teams (PACTs).23 The main conclusions of this pilot study have been reported elsewhere.24

The objective of this article is to describe the process evaluation the authors conducted during the MI-STEP study to gain a better understanding of how the implementation of the MI training program could be improved. The authors identified barriers and facilitators from the perspectives of MI champions and PACT practitioners.

Methods

Thirty-four PACT practitioners (physicians, nurse practitioners, registered nurses, licensed practical nurses, and pharmacists) at 2 VA medical centers were randomly assigned to a high- or moderate-intensity MI training program during the summer of 2012. This training was delivered by “MI champions,” who were recruited from PACTs and who attended a 3-day advanced training class on MI. The training included MI skills practice, group case analysis, various role-play exercises, and didactics adapted from the Rx for Change program.25 The curriculum also addressed tobacco cessation counseling using the national tobacco cessation guideline.2 Each site’s health behavior coordinator (HBC) also was recruited to be an MI champion. The HBCs are typically psychologists who have received prior training in MI as well as facilitator and clinician coaching. At the VA, HBCs are charged with integrating preventive services into care. The participating sites’ institutional review boards approved all study procedures.

MI-STEP Training Program

All 34 practitioners attended a half-day on-site MI training workshop led by the site’s HBC. This training covered the basics of MI and used interactive learning methods such as role-play (Table 1). The study practitioners also received self-study materials, and throughout the study period had access to the MI champions. Practitioners who were randomized to high-intensity MI training also attended 6 supplemental 1-hour “booster sessions” to enhance specific MI skills. The MI champions led 3 of the 1-hour booster sessions with a standard agenda, including patient cases and MI exercises. During the other 3 booster sessions, participants used patient cases to interact with a standardized patient over the telephone, and the MI champions provided feedback and coaching.

Process Evaluation

Six months after the program’s completion, investigators conducted an evaluation of the MI-STEP training program with MI champions and study practitioners. One-hour focus group sessions (2 in Minneapolis; 1 in Denver) were conducted with the MI champions by a co-investigator in Minneapolis and a facilitator in Denver. Notes were taken during the sessions. MI champions were asked about the quality of their training sessions, challenges to getting PACT members to participate in the site training, challenges to teaching MI, and how they felt MI fit within VA health care philosophy.

 

 

Ten training study practitioners were randomly selected and stratified based on group intensity assignment, discipline, and site to participate in in-depth interviews. The interviews lasted about 30 minutes, and Minneapolis study investigators conducted in-person interviews with local participants and telephone interviews with Denver participants. The interviews focused on experiences with both high- and moderate-intensity MI training programs, how MI was used in their practice, barriers to implementing MI, impressions of the MI training program, and their interactions with MI champions.

Focus group leaders were experienced interviewers who had not previously interacted with MI champions in the context of this study. Investigators conducting study practitioner interviews were blinded to group assignment. All interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed verbatim. Study investigators reviewed the focus group notes and interview transcripts, identified themes independently, and then discussed group themes. The most salient themes were selected to inform implementation of a larger scale MI training program.

Results

Nine MI champions participated in the focus groups, and 8 study practitioners from both sites representing all clinical disciplines completed in-depth interviews. Table 2 identifies the characteristics of each population.

The majority of MI champions and practitioners were female (56% and 63%, respectively), and their mean ages were 46 and 44 years. Most of the MI champions (78%) and study practitioners (75%) were white. Three of theMI champions (33%) and 5 of the study practitioners (63%) had no previous formal training in MI. Five champions (56%) and 3 practitioners (38%) had no prior formal tobacco cessation training.

 

MI Champion Focus Group Themes

The champions were asked to discuss all aspects of the program, including their training as champions, role as trainers, attitudes about using MI during patient encounters, and participation in the training program. Themes from the MI champion focus groups were placed in the following categories based on the authors’ analytic approach: training MI champions, training study practitioners, and attitudes about MI.

Training MI champions. The champions identified role-play exercises and receiving feedback as strengths of the training program. The champions also expressed the desire for more hands-on practice, especially in small groups. They wanted additional training on teaching MI and facilitating the booster sessions. The champions wanted an expert to train them on how to give feedback and how to best coach practitioners in their use of MI. Champions expressed a desire to have follow-up training sessions with the standardized patient to help them hone their newly acquired coaching skills.

Training study practitioners. The champions’ key role was to train local practitioners and lead the booster sessions for the high-intensity MI training group. Champions felt ill-prepared to fully cover the training materials during the initial half-day workshop and 6 booster sessions. Champions identified difficulty coordinating schedules with the practitioners and lack of compensation for participation as significant barriers to implementing the booster sessions. Champions felt that using a standardized patient during the booster sessions was a strength of the program and that making the cases more realistic could have further enhanced the program.

Attitudes about MI. Champions from both sites perceived MI to have a positive impact on patient care. However, all champions noted there were challenges in using MI in practice. Champions felt MI takes time, energy, and practice to gain proficiency. The current primary care system is not set up to support the use of MI. The appointment time slots are fixed, and VHA goals and the spirit of MI are not always compatible. VHA performance measures encourage providers to achieve performance targets with each patient, often requiring use of directives for patients on what to do. In contrast, MI encourages the patient to take the lead on goal setting and prioritizing.

Study Practitioner Interview Themes

The practitioners were asked to discuss MI skills training, using MI skills with patients, integrating MI into daily practice, getting other PACT members involved, booster sessions, interactions with champions, and suggestions for improving the MI program. Themes from the study practitioner interviews were grouped into the following categories: MI skills training, using MI skills, integrating MI into practice, and suggestions for improving MI training (Table 3).

MI skills training. Overall, the MI high-intensity participants stated they learned useful skills. They reported asking more questions that are open-ended and were more aware of the patient’s perspective. Practitioners reported that booster sessions provided a way to reinforce, refine, and practice their MI skills. Practitioners reported that having the champion located in their own PACT was critical for connecting with their champion between sessions. Nurses and doctors reported that not having time to meet with champions was a barrier, while pharmacists reported more flexibility.

 

 

The moderate-intensity participants reported that the training had less impact. Half the respondents reported that they did not remember much of the MI training and either forgot or did not use the newly learned MI skills.

Using MI skills. Both high- and moderate-intensity participants reported using open-ended questions, reflections, affirmations, motivation scales, and active listening.

Practitioners reported that MI helped them focus on patient-centered care, since MI is collaborative. Even when a session was not successful in leading to behavior change, practitioners felt more satisfied with the quality of the interaction.

Integrating MI into practice. The high- and moderate-intensity practitioners had different perceptions of using MI in daily practice. High-intensity participants thought MI required an initial time investment, but that would be balanced by a decrease in the number of follow-up visits needed and/or delay the time between visits. The moderate-intensity participants were more likely to report struggling with the amount of time MI took.

Suggestions for improving MI training. Practitioners from both training groups offered suggestions for improving MI training. Supervisor buy-in was deemed critical to getting other PACT members involved. Practitioners suggested providing compensation or making training mandatory to help motivate others to participate in MI training. Also, practitioners were ready to expand the MI training beyond smoking cessation to incorporate other diseases and multiple comorbidities.

The moderate-intensity participants suggested more training, practice, follow-up, and feedback. These participants also suggested boosterlike sessions.

Discussion

Champions and study practitioners reported that learning MI skills was useful. The participants felt that MI was consistent with their personal philosophies regarding patient-centered care and that MI had a positive impact on patient care. Practitioners and MI champions offered several insights for improving the delivery of MI training. First, practitioners and champions highlighted how important practice and feedback were to learning MI. Booster sessions, standardized patients, and critical feedback enhanced learning.

Second, champions reported that they wanted more training in how to teach MI. Third, practitioners and champions repeatedly stated that finding the time needed to become proficient in MI was difficult and that using the MI approach with patients took additional time during clinical sessions. However, participants in the high-intensity group reported more satisfaction with the quality of their patient encounters and the freedom to follow up with patients less often.

There were aspects of the environment and MI training program that facilitated the MI learning process. The high-intensity group cited booster session feedback as being reinforcing; the moderate-intensity group expressed a desire to practice their newly acquired skill and felt feedback and coaching would have enhanced their learning. Practitioners and champions reported that using a standardized patient to enhance experiential learning activities was an asset. Standardized patients have been used successfully in other training programs.21

Implementing an MI training program posed a number of challenges. The biggest barrier was lack of time. PACT members found it difficult to attend a half-day MI workshop, practice MI skills, and incorporate MI routinely into daily practice. However, without the investment of time, even basic MI proficiency is unachievable.22

This study highlighted several ways to improve feedback and coaching. First, the authors would expand the MI champion curriculum to include training to provide effective feedback/coaching. Second, the authors would train the standardized patient on how to provide feedback to the MI learner. As implemented, the standardized patient evaluated the learner only on whether the patient felt “heard” by the learner.

Perhaps most critical to the success of an MI training program is institutional support. There needs to be adequate time and space for the training process as well as support for ongoing learning and feedback as MI skills are refined. Furthermore, sufficient time is needed during patients’ appointments to allow for MI-oriented conversations. Time is an important, valuable, and scarce resource that institutions control. Administrators should realize that the up-front investment is likely to provide a downstream return as providers become proficient in MI.

There is an urgent need to find ways to incorporate training into the daily practice of busy HCPs. Although this study was limited by its small sample, it demonstrated the feasibility of implementing an MI training program for practitioners working in a busy primary care environment. This study offers concrete suggestions for overcoming barriers and enhancing facilitators, which can guide much needed larger studies as they examine MI training effectiveness on patient and clinician outcomes.

Champions and practitioners reported that learning MI was important, but opportunities to practice and receive critical feedback are needed to achieve proficiency and improve confidence. Both champions and study practitioners thought practicing with a standardized patient would enrich their learning. However, dedicated time for learning and practicing MI skills is critical and hard to arrange.

 

 

Conclusion

Practitioners can use MI to activate health behavior change in their patients. Training PACT practitioners to use MI is feasible. The results of this evaluation can be used to inform the next iteration of an MI training program for HCPs by highlighting the facilitators of and barriers to training.

Because of the interest in activating patient-centered health behavior change, these findings are important. The educational and practice opportunities were well received. Training with standardized patients and incorporating MI champions into PACTs facilitated training. However, the lack of time was a major barrier to learning and practicing MI skills and will need to be addressed. If effectively implemented, training providers by using an evidence-based approach, such as MI, can promote long-term health.

Acknowledgments
This study was funded by VA Health Services Research & Development (HSR&D) Rapid Response Project 11-019. The Center for Chronic Disease Outcomes Research is supported by the VA, VHA, Office of Research and Development, and HSR&D. Dr. Widome was supported by a VA HSR&D Career Development Award.

References

1. Anderson G, Horvath J. The growing burden of chronic disease in America. Public Health Rep. 2004;119(3):263-270

2. Fiore MC, Jaen CR, Baker TB, et al. Treating Tobacco Use and Dependence: 2008 Update. Clinical Practice Guideline. Rockville, MD: U.S. Dept of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service; 2008.

3. Park E, Eaton CA, Goldstein MG, et al. The development of a decisional balance measure of physician smoking cessation interventions. Prev Med. 2001;33(4):261-267.

4. Ferketich AK, Khan Y, Wewers ME. Are physicians asking about tobacco use and assisting with cessation? Results from the 2001-2004 National Ambulatory Medical Care Survey (NAMCS). Prev Med. 2006;43(6):472-476.

5. Marcy TW, Skelly J, Shiffman RN, Flynn BS. Facilitating adherence to the tobacco use treatment guideline with computer-mediated decision support systems: physician and clinic office manager perspectives. Prev Med. 2005;41(2):479-487.

6. Cabana MD, Rand CS, Powe NR, et al. Why don't physicians follow clinical practice guidelines? A framework for improvement. JAMA. 1999;282(15):1458-1465.

7. Jaén CR, McIlvain H, Pol L, Phillips RL Jr, Flocke S, Crabtree BF. Tailoring tobacco counseling to the competing demands in the clinical encounter. J Fam Pract. 2001;50(10):859-863.

8. Malte CA, McFall M, Chow B, Beckham JC, Carmody TP, Saxon AJ. Survey of providers' attitudes toward integrating smoking cessation treatment into posttraumatic stress disorder care. Psychol Addict Behav. 2013;27(1):249-255.

9. Hettema J, Steele J, Miller WR. Motivational interviewing. Annu Rev Clin Psychol. 2005;1:91-111.

10. Rollnick S, Miller WR, Butler BC. Motivational Interviewing in Health Care: Helping Patients Change Behavior. New York, NY: Guilford Press; 2008.

11. Miller WR. Motivational interviewing with problem drinkers. Behav Psychother. 1983;11(2):147-172.

12. Brodie DA, Inoue A. Motivational interviewing to promote physical activity for people with chronic heart failure. J Adv Nurs. 2005;50(5):518-527.

13. Perry CK, Rosenfeld AG, Bennett JA, Potempa K. Heart-to-Heart: promoting walking in rural women through motivational interviewing and group support. J Cardiovascular Nurs. 2007;22(4):304-312.

14. West DS, DiLillo V, Bursac Z, Gore SA, Greene PG. Motivational interviewing improves weight loss in women with type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care. 2007;30(5):1081-1087.

15. Fiore MC, Novotny TE, Pierce JP, et al. Trends in cigarette smoking in the United States. JAMA. 1989;261(1):49-55.

16. Lancaster T, Stead L. Physician advice for smoking cessation. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2004;18(4):CD000165.

17. Butler C, Rollnick S, Cohen D, Bachmann M, Russell I, Stott N. Motivational counseling versus brief advice for smokers in general practice: a randomized trial. Br J Gen Pract. 1999;49(445):611-616.

18. Rollnick S, Heather N, Bell A. Negotiating behaviour change in medical settings: the development of brief motivational interviewing. J Ment Health. 1992;1(1):25-37.

19. Madson MB, Loignon AC, Lane C. Training in motivational interviewing: a systematic review. J Subst Abuse Treat. 2009;36(1):101-109.

20. Miller WR, Yahne CE, Moyers TB, Martinez J, Pirritano M. A randomized trial of methods to help clinicians learn motivational interviewing. J Consult Clin Psychol. 2004;72(6):1050-1062.

21.  Lundahl B, Burke BL. The effectiveness and applicability of motivational interviewing: a practice-friendly review of four meta-analyses. J Clin Pyschol. 2009;65(11):1232-1245. 

22. Miller WR, Moyers TB. Eight stages in Learning motivational interviewing. J Teaching Addict. 2006;5(1):13-15.

23. Rosland AM, Nelson K, Sun H, et al. The patient-centered medical home in the Veterans Health Administration. Am J Manag Care. 2013;19(7):e263-e272.

24. Fu S, Roth C, Battaglia CT, et al. Training primary care clinicians in motivational interviewing: a comparison of two models. Patient Educ Couns. 2015;98(1):61-68.

25. School of Pharmacy & Medicine University of California, San Francisco. Rx for change website. http://rxforchange.ucsf.edu/. Accessed May 25, 2016.

References

1. Anderson G, Horvath J. The growing burden of chronic disease in America. Public Health Rep. 2004;119(3):263-270

2. Fiore MC, Jaen CR, Baker TB, et al. Treating Tobacco Use and Dependence: 2008 Update. Clinical Practice Guideline. Rockville, MD: U.S. Dept of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service; 2008.

3. Park E, Eaton CA, Goldstein MG, et al. The development of a decisional balance measure of physician smoking cessation interventions. Prev Med. 2001;33(4):261-267.

4. Ferketich AK, Khan Y, Wewers ME. Are physicians asking about tobacco use and assisting with cessation? Results from the 2001-2004 National Ambulatory Medical Care Survey (NAMCS). Prev Med. 2006;43(6):472-476.

5. Marcy TW, Skelly J, Shiffman RN, Flynn BS. Facilitating adherence to the tobacco use treatment guideline with computer-mediated decision support systems: physician and clinic office manager perspectives. Prev Med. 2005;41(2):479-487.

6. Cabana MD, Rand CS, Powe NR, et al. Why don't physicians follow clinical practice guidelines? A framework for improvement. JAMA. 1999;282(15):1458-1465.

7. Jaén CR, McIlvain H, Pol L, Phillips RL Jr, Flocke S, Crabtree BF. Tailoring tobacco counseling to the competing demands in the clinical encounter. J Fam Pract. 2001;50(10):859-863.

8. Malte CA, McFall M, Chow B, Beckham JC, Carmody TP, Saxon AJ. Survey of providers' attitudes toward integrating smoking cessation treatment into posttraumatic stress disorder care. Psychol Addict Behav. 2013;27(1):249-255.

9. Hettema J, Steele J, Miller WR. Motivational interviewing. Annu Rev Clin Psychol. 2005;1:91-111.

10. Rollnick S, Miller WR, Butler BC. Motivational Interviewing in Health Care: Helping Patients Change Behavior. New York, NY: Guilford Press; 2008.

11. Miller WR. Motivational interviewing with problem drinkers. Behav Psychother. 1983;11(2):147-172.

12. Brodie DA, Inoue A. Motivational interviewing to promote physical activity for people with chronic heart failure. J Adv Nurs. 2005;50(5):518-527.

13. Perry CK, Rosenfeld AG, Bennett JA, Potempa K. Heart-to-Heart: promoting walking in rural women through motivational interviewing and group support. J Cardiovascular Nurs. 2007;22(4):304-312.

14. West DS, DiLillo V, Bursac Z, Gore SA, Greene PG. Motivational interviewing improves weight loss in women with type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care. 2007;30(5):1081-1087.

15. Fiore MC, Novotny TE, Pierce JP, et al. Trends in cigarette smoking in the United States. JAMA. 1989;261(1):49-55.

16. Lancaster T, Stead L. Physician advice for smoking cessation. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2004;18(4):CD000165.

17. Butler C, Rollnick S, Cohen D, Bachmann M, Russell I, Stott N. Motivational counseling versus brief advice for smokers in general practice: a randomized trial. Br J Gen Pract. 1999;49(445):611-616.

18. Rollnick S, Heather N, Bell A. Negotiating behaviour change in medical settings: the development of brief motivational interviewing. J Ment Health. 1992;1(1):25-37.

19. Madson MB, Loignon AC, Lane C. Training in motivational interviewing: a systematic review. J Subst Abuse Treat. 2009;36(1):101-109.

20. Miller WR, Yahne CE, Moyers TB, Martinez J, Pirritano M. A randomized trial of methods to help clinicians learn motivational interviewing. J Consult Clin Psychol. 2004;72(6):1050-1062.

21.  Lundahl B, Burke BL. The effectiveness and applicability of motivational interviewing: a practice-friendly review of four meta-analyses. J Clin Pyschol. 2009;65(11):1232-1245. 

22. Miller WR, Moyers TB. Eight stages in Learning motivational interviewing. J Teaching Addict. 2006;5(1):13-15.

23. Rosland AM, Nelson K, Sun H, et al. The patient-centered medical home in the Veterans Health Administration. Am J Manag Care. 2013;19(7):e263-e272.

24. Fu S, Roth C, Battaglia CT, et al. Training primary care clinicians in motivational interviewing: a comparison of two models. Patient Educ Couns. 2015;98(1):61-68.

25. School of Pharmacy & Medicine University of California, San Francisco. Rx for change website. http://rxforchange.ucsf.edu/. Accessed May 25, 2016.

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 33(8)
Issue
Federal Practitioner - 33(8)
Page Number
12-17
Page Number
12-17
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
A Motivational Interviewing Training Program for Tobacco Cessation Counseling in Primary Care
Display Headline
A Motivational Interviewing Training Program for Tobacco Cessation Counseling in Primary Care
Legacy Keywords
tobacco cessation, group therapy, motivational interviewing
Legacy Keywords
tobacco cessation, group therapy, motivational interviewing
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

Characteristics of High-Functioning Collaborations Between Primary Care and Podiatry in VHA PACTs

Article Type
Changed
Wed, 04/25/2018 - 11:56
Display Headline
Characteristics of High-Functioning Collaborations Between Primary Care and Podiatry in VHA PACTs
The key to high-functioning PACT/Podiatry teams rests with the quality of the communication between providers.

The patient centered medical home (PCMH) concept was developed in response to the need to improve the overall health care system in the U.S.1 The episodic/acute care model has not provided high-value health services for the costs incurred. A 2010 Commonwealth Fund report indicated that the U.S. was near the bottom on quality measures of patient safety, care coordination, access, efficiency, overall quality, and healthy life expectancy compared with 6 other western countries.2 The U.S. spends an average of $7,960 per capita, 2.5 times more than the average of the 6 other western countries surveyed, on health care.1 The core principles that define the PCMH include (1) enhanced access; (2) continuity; (3) comprehensiveness; (4) team-based care; (5) care coordination; (6) a systems-based approach to quality and safety; and (7) reimbursement structures consistent with the added value of this system.1

The VHA adapted the PCMH concept to fit its unique integrated health care system. The development and implementation of the patient aligned care teams (PACTs) was designed to advance and expand primary care through increased access, continuity, and coordination of care for veteran patients.3 To accomplish the care coordination component, a set of principals was developed to define its structure, using the PCMH neighbor concept. Recognizing the importance of specialty and subspecialty collaboration with primary care, the American College of Physicians issued a white paper in 2010 to define policies and features of this relationship.4 Those characteristics include bidirectional effective communication, coordination, and integration; appropriate and timely consultations and referrals; efficient, appropriate, and effective information flow; comanagement responsibility; patient-centered care, enhanced care access and high levels of care quality and safety; and whole-person coordination and integration by primary care.5

The purpose of this study was to describe the PCMH characteristics within VHA centers that self-identified as centers with good or fair/poor communication between PACTs and Podiatry. The authors’ prior work showed that higher levels of coordination were associated with lower rates of diabetes-related lower limb amputations at VA centers.6

Methods

The podiatry service chiefs at 107 VHA hospitals were sent an online survey via e-mail on October 2, 2014. Two follow-up e-mails were sent to centers that did not respond after 1 week and then again after 2 weeks. Respondents were not offered rewards or inducements to participate. Centers were chosen at random and represented the diversity of facility complexity groups. The VHA Facility Complexity Model classifies VHA facilities at levels 1a, 1b, 1c, 2, or 3. Level 1a facilities are the most complex and level 3 facilities are the least complex.

The survey was designed to determine the characteristics of high-functioning teams as defined by the joint principles of the PCMH and to assess the operational theories that good functioning teams possess the following characteristics, based on the VHA Handbook 1101.10 PACT Handbook.7

  1. Good bidirectional communication between PACT and podiatry.
  2. A working care coordination agreement (CCA) that defines referral processes, e-consult conversion when appropriate, and successful coordination of care.
  3. Face-to-face meetings to discuss and adjust the CCA and other program components.

The audience for the survey was the chiefs of podiatry at 107 medical centers, representing a combination of medical center complexity groups 1, 2, and 3. The survey consisted of questions designed to assess the self-reported relationship between PACT and Podiatry Service at each reporting medical center (Appendix).

Statistical Analysis

A group level analysis was performed between centers identifying themselves by having good or fair/poor communication between PACT and Podiatry. The Fisher exact test (2-sided) was used to assess for associations. Significance was set at P ≤ .05.

Results

The response rate for this survey was 54% (58/107). The Table describes the frequency of PCMH characteristics in good communicating and fair/poor communicating centers. Thirty-seven centers self-identified as having good communication between PACT and Podiatry, and 21 reported fair/poor communication (P = .015). Frequent bidirectional communication occurred in 68% of good communication centers and 10% in fair/poor communication centers (P < .001). There were no differences between good communicating centers and fair/poor communicating centers for having working care coordination agreements. In good communication centers, 69% of consults were appropriate at least 75% of the time compared with 40% of the time for fair/poor communication centers (P = .032). Active care coordination in most cases occurred in 53% of good communication centers vs 5% of fair/poor communication centers (P < .001).

In the survey, characteristics supported by the joint principles statement for developing a PCMH were assessed.3 Favorable characteristics included good communication between providers (PACT and Podiatry), a high percentage of consults considered appropriate (> 75%), and high levels of coordination. Unfavorable characteristics included poor communication between providers (PACT and Podiatry), low percentage of consults considered inappropriate (< 75%), and poor levels of communication. In the survey, 47% of good communicating centers had 1 or 2 favorable characteristics for a PCMH compared with 80% fair/poor communication centers that had 1 or 2 unfavorable characteristics (P = .025) (Figure 1).

 

 

Figure 2 describes the equivocal correlations that were found between fair or poor self-reported centers and high-functioning PACT/Podiatry services with:

  1. Presence of a signed CCA.
  2. Multiple positive or negative characteristics.
  3. Referrals tied to the CCA.
  4. Provision to convert to an e-consult.
  5. Face-to-face meetings to review the CCA.

Discussion

The key to high-functioning PACT/Podiatry teams rests with the quality of the communication between providers. Without this basic tenet, CCAs cannot be effective.

This tenet supports the authors’ prior work that found programming coordination was associated with lower rates of lower extremity amputations in patients with diabetes.8 Programming coordination consists of electronic medical records, policies, reminders, protocols, and educational seminars.8 In the present study, it seemed that the appropriateness of referrals were more important than having care coordination agreements.
This concept also is supported in the authors’ prior work of developing a microsystem of foot care: Appropriateness of referrals was a “must do” associated with lower rates of major amputation.9 Developing good interdisciplinary communication requires the support of leadership, at least yearly face-to-face meetings between providers, buy-in for the components of the CCA, and a sustained relationship of patient-centered cooperation.

Conclusion

Self-reporting high-functioning PACT/Podiatry teams depend more on the relationships between providers, the ease of bidirectional communication and coordination of care, and a seemless consult and less on the formal care coordination documents and e-consults that reduce the direct exchanges between providers.

Effective communication that is responsive to dynamic changes will outperform dogmatic and static policy documents.

References

1. Arend J, Tsang-Quinn J, Levine C, Thomas D. The patient-centered medical home: history, components, and review of the evidence. Mt Sinai J Med. 2012;79(4):433-450.

2. Schoen, C, Osborn, R, Squires D, Doty MM, Pierson R, Applebaum S. How health insurance design affects access to care and costs by income, in eleven countries. Health Aff. 2010;29(12):2323;2334.

3. Bein B. AMA delegates adopt AAFP’s joint principles of patient-centered medical home. Ann Fam Med. 2009;7(1):86-87.

4. Kirschner, N, Greenlee, MC, The patient centered medical home neighbor: the interface of the patient centered medical home with specialty/subspecialty practices. Phildelphia, PA: American College of Physicians; 2010.

5. Nelson K, Sun H, Dolan E, et al. Elements of the patient-centered medical home associated with health outcomes among veterans: the role of primary care continuity, expanded access, and care coordination. J Ambul Care Manage. 2014;37(4):331-338.

6. Pogach L, Charns MP, Wrobel JS, et al. Impact of policies and performance measurement on development of organizational coordinating strategies for chronic care delivery. Am J Manag Care. 2014;10(2)(pt 2):171-180.

7. U.S. Department of Veteran Affairs. VHA Handbook 1101.10 PACT Handbook. Affairs, Washington DC: U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs; 2014.

8. Wrobel JS, Charns MP, Diehr P, et al. The relationship between provider coordination and diabetes-related foot outcomes. Diabetes Care. 2003;26(11):3042-3047.

9. Wrobel JS, Robbins JM, Charns MP, Bonacker KM, Reiber GE, Pogach L. Diabetes-related foot care at 10 Veterans Affairs medical centers: must do’s associated with successful microsystems. Jt Comm J Qual Patient Saf. 2006;32(4):206-213.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Wrobel is a clinical associate professor of internal medicine at the University of Michigan Medical School in Ann Arbor. Dr. Kirsh is an associate professor and Dr. Robbins is a clinical assistant professor at Case Western Reserve University School of Medicine in Cleveland, Ohio. Dr. Pogach is a professor of preventative medicine and community health at Rutgers University-New Jersey Medical School in Newark. Dr. Robbins is a podiatrist and Dr. Kirsh is a physician, both at the Louis Stokes Cleveland VAMC in Ohio. Dr. Pogach is a physician at the VA New Jersey Health Care System in East Orange, New Jersey.

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the U.S. Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review the complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 33(8)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
32-36
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Wrobel is a clinical associate professor of internal medicine at the University of Michigan Medical School in Ann Arbor. Dr. Kirsh is an associate professor and Dr. Robbins is a clinical assistant professor at Case Western Reserve University School of Medicine in Cleveland, Ohio. Dr. Pogach is a professor of preventative medicine and community health at Rutgers University-New Jersey Medical School in Newark. Dr. Robbins is a podiatrist and Dr. Kirsh is a physician, both at the Louis Stokes Cleveland VAMC in Ohio. Dr. Pogach is a physician at the VA New Jersey Health Care System in East Orange, New Jersey.

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the U.S. Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review the complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Wrobel is a clinical associate professor of internal medicine at the University of Michigan Medical School in Ann Arbor. Dr. Kirsh is an associate professor and Dr. Robbins is a clinical assistant professor at Case Western Reserve University School of Medicine in Cleveland, Ohio. Dr. Pogach is a professor of preventative medicine and community health at Rutgers University-New Jersey Medical School in Newark. Dr. Robbins is a podiatrist and Dr. Kirsh is a physician, both at the Louis Stokes Cleveland VAMC in Ohio. Dr. Pogach is a physician at the VA New Jersey Health Care System in East Orange, New Jersey.

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the U.S. Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review the complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles
The key to high-functioning PACT/Podiatry teams rests with the quality of the communication between providers.
The key to high-functioning PACT/Podiatry teams rests with the quality of the communication between providers.

The patient centered medical home (PCMH) concept was developed in response to the need to improve the overall health care system in the U.S.1 The episodic/acute care model has not provided high-value health services for the costs incurred. A 2010 Commonwealth Fund report indicated that the U.S. was near the bottom on quality measures of patient safety, care coordination, access, efficiency, overall quality, and healthy life expectancy compared with 6 other western countries.2 The U.S. spends an average of $7,960 per capita, 2.5 times more than the average of the 6 other western countries surveyed, on health care.1 The core principles that define the PCMH include (1) enhanced access; (2) continuity; (3) comprehensiveness; (4) team-based care; (5) care coordination; (6) a systems-based approach to quality and safety; and (7) reimbursement structures consistent with the added value of this system.1

The VHA adapted the PCMH concept to fit its unique integrated health care system. The development and implementation of the patient aligned care teams (PACTs) was designed to advance and expand primary care through increased access, continuity, and coordination of care for veteran patients.3 To accomplish the care coordination component, a set of principals was developed to define its structure, using the PCMH neighbor concept. Recognizing the importance of specialty and subspecialty collaboration with primary care, the American College of Physicians issued a white paper in 2010 to define policies and features of this relationship.4 Those characteristics include bidirectional effective communication, coordination, and integration; appropriate and timely consultations and referrals; efficient, appropriate, and effective information flow; comanagement responsibility; patient-centered care, enhanced care access and high levels of care quality and safety; and whole-person coordination and integration by primary care.5

The purpose of this study was to describe the PCMH characteristics within VHA centers that self-identified as centers with good or fair/poor communication between PACTs and Podiatry. The authors’ prior work showed that higher levels of coordination were associated with lower rates of diabetes-related lower limb amputations at VA centers.6

Methods

The podiatry service chiefs at 107 VHA hospitals were sent an online survey via e-mail on October 2, 2014. Two follow-up e-mails were sent to centers that did not respond after 1 week and then again after 2 weeks. Respondents were not offered rewards or inducements to participate. Centers were chosen at random and represented the diversity of facility complexity groups. The VHA Facility Complexity Model classifies VHA facilities at levels 1a, 1b, 1c, 2, or 3. Level 1a facilities are the most complex and level 3 facilities are the least complex.

The survey was designed to determine the characteristics of high-functioning teams as defined by the joint principles of the PCMH and to assess the operational theories that good functioning teams possess the following characteristics, based on the VHA Handbook 1101.10 PACT Handbook.7

  1. Good bidirectional communication between PACT and podiatry.
  2. A working care coordination agreement (CCA) that defines referral processes, e-consult conversion when appropriate, and successful coordination of care.
  3. Face-to-face meetings to discuss and adjust the CCA and other program components.

The audience for the survey was the chiefs of podiatry at 107 medical centers, representing a combination of medical center complexity groups 1, 2, and 3. The survey consisted of questions designed to assess the self-reported relationship between PACT and Podiatry Service at each reporting medical center (Appendix).

Statistical Analysis

A group level analysis was performed between centers identifying themselves by having good or fair/poor communication between PACT and Podiatry. The Fisher exact test (2-sided) was used to assess for associations. Significance was set at P ≤ .05.

Results

The response rate for this survey was 54% (58/107). The Table describes the frequency of PCMH characteristics in good communicating and fair/poor communicating centers. Thirty-seven centers self-identified as having good communication between PACT and Podiatry, and 21 reported fair/poor communication (P = .015). Frequent bidirectional communication occurred in 68% of good communication centers and 10% in fair/poor communication centers (P < .001). There were no differences between good communicating centers and fair/poor communicating centers for having working care coordination agreements. In good communication centers, 69% of consults were appropriate at least 75% of the time compared with 40% of the time for fair/poor communication centers (P = .032). Active care coordination in most cases occurred in 53% of good communication centers vs 5% of fair/poor communication centers (P < .001).

In the survey, characteristics supported by the joint principles statement for developing a PCMH were assessed.3 Favorable characteristics included good communication between providers (PACT and Podiatry), a high percentage of consults considered appropriate (> 75%), and high levels of coordination. Unfavorable characteristics included poor communication between providers (PACT and Podiatry), low percentage of consults considered inappropriate (< 75%), and poor levels of communication. In the survey, 47% of good communicating centers had 1 or 2 favorable characteristics for a PCMH compared with 80% fair/poor communication centers that had 1 or 2 unfavorable characteristics (P = .025) (Figure 1).

 

 

Figure 2 describes the equivocal correlations that were found between fair or poor self-reported centers and high-functioning PACT/Podiatry services with:

  1. Presence of a signed CCA.
  2. Multiple positive or negative characteristics.
  3. Referrals tied to the CCA.
  4. Provision to convert to an e-consult.
  5. Face-to-face meetings to review the CCA.

Discussion

The key to high-functioning PACT/Podiatry teams rests with the quality of the communication between providers. Without this basic tenet, CCAs cannot be effective.

This tenet supports the authors’ prior work that found programming coordination was associated with lower rates of lower extremity amputations in patients with diabetes.8 Programming coordination consists of electronic medical records, policies, reminders, protocols, and educational seminars.8 In the present study, it seemed that the appropriateness of referrals were more important than having care coordination agreements.
This concept also is supported in the authors’ prior work of developing a microsystem of foot care: Appropriateness of referrals was a “must do” associated with lower rates of major amputation.9 Developing good interdisciplinary communication requires the support of leadership, at least yearly face-to-face meetings between providers, buy-in for the components of the CCA, and a sustained relationship of patient-centered cooperation.

Conclusion

Self-reporting high-functioning PACT/Podiatry teams depend more on the relationships between providers, the ease of bidirectional communication and coordination of care, and a seemless consult and less on the formal care coordination documents and e-consults that reduce the direct exchanges between providers.

Effective communication that is responsive to dynamic changes will outperform dogmatic and static policy documents.

The patient centered medical home (PCMH) concept was developed in response to the need to improve the overall health care system in the U.S.1 The episodic/acute care model has not provided high-value health services for the costs incurred. A 2010 Commonwealth Fund report indicated that the U.S. was near the bottom on quality measures of patient safety, care coordination, access, efficiency, overall quality, and healthy life expectancy compared with 6 other western countries.2 The U.S. spends an average of $7,960 per capita, 2.5 times more than the average of the 6 other western countries surveyed, on health care.1 The core principles that define the PCMH include (1) enhanced access; (2) continuity; (3) comprehensiveness; (4) team-based care; (5) care coordination; (6) a systems-based approach to quality and safety; and (7) reimbursement structures consistent with the added value of this system.1

The VHA adapted the PCMH concept to fit its unique integrated health care system. The development and implementation of the patient aligned care teams (PACTs) was designed to advance and expand primary care through increased access, continuity, and coordination of care for veteran patients.3 To accomplish the care coordination component, a set of principals was developed to define its structure, using the PCMH neighbor concept. Recognizing the importance of specialty and subspecialty collaboration with primary care, the American College of Physicians issued a white paper in 2010 to define policies and features of this relationship.4 Those characteristics include bidirectional effective communication, coordination, and integration; appropriate and timely consultations and referrals; efficient, appropriate, and effective information flow; comanagement responsibility; patient-centered care, enhanced care access and high levels of care quality and safety; and whole-person coordination and integration by primary care.5

The purpose of this study was to describe the PCMH characteristics within VHA centers that self-identified as centers with good or fair/poor communication between PACTs and Podiatry. The authors’ prior work showed that higher levels of coordination were associated with lower rates of diabetes-related lower limb amputations at VA centers.6

Methods

The podiatry service chiefs at 107 VHA hospitals were sent an online survey via e-mail on October 2, 2014. Two follow-up e-mails were sent to centers that did not respond after 1 week and then again after 2 weeks. Respondents were not offered rewards or inducements to participate. Centers were chosen at random and represented the diversity of facility complexity groups. The VHA Facility Complexity Model classifies VHA facilities at levels 1a, 1b, 1c, 2, or 3. Level 1a facilities are the most complex and level 3 facilities are the least complex.

The survey was designed to determine the characteristics of high-functioning teams as defined by the joint principles of the PCMH and to assess the operational theories that good functioning teams possess the following characteristics, based on the VHA Handbook 1101.10 PACT Handbook.7

  1. Good bidirectional communication between PACT and podiatry.
  2. A working care coordination agreement (CCA) that defines referral processes, e-consult conversion when appropriate, and successful coordination of care.
  3. Face-to-face meetings to discuss and adjust the CCA and other program components.

The audience for the survey was the chiefs of podiatry at 107 medical centers, representing a combination of medical center complexity groups 1, 2, and 3. The survey consisted of questions designed to assess the self-reported relationship between PACT and Podiatry Service at each reporting medical center (Appendix).

Statistical Analysis

A group level analysis was performed between centers identifying themselves by having good or fair/poor communication between PACT and Podiatry. The Fisher exact test (2-sided) was used to assess for associations. Significance was set at P ≤ .05.

Results

The response rate for this survey was 54% (58/107). The Table describes the frequency of PCMH characteristics in good communicating and fair/poor communicating centers. Thirty-seven centers self-identified as having good communication between PACT and Podiatry, and 21 reported fair/poor communication (P = .015). Frequent bidirectional communication occurred in 68% of good communication centers and 10% in fair/poor communication centers (P < .001). There were no differences between good communicating centers and fair/poor communicating centers for having working care coordination agreements. In good communication centers, 69% of consults were appropriate at least 75% of the time compared with 40% of the time for fair/poor communication centers (P = .032). Active care coordination in most cases occurred in 53% of good communication centers vs 5% of fair/poor communication centers (P < .001).

In the survey, characteristics supported by the joint principles statement for developing a PCMH were assessed.3 Favorable characteristics included good communication between providers (PACT and Podiatry), a high percentage of consults considered appropriate (> 75%), and high levels of coordination. Unfavorable characteristics included poor communication between providers (PACT and Podiatry), low percentage of consults considered inappropriate (< 75%), and poor levels of communication. In the survey, 47% of good communicating centers had 1 or 2 favorable characteristics for a PCMH compared with 80% fair/poor communication centers that had 1 or 2 unfavorable characteristics (P = .025) (Figure 1).

 

 

Figure 2 describes the equivocal correlations that were found between fair or poor self-reported centers and high-functioning PACT/Podiatry services with:

  1. Presence of a signed CCA.
  2. Multiple positive or negative characteristics.
  3. Referrals tied to the CCA.
  4. Provision to convert to an e-consult.
  5. Face-to-face meetings to review the CCA.

Discussion

The key to high-functioning PACT/Podiatry teams rests with the quality of the communication between providers. Without this basic tenet, CCAs cannot be effective.

This tenet supports the authors’ prior work that found programming coordination was associated with lower rates of lower extremity amputations in patients with diabetes.8 Programming coordination consists of electronic medical records, policies, reminders, protocols, and educational seminars.8 In the present study, it seemed that the appropriateness of referrals were more important than having care coordination agreements.
This concept also is supported in the authors’ prior work of developing a microsystem of foot care: Appropriateness of referrals was a “must do” associated with lower rates of major amputation.9 Developing good interdisciplinary communication requires the support of leadership, at least yearly face-to-face meetings between providers, buy-in for the components of the CCA, and a sustained relationship of patient-centered cooperation.

Conclusion

Self-reporting high-functioning PACT/Podiatry teams depend more on the relationships between providers, the ease of bidirectional communication and coordination of care, and a seemless consult and less on the formal care coordination documents and e-consults that reduce the direct exchanges between providers.

Effective communication that is responsive to dynamic changes will outperform dogmatic and static policy documents.

References

1. Arend J, Tsang-Quinn J, Levine C, Thomas D. The patient-centered medical home: history, components, and review of the evidence. Mt Sinai J Med. 2012;79(4):433-450.

2. Schoen, C, Osborn, R, Squires D, Doty MM, Pierson R, Applebaum S. How health insurance design affects access to care and costs by income, in eleven countries. Health Aff. 2010;29(12):2323;2334.

3. Bein B. AMA delegates adopt AAFP’s joint principles of patient-centered medical home. Ann Fam Med. 2009;7(1):86-87.

4. Kirschner, N, Greenlee, MC, The patient centered medical home neighbor: the interface of the patient centered medical home with specialty/subspecialty practices. Phildelphia, PA: American College of Physicians; 2010.

5. Nelson K, Sun H, Dolan E, et al. Elements of the patient-centered medical home associated with health outcomes among veterans: the role of primary care continuity, expanded access, and care coordination. J Ambul Care Manage. 2014;37(4):331-338.

6. Pogach L, Charns MP, Wrobel JS, et al. Impact of policies and performance measurement on development of organizational coordinating strategies for chronic care delivery. Am J Manag Care. 2014;10(2)(pt 2):171-180.

7. U.S. Department of Veteran Affairs. VHA Handbook 1101.10 PACT Handbook. Affairs, Washington DC: U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs; 2014.

8. Wrobel JS, Charns MP, Diehr P, et al. The relationship between provider coordination and diabetes-related foot outcomes. Diabetes Care. 2003;26(11):3042-3047.

9. Wrobel JS, Robbins JM, Charns MP, Bonacker KM, Reiber GE, Pogach L. Diabetes-related foot care at 10 Veterans Affairs medical centers: must do’s associated with successful microsystems. Jt Comm J Qual Patient Saf. 2006;32(4):206-213.

References

1. Arend J, Tsang-Quinn J, Levine C, Thomas D. The patient-centered medical home: history, components, and review of the evidence. Mt Sinai J Med. 2012;79(4):433-450.

2. Schoen, C, Osborn, R, Squires D, Doty MM, Pierson R, Applebaum S. How health insurance design affects access to care and costs by income, in eleven countries. Health Aff. 2010;29(12):2323;2334.

3. Bein B. AMA delegates adopt AAFP’s joint principles of patient-centered medical home. Ann Fam Med. 2009;7(1):86-87.

4. Kirschner, N, Greenlee, MC, The patient centered medical home neighbor: the interface of the patient centered medical home with specialty/subspecialty practices. Phildelphia, PA: American College of Physicians; 2010.

5. Nelson K, Sun H, Dolan E, et al. Elements of the patient-centered medical home associated with health outcomes among veterans: the role of primary care continuity, expanded access, and care coordination. J Ambul Care Manage. 2014;37(4):331-338.

6. Pogach L, Charns MP, Wrobel JS, et al. Impact of policies and performance measurement on development of organizational coordinating strategies for chronic care delivery. Am J Manag Care. 2014;10(2)(pt 2):171-180.

7. U.S. Department of Veteran Affairs. VHA Handbook 1101.10 PACT Handbook. Affairs, Washington DC: U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs; 2014.

8. Wrobel JS, Charns MP, Diehr P, et al. The relationship between provider coordination and diabetes-related foot outcomes. Diabetes Care. 2003;26(11):3042-3047.

9. Wrobel JS, Robbins JM, Charns MP, Bonacker KM, Reiber GE, Pogach L. Diabetes-related foot care at 10 Veterans Affairs medical centers: must do’s associated with successful microsystems. Jt Comm J Qual Patient Saf. 2006;32(4):206-213.

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 33(8)
Issue
Federal Practitioner - 33(8)
Page Number
32-36
Page Number
32-36
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Characteristics of High-Functioning Collaborations Between Primary Care and Podiatry in VHA PACTs
Display Headline
Characteristics of High-Functioning Collaborations Between Primary Care and Podiatry in VHA PACTs
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

Integrating Palliative Care in COPD Treatment

Article Type
Changed
Wed, 04/25/2018 - 12:15
Display Headline
Integrating Palliative Care in COPD Treatment
After receiving palliative care, patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease showed a decrease in the average number of emergency department visits for exacerbations.

The integration of palliative care in cancer care is an emerging trend driven by data on the benefits of palliative care intervention in the care of patients with terminal malignancies. Although studies have shown that patients with end-stage organ disease tend to develop similar symptoms and issues as those of cancer patients, the use of palliative care services among patients with end-stage organ disease seems to be limited.1 The clinical course of terminal malignancy is usually marked by a consistent decline, whereas organ failure is usually marked by periods of exacerbations in relation to decompensation.2 Patients with organ failure often exhibit a gradual and subtle decline over time, making it more challenging to predict the disease course.2

Woo and colleagues studied patients with chronic illnesses and showed that, similar to patients diagnosed with cancer, symptoms of fatigue, pain, and dyspnea were common.3 They also found that caregivers of patients with chronic illness reported suboptimal physical and emotional well-being as well as moderate levels of stress.3 These findings suggest that caregivers for cancer and noncancer patients will benefit from the support inherent in an interdisciplinary approach to palliative care.3 According to the CDC, the second leading cause of death in the U.S. in 2011 was cancer followed by chronic respiratory disease.4

The authors conducted a quality improvement (QI) initiative to explore the benefits of integrating palliative care in the care of patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) and share outcomes of improved palliative care education at John D. Dingell VAMC (JDDVAMC) in Detroit, Michigan, for care of patients with COPD.

Background

Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease is a progressive, incurable lung disease.5 It also has been referred to as chronic bronchitis, emphysema, or chronic asthma.5 The degree of severity of COPD is determined by measuring the degree of air flow obstruction by conducting a spirometry test.5 Common symptoms associated with COPD include dyspnea, cough, wheezing, recurring respiratory infections, and generalized weakness.5

Compared with terminally ill patients with lung cancer, patients with COPD were found to have a poorer quality of life as well as more anxiety and depression.6 In a study to evaluate for breathlessness among patients with severe COPD and advanced cancer, Bausewein and colleagues found that both groups reported moderately distressing physical symptoms.7 Both groups also reported shortness of breath as their most distressing physical symptom and worrying as the most common psychological symptom.7 The study also identified a 50% commonality among the participants on palliative care needs.7

The common palliative care needs that were identified were the need for symptom management for breathlessness, access to information, ability to share feelings, a sense of wasted time, and assistance with practical matters.7 During the study’s 6-month data collection period, 61% of the patients with cancer and 10% of the patients with COPD died.7 Median survival for both groups showed that the patients with COPD had a significantly longer median survival of 589 days compared with 107 days for the patients with cancer.7

A retrospective review of patient records from 2010 to 2013 showed that providers referred only 5% of patients with COPD for palliative care.8 In the United Kingdom, the 5-year survival rate among patients diagnosed with severe COPD is 24% to 30%.9 Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease is one of the most common causes of hospital admissions, and treatments are aimed toward palliation of symptoms.9 As COPD reaches its end stage, incorporation of end-of-life (EOL) care should be considered. Signs that may indicate EOL care is needed include long-term oxygen therapy, depression, hospitalization for exacerbations at a rate of 2 or more a year, evidence of right-sided heart failure, cortisone treatment for > 6 weeks, and a history of noninvasive ventilation or admission to the intensive care unit (ICU).9

Nguyen and colleagues conducted a study in Montreal, Canada, among patients with moderate-to-severe COPD.10 The participants watched a DVD on EOL topics as well as life support measures and their implications.10 After watching the DVD, the researchers conducted interviews with the participants’ about their beliefs and experiences with regards to advance care planning.10 In conducting advance care planning, the participants identified having a relationship with the medical team and appropriate timing for the discussion as important.10

Crucial topics identified by participants included life expectancy, availability of medications to treat symptoms, different treatment options, stages of disease progression, and quality of EOL care.10 Other findings from the study included the participants’ desire to consider their families in the decision-making process.10 Becoming a burden to their families due to their need for physical and financial assistance and the inability to establish clear health care directives were identified as sources of concern.10 Many of the participants also shared a preference to die rather than to give up quality of life or mental capacity.10 Nguyen and colleagues also found that the severity of illness was not a good predictor of the participants’ readiness to engage in advance care planning.10

 

 

In Australia, a study conducted among bereaved and current caregivers for patients with severe COPD showed that > 20% of patients who had died of COPD required hands-on care by their caregivers.11 The caregivers also reported similar concerns as those patients with COPD, which included uncertainty about the future, fear of exacerbations, social isolation, and deteriorating health.11 They also reported competing emotions of loyalty, resentment, guilt, and exhaustion.11 Caregivers identified areas they felt could have improved their ability to provide care, such as availability of adaptive equipment, contingency plans for emergency situations, education on the illness, its symptoms and prognosis, and advance care planning information.11 The caregivers believed that receiving this information might have lessened their stress and plan for the future.11 Although most of the aspects of care that they identified as important are components of palliative care, most of the caregivers were unfamiliar with the term palliative care.11

QI Initiative

To improve palliative care education and use in the ICUs of the VA hospitals, the VHA conducted training, which was made available to intensive care providers on improving EOL care and communication. An attending physician in the ICU who also is a pulmonologist took part in this training in July 2013. To evaluate the outcome of this educational effort, the authors’ reviewed the palliative care referrals from 2012 to 2014.

Results

There were a total of 29 patients with COPD who were referred for palliative care services. Sixteen (55%) were referred by pulmonology. Medical oncology and primary care each referred 4 patients (14%). Acute care referred 5 patients (17%). Emergency department (ED) visits were compared 1 year prior with postpalliative care involvement in the patients’ care (Figure 1). The average ED visit for these patients prepalliative care was 3.2 days, and this dropped to 1.7 days postpalliative care involvement. Of the 29 patients, there were 7 who were never seen in the ED for symptoms of COPD prior to palliative care involvement in their care, and 17 who did not have ED visits after palliative care’s involvement in their care. Of the 29 patients, 3 had frequent visits to the ED (more than 10 days total) prepalliative care, and only 1 had frequent visits to the ED following involvement in the palliative care clinic.

According to the JDDVAMC Managerial Cost Accounting Office (MCAO), the average cost to care for a patient who is presenting to the ED with symptoms related to COPD is $527. The cost of caring for the 22 patients who were seen at least once in the ED for symptoms related to their COPD would be $11,594. With palliative care involvement, only 12 of the 29 patients were seen in the ED for symptoms related to COPD for a total of $6,324, a savings of $5,270 for single ED visits for this set of patients.

Prior to palliative care involvement for the 29 patients, there were 27 admissions, which dropped to 15 admissions after palliative care involvement. According to the MCAO, the average cost to care for a patient who is admitted to the hospital due to an exacerbation of COPD is $20,944. With 27 admissions prior to palliative care involvement, the results total $565,488 compared with $314,160 for 15 admissions with palliative care involvement, showing a cost savings of $251,328.

Fourteen of the 29 patients had advance directive discussions, 9 of which were completed by assigning a durable power of attorney and/or completing a living will. There were 22 (76%) of the 29 patients who had code status discussions, and 18 (62%) elected not to be resuscitated (Figure 2). According to MCAO, the average cost to care for a patient in the ICU who required ventilator support for at least 96 hours is $102,175. For the 18 patients who decided not to pursue cardiopulmonary resuscitation, this results in a potential cost savings of $1,839,150.

Conclusion

The outcome of this QI initiative is congruent with the findings published in the literature on the benefits of palliative care involvement in the care of patients with COPD. Palliative care involvement improved goals of care discussions and resulted in decreased ED visits. Palliative care educational outreach also seems to improve palliative care referrals.

In 2007, the American Thoracic Society issued a policy statement recommending that palliative care should be available at any stage during the course of a progressive or chronic respiratory disease or critical illness when the patient becomes symptomatic.12 Compared with patients with lung cancer, patients with COPD have to cope with symptom burden for a longer period. Breathlessness seems to be the most debilitating physical symptom for COPD and should trigger a palliative care referral.7 Comprehensive respiratory care similar to that for cancer care should be considered for severe COPD and should involve both the palliative care team and the pulmonary care teams for optimal results.

The results of this QI initiative also seem to support the potential benefits of palliative care involvement in the care of patients with other chronic illnesses that are expected to progress over time, leading to a shortened life expectancy.

References

1. Saini T, Murtagh FE, Dupont PJ, McKinnon PM, Hatfield P, Saunders Y. Comparative pilot study of symptoms and quality of life in cancer patients and patients with end stage renal disease. Palliat Med. 2006;20(6):631-636.

2. Lorenz KA, Lynn J, Dy SM, et al. Evidence for improving palliative care at end of life: a systematic review. Ann Intern Med. 2008;148(2):147-159.

3. Woo J, Lo R, Cheng JO, Wong F, Mak B. Quality of end-of-life care for non-cancer patients in a non-acute hospital. J Clin Nurs. 2011;20(13-14):1834-1841.

4. Hoyert DL, Xu JQ. Deaths: Preliminary Data for 2011. National Vital Statistics Reports. Vol 61. No 6. Hyattsville, MD: National Center for Health Statistics. 2012. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention website. http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/nvsr/nvsr61/nvsr61_06.pdf. Published October 10, 2012. Accessed July 1, 2016.

5. Barnett M. End of life issues in the management of COPD. J Comm Nurs. 2012; 26(3):4-8.

6. Fitzsimons D, Mullan D, Wilson JS, et al. The challenge of patients’ unmet palliative care needs in the final stages of chronic illness. Palliat Med. 2007;21(4):313-322.

7. Bausewein C, Booth S, Gysels M, Kühnbach R, Haberland B, Higginson IJ. Understanding breathlessness: cross-sectional comparison of symptom burden and palliative care needs in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and cancer. J Palliat Med. 2010;13(9):1109-1118.

8. Schroedl C, Yount S, Szmullowicz E, Rosenberg SR, Kalhan R. Outpatient palliative care for chronic obstructive pulmonary disease: a case series. J Palliat Med. 2014;17(11):1256-1261.

9. Iley K. Improving palliative care for patients with COPD. Nurs Stand. 2012;26(37):40-46.

10. Nguyen M, Chamber-Evans J, Joubert A, Drouin I, Ouellet I. Exploring the advance care planning needs of moderately to severely ill people with COPD. Int J Palliat Nurs. 2013;19(8):389-395.

11. Philip J, Gold M, Brand C, Miller B, Douglass J, Sundararajan V. Facilitating change and adaptation: the experiences of current and bereaved carers of patients with severe chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. J Palliat Med. 2014;17(4):421-427.

12. Lanken PN, Terry PB, DeLisser HM, et al; American Thoracic Society End-of-Life Care Task Force. An official American Thoracic Society clinical policy statement: palliative care for patients with respiratory diseases and critical illness. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2008;177(8):912-927.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Cullen is a nurse practitioner and Mr. Fontes is a palliative care staff member, both at John D. Dingell VA Medical Center in Detroit, Michigan.

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the U.S. Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review the complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 33(8)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
40-42
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Cullen is a nurse practitioner and Mr. Fontes is a palliative care staff member, both at John D. Dingell VA Medical Center in Detroit, Michigan.

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the U.S. Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review the complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Cullen is a nurse practitioner and Mr. Fontes is a palliative care staff member, both at John D. Dingell VA Medical Center in Detroit, Michigan.

Author disclosures
The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer
The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the U.S. Government, or any of its agencies. This article may discuss unlabeled or investigational use of certain drugs. Please review the complete prescribing information for specific drugs or drug combinations—including indications, contraindications, warnings, and adverse effects—before administering pharmacologic therapy to patients.

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles
After receiving palliative care, patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease showed a decrease in the average number of emergency department visits for exacerbations.
After receiving palliative care, patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease showed a decrease in the average number of emergency department visits for exacerbations.

The integration of palliative care in cancer care is an emerging trend driven by data on the benefits of palliative care intervention in the care of patients with terminal malignancies. Although studies have shown that patients with end-stage organ disease tend to develop similar symptoms and issues as those of cancer patients, the use of palliative care services among patients with end-stage organ disease seems to be limited.1 The clinical course of terminal malignancy is usually marked by a consistent decline, whereas organ failure is usually marked by periods of exacerbations in relation to decompensation.2 Patients with organ failure often exhibit a gradual and subtle decline over time, making it more challenging to predict the disease course.2

Woo and colleagues studied patients with chronic illnesses and showed that, similar to patients diagnosed with cancer, symptoms of fatigue, pain, and dyspnea were common.3 They also found that caregivers of patients with chronic illness reported suboptimal physical and emotional well-being as well as moderate levels of stress.3 These findings suggest that caregivers for cancer and noncancer patients will benefit from the support inherent in an interdisciplinary approach to palliative care.3 According to the CDC, the second leading cause of death in the U.S. in 2011 was cancer followed by chronic respiratory disease.4

The authors conducted a quality improvement (QI) initiative to explore the benefits of integrating palliative care in the care of patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) and share outcomes of improved palliative care education at John D. Dingell VAMC (JDDVAMC) in Detroit, Michigan, for care of patients with COPD.

Background

Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease is a progressive, incurable lung disease.5 It also has been referred to as chronic bronchitis, emphysema, or chronic asthma.5 The degree of severity of COPD is determined by measuring the degree of air flow obstruction by conducting a spirometry test.5 Common symptoms associated with COPD include dyspnea, cough, wheezing, recurring respiratory infections, and generalized weakness.5

Compared with terminally ill patients with lung cancer, patients with COPD were found to have a poorer quality of life as well as more anxiety and depression.6 In a study to evaluate for breathlessness among patients with severe COPD and advanced cancer, Bausewein and colleagues found that both groups reported moderately distressing physical symptoms.7 Both groups also reported shortness of breath as their most distressing physical symptom and worrying as the most common psychological symptom.7 The study also identified a 50% commonality among the participants on palliative care needs.7

The common palliative care needs that were identified were the need for symptom management for breathlessness, access to information, ability to share feelings, a sense of wasted time, and assistance with practical matters.7 During the study’s 6-month data collection period, 61% of the patients with cancer and 10% of the patients with COPD died.7 Median survival for both groups showed that the patients with COPD had a significantly longer median survival of 589 days compared with 107 days for the patients with cancer.7

A retrospective review of patient records from 2010 to 2013 showed that providers referred only 5% of patients with COPD for palliative care.8 In the United Kingdom, the 5-year survival rate among patients diagnosed with severe COPD is 24% to 30%.9 Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease is one of the most common causes of hospital admissions, and treatments are aimed toward palliation of symptoms.9 As COPD reaches its end stage, incorporation of end-of-life (EOL) care should be considered. Signs that may indicate EOL care is needed include long-term oxygen therapy, depression, hospitalization for exacerbations at a rate of 2 or more a year, evidence of right-sided heart failure, cortisone treatment for > 6 weeks, and a history of noninvasive ventilation or admission to the intensive care unit (ICU).9

Nguyen and colleagues conducted a study in Montreal, Canada, among patients with moderate-to-severe COPD.10 The participants watched a DVD on EOL topics as well as life support measures and their implications.10 After watching the DVD, the researchers conducted interviews with the participants’ about their beliefs and experiences with regards to advance care planning.10 In conducting advance care planning, the participants identified having a relationship with the medical team and appropriate timing for the discussion as important.10

Crucial topics identified by participants included life expectancy, availability of medications to treat symptoms, different treatment options, stages of disease progression, and quality of EOL care.10 Other findings from the study included the participants’ desire to consider their families in the decision-making process.10 Becoming a burden to their families due to their need for physical and financial assistance and the inability to establish clear health care directives were identified as sources of concern.10 Many of the participants also shared a preference to die rather than to give up quality of life or mental capacity.10 Nguyen and colleagues also found that the severity of illness was not a good predictor of the participants’ readiness to engage in advance care planning.10

 

 

In Australia, a study conducted among bereaved and current caregivers for patients with severe COPD showed that > 20% of patients who had died of COPD required hands-on care by their caregivers.11 The caregivers also reported similar concerns as those patients with COPD, which included uncertainty about the future, fear of exacerbations, social isolation, and deteriorating health.11 They also reported competing emotions of loyalty, resentment, guilt, and exhaustion.11 Caregivers identified areas they felt could have improved their ability to provide care, such as availability of adaptive equipment, contingency plans for emergency situations, education on the illness, its symptoms and prognosis, and advance care planning information.11 The caregivers believed that receiving this information might have lessened their stress and plan for the future.11 Although most of the aspects of care that they identified as important are components of palliative care, most of the caregivers were unfamiliar with the term palliative care.11

QI Initiative

To improve palliative care education and use in the ICUs of the VA hospitals, the VHA conducted training, which was made available to intensive care providers on improving EOL care and communication. An attending physician in the ICU who also is a pulmonologist took part in this training in July 2013. To evaluate the outcome of this educational effort, the authors’ reviewed the palliative care referrals from 2012 to 2014.

Results

There were a total of 29 patients with COPD who were referred for palliative care services. Sixteen (55%) were referred by pulmonology. Medical oncology and primary care each referred 4 patients (14%). Acute care referred 5 patients (17%). Emergency department (ED) visits were compared 1 year prior with postpalliative care involvement in the patients’ care (Figure 1). The average ED visit for these patients prepalliative care was 3.2 days, and this dropped to 1.7 days postpalliative care involvement. Of the 29 patients, there were 7 who were never seen in the ED for symptoms of COPD prior to palliative care involvement in their care, and 17 who did not have ED visits after palliative care’s involvement in their care. Of the 29 patients, 3 had frequent visits to the ED (more than 10 days total) prepalliative care, and only 1 had frequent visits to the ED following involvement in the palliative care clinic.

According to the JDDVAMC Managerial Cost Accounting Office (MCAO), the average cost to care for a patient who is presenting to the ED with symptoms related to COPD is $527. The cost of caring for the 22 patients who were seen at least once in the ED for symptoms related to their COPD would be $11,594. With palliative care involvement, only 12 of the 29 patients were seen in the ED for symptoms related to COPD for a total of $6,324, a savings of $5,270 for single ED visits for this set of patients.

Prior to palliative care involvement for the 29 patients, there were 27 admissions, which dropped to 15 admissions after palliative care involvement. According to the MCAO, the average cost to care for a patient who is admitted to the hospital due to an exacerbation of COPD is $20,944. With 27 admissions prior to palliative care involvement, the results total $565,488 compared with $314,160 for 15 admissions with palliative care involvement, showing a cost savings of $251,328.

Fourteen of the 29 patients had advance directive discussions, 9 of which were completed by assigning a durable power of attorney and/or completing a living will. There were 22 (76%) of the 29 patients who had code status discussions, and 18 (62%) elected not to be resuscitated (Figure 2). According to MCAO, the average cost to care for a patient in the ICU who required ventilator support for at least 96 hours is $102,175. For the 18 patients who decided not to pursue cardiopulmonary resuscitation, this results in a potential cost savings of $1,839,150.

Conclusion

The outcome of this QI initiative is congruent with the findings published in the literature on the benefits of palliative care involvement in the care of patients with COPD. Palliative care involvement improved goals of care discussions and resulted in decreased ED visits. Palliative care educational outreach also seems to improve palliative care referrals.

In 2007, the American Thoracic Society issued a policy statement recommending that palliative care should be available at any stage during the course of a progressive or chronic respiratory disease or critical illness when the patient becomes symptomatic.12 Compared with patients with lung cancer, patients with COPD have to cope with symptom burden for a longer period. Breathlessness seems to be the most debilitating physical symptom for COPD and should trigger a palliative care referral.7 Comprehensive respiratory care similar to that for cancer care should be considered for severe COPD and should involve both the palliative care team and the pulmonary care teams for optimal results.

The results of this QI initiative also seem to support the potential benefits of palliative care involvement in the care of patients with other chronic illnesses that are expected to progress over time, leading to a shortened life expectancy.

The integration of palliative care in cancer care is an emerging trend driven by data on the benefits of palliative care intervention in the care of patients with terminal malignancies. Although studies have shown that patients with end-stage organ disease tend to develop similar symptoms and issues as those of cancer patients, the use of palliative care services among patients with end-stage organ disease seems to be limited.1 The clinical course of terminal malignancy is usually marked by a consistent decline, whereas organ failure is usually marked by periods of exacerbations in relation to decompensation.2 Patients with organ failure often exhibit a gradual and subtle decline over time, making it more challenging to predict the disease course.2

Woo and colleagues studied patients with chronic illnesses and showed that, similar to patients diagnosed with cancer, symptoms of fatigue, pain, and dyspnea were common.3 They also found that caregivers of patients with chronic illness reported suboptimal physical and emotional well-being as well as moderate levels of stress.3 These findings suggest that caregivers for cancer and noncancer patients will benefit from the support inherent in an interdisciplinary approach to palliative care.3 According to the CDC, the second leading cause of death in the U.S. in 2011 was cancer followed by chronic respiratory disease.4

The authors conducted a quality improvement (QI) initiative to explore the benefits of integrating palliative care in the care of patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) and share outcomes of improved palliative care education at John D. Dingell VAMC (JDDVAMC) in Detroit, Michigan, for care of patients with COPD.

Background

Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease is a progressive, incurable lung disease.5 It also has been referred to as chronic bronchitis, emphysema, or chronic asthma.5 The degree of severity of COPD is determined by measuring the degree of air flow obstruction by conducting a spirometry test.5 Common symptoms associated with COPD include dyspnea, cough, wheezing, recurring respiratory infections, and generalized weakness.5

Compared with terminally ill patients with lung cancer, patients with COPD were found to have a poorer quality of life as well as more anxiety and depression.6 In a study to evaluate for breathlessness among patients with severe COPD and advanced cancer, Bausewein and colleagues found that both groups reported moderately distressing physical symptoms.7 Both groups also reported shortness of breath as their most distressing physical symptom and worrying as the most common psychological symptom.7 The study also identified a 50% commonality among the participants on palliative care needs.7

The common palliative care needs that were identified were the need for symptom management for breathlessness, access to information, ability to share feelings, a sense of wasted time, and assistance with practical matters.7 During the study’s 6-month data collection period, 61% of the patients with cancer and 10% of the patients with COPD died.7 Median survival for both groups showed that the patients with COPD had a significantly longer median survival of 589 days compared with 107 days for the patients with cancer.7

A retrospective review of patient records from 2010 to 2013 showed that providers referred only 5% of patients with COPD for palliative care.8 In the United Kingdom, the 5-year survival rate among patients diagnosed with severe COPD is 24% to 30%.9 Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease is one of the most common causes of hospital admissions, and treatments are aimed toward palliation of symptoms.9 As COPD reaches its end stage, incorporation of end-of-life (EOL) care should be considered. Signs that may indicate EOL care is needed include long-term oxygen therapy, depression, hospitalization for exacerbations at a rate of 2 or more a year, evidence of right-sided heart failure, cortisone treatment for > 6 weeks, and a history of noninvasive ventilation or admission to the intensive care unit (ICU).9

Nguyen and colleagues conducted a study in Montreal, Canada, among patients with moderate-to-severe COPD.10 The participants watched a DVD on EOL topics as well as life support measures and their implications.10 After watching the DVD, the researchers conducted interviews with the participants’ about their beliefs and experiences with regards to advance care planning.10 In conducting advance care planning, the participants identified having a relationship with the medical team and appropriate timing for the discussion as important.10

Crucial topics identified by participants included life expectancy, availability of medications to treat symptoms, different treatment options, stages of disease progression, and quality of EOL care.10 Other findings from the study included the participants’ desire to consider their families in the decision-making process.10 Becoming a burden to their families due to their need for physical and financial assistance and the inability to establish clear health care directives were identified as sources of concern.10 Many of the participants also shared a preference to die rather than to give up quality of life or mental capacity.10 Nguyen and colleagues also found that the severity of illness was not a good predictor of the participants’ readiness to engage in advance care planning.10

 

 

In Australia, a study conducted among bereaved and current caregivers for patients with severe COPD showed that > 20% of patients who had died of COPD required hands-on care by their caregivers.11 The caregivers also reported similar concerns as those patients with COPD, which included uncertainty about the future, fear of exacerbations, social isolation, and deteriorating health.11 They also reported competing emotions of loyalty, resentment, guilt, and exhaustion.11 Caregivers identified areas they felt could have improved their ability to provide care, such as availability of adaptive equipment, contingency plans for emergency situations, education on the illness, its symptoms and prognosis, and advance care planning information.11 The caregivers believed that receiving this information might have lessened their stress and plan for the future.11 Although most of the aspects of care that they identified as important are components of palliative care, most of the caregivers were unfamiliar with the term palliative care.11

QI Initiative

To improve palliative care education and use in the ICUs of the VA hospitals, the VHA conducted training, which was made available to intensive care providers on improving EOL care and communication. An attending physician in the ICU who also is a pulmonologist took part in this training in July 2013. To evaluate the outcome of this educational effort, the authors’ reviewed the palliative care referrals from 2012 to 2014.

Results

There were a total of 29 patients with COPD who were referred for palliative care services. Sixteen (55%) were referred by pulmonology. Medical oncology and primary care each referred 4 patients (14%). Acute care referred 5 patients (17%). Emergency department (ED) visits were compared 1 year prior with postpalliative care involvement in the patients’ care (Figure 1). The average ED visit for these patients prepalliative care was 3.2 days, and this dropped to 1.7 days postpalliative care involvement. Of the 29 patients, there were 7 who were never seen in the ED for symptoms of COPD prior to palliative care involvement in their care, and 17 who did not have ED visits after palliative care’s involvement in their care. Of the 29 patients, 3 had frequent visits to the ED (more than 10 days total) prepalliative care, and only 1 had frequent visits to the ED following involvement in the palliative care clinic.

According to the JDDVAMC Managerial Cost Accounting Office (MCAO), the average cost to care for a patient who is presenting to the ED with symptoms related to COPD is $527. The cost of caring for the 22 patients who were seen at least once in the ED for symptoms related to their COPD would be $11,594. With palliative care involvement, only 12 of the 29 patients were seen in the ED for symptoms related to COPD for a total of $6,324, a savings of $5,270 for single ED visits for this set of patients.

Prior to palliative care involvement for the 29 patients, there were 27 admissions, which dropped to 15 admissions after palliative care involvement. According to the MCAO, the average cost to care for a patient who is admitted to the hospital due to an exacerbation of COPD is $20,944. With 27 admissions prior to palliative care involvement, the results total $565,488 compared with $314,160 for 15 admissions with palliative care involvement, showing a cost savings of $251,328.

Fourteen of the 29 patients had advance directive discussions, 9 of which were completed by assigning a durable power of attorney and/or completing a living will. There were 22 (76%) of the 29 patients who had code status discussions, and 18 (62%) elected not to be resuscitated (Figure 2). According to MCAO, the average cost to care for a patient in the ICU who required ventilator support for at least 96 hours is $102,175. For the 18 patients who decided not to pursue cardiopulmonary resuscitation, this results in a potential cost savings of $1,839,150.

Conclusion

The outcome of this QI initiative is congruent with the findings published in the literature on the benefits of palliative care involvement in the care of patients with COPD. Palliative care involvement improved goals of care discussions and resulted in decreased ED visits. Palliative care educational outreach also seems to improve palliative care referrals.

In 2007, the American Thoracic Society issued a policy statement recommending that palliative care should be available at any stage during the course of a progressive or chronic respiratory disease or critical illness when the patient becomes symptomatic.12 Compared with patients with lung cancer, patients with COPD have to cope with symptom burden for a longer period. Breathlessness seems to be the most debilitating physical symptom for COPD and should trigger a palliative care referral.7 Comprehensive respiratory care similar to that for cancer care should be considered for severe COPD and should involve both the palliative care team and the pulmonary care teams for optimal results.

The results of this QI initiative also seem to support the potential benefits of palliative care involvement in the care of patients with other chronic illnesses that are expected to progress over time, leading to a shortened life expectancy.

References

1. Saini T, Murtagh FE, Dupont PJ, McKinnon PM, Hatfield P, Saunders Y. Comparative pilot study of symptoms and quality of life in cancer patients and patients with end stage renal disease. Palliat Med. 2006;20(6):631-636.

2. Lorenz KA, Lynn J, Dy SM, et al. Evidence for improving palliative care at end of life: a systematic review. Ann Intern Med. 2008;148(2):147-159.

3. Woo J, Lo R, Cheng JO, Wong F, Mak B. Quality of end-of-life care for non-cancer patients in a non-acute hospital. J Clin Nurs. 2011;20(13-14):1834-1841.

4. Hoyert DL, Xu JQ. Deaths: Preliminary Data for 2011. National Vital Statistics Reports. Vol 61. No 6. Hyattsville, MD: National Center for Health Statistics. 2012. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention website. http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/nvsr/nvsr61/nvsr61_06.pdf. Published October 10, 2012. Accessed July 1, 2016.

5. Barnett M. End of life issues in the management of COPD. J Comm Nurs. 2012; 26(3):4-8.

6. Fitzsimons D, Mullan D, Wilson JS, et al. The challenge of patients’ unmet palliative care needs in the final stages of chronic illness. Palliat Med. 2007;21(4):313-322.

7. Bausewein C, Booth S, Gysels M, Kühnbach R, Haberland B, Higginson IJ. Understanding breathlessness: cross-sectional comparison of symptom burden and palliative care needs in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and cancer. J Palliat Med. 2010;13(9):1109-1118.

8. Schroedl C, Yount S, Szmullowicz E, Rosenberg SR, Kalhan R. Outpatient palliative care for chronic obstructive pulmonary disease: a case series. J Palliat Med. 2014;17(11):1256-1261.

9. Iley K. Improving palliative care for patients with COPD. Nurs Stand. 2012;26(37):40-46.

10. Nguyen M, Chamber-Evans J, Joubert A, Drouin I, Ouellet I. Exploring the advance care planning needs of moderately to severely ill people with COPD. Int J Palliat Nurs. 2013;19(8):389-395.

11. Philip J, Gold M, Brand C, Miller B, Douglass J, Sundararajan V. Facilitating change and adaptation: the experiences of current and bereaved carers of patients with severe chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. J Palliat Med. 2014;17(4):421-427.

12. Lanken PN, Terry PB, DeLisser HM, et al; American Thoracic Society End-of-Life Care Task Force. An official American Thoracic Society clinical policy statement: palliative care for patients with respiratory diseases and critical illness. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2008;177(8):912-927.

References

1. Saini T, Murtagh FE, Dupont PJ, McKinnon PM, Hatfield P, Saunders Y. Comparative pilot study of symptoms and quality of life in cancer patients and patients with end stage renal disease. Palliat Med. 2006;20(6):631-636.

2. Lorenz KA, Lynn J, Dy SM, et al. Evidence for improving palliative care at end of life: a systematic review. Ann Intern Med. 2008;148(2):147-159.

3. Woo J, Lo R, Cheng JO, Wong F, Mak B. Quality of end-of-life care for non-cancer patients in a non-acute hospital. J Clin Nurs. 2011;20(13-14):1834-1841.

4. Hoyert DL, Xu JQ. Deaths: Preliminary Data for 2011. National Vital Statistics Reports. Vol 61. No 6. Hyattsville, MD: National Center for Health Statistics. 2012. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention website. http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/nvsr/nvsr61/nvsr61_06.pdf. Published October 10, 2012. Accessed July 1, 2016.

5. Barnett M. End of life issues in the management of COPD. J Comm Nurs. 2012; 26(3):4-8.

6. Fitzsimons D, Mullan D, Wilson JS, et al. The challenge of patients’ unmet palliative care needs in the final stages of chronic illness. Palliat Med. 2007;21(4):313-322.

7. Bausewein C, Booth S, Gysels M, Kühnbach R, Haberland B, Higginson IJ. Understanding breathlessness: cross-sectional comparison of symptom burden and palliative care needs in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and cancer. J Palliat Med. 2010;13(9):1109-1118.

8. Schroedl C, Yount S, Szmullowicz E, Rosenberg SR, Kalhan R. Outpatient palliative care for chronic obstructive pulmonary disease: a case series. J Palliat Med. 2014;17(11):1256-1261.

9. Iley K. Improving palliative care for patients with COPD. Nurs Stand. 2012;26(37):40-46.

10. Nguyen M, Chamber-Evans J, Joubert A, Drouin I, Ouellet I. Exploring the advance care planning needs of moderately to severely ill people with COPD. Int J Palliat Nurs. 2013;19(8):389-395.

11. Philip J, Gold M, Brand C, Miller B, Douglass J, Sundararajan V. Facilitating change and adaptation: the experiences of current and bereaved carers of patients with severe chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. J Palliat Med. 2014;17(4):421-427.

12. Lanken PN, Terry PB, DeLisser HM, et al; American Thoracic Society End-of-Life Care Task Force. An official American Thoracic Society clinical policy statement: palliative care for patients with respiratory diseases and critical illness. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2008;177(8):912-927.

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 33(8)
Issue
Federal Practitioner - 33(8)
Page Number
40-42
Page Number
40-42
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Integrating Palliative Care in COPD Treatment
Display Headline
Integrating Palliative Care in COPD Treatment
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

The Orlando Nightclub Shooting: Firsthand Accounts and Lessons Learned

Article Type
Changed
Wed, 12/12/2018 - 20:50
Display Headline
The Orlando Nightclub Shooting: Firsthand Accounts and Lessons Learned
These emergency physicians describe what it was like in the ED on the night of the Orlando mass-casualty incident, and what they learned from the experience that can help other EDs.

Orlando Regional Medical Center (ORMC) is an urban, academic, Level 1 trauma center with an ED that treats in excess of 85,000 patients each year. There are more than 4,500 annual trauma admissions, including penetrating and blunt mechanism injuries. We have a 3-year emergency medicine (EM) residency program, originally established in 1986, that now has 14 residents per year. The events that we experienced on the early morning of June 12, 2016 were tragic and unexpected and tested our community, our teams, and our organization. The following is a description of activity perspectives, personal reflections and feelings, and important lessons learned from which other EDs may benefit.



Prehospital/Rescue Period

The prehospital approach to a mass-casualty incident (MCI) caused by gunfire has changed significantly over the last decade, with lessons gleaned from the experience of military and domestic attacks. The Orange County (Florida) Emergency Medical Services (EMS) System, including the agencies involved in the response to the June 12, 2016 Pulse nightclub shooting incident (Orlando Fire Department, Rural Metro Ambulance, and Orange County Fire Rescue), have trained specifically on the evolving priorities during an active shooter incident. This includes targeted hemorrhage control, swift extrication, minimal interventions, and immediate transport to the appropriate receiving center. In June 2015, 1 year prior to the Pulse nightclub shooting, a protocol variance was written by medical directors, explaining that “EMS providers may engage in initial patient care with only the supplies deemed absolutely necessary for rapid evaluation and removal into a safe triage zone.” This variance applies when there is an active shooter scenario. In addition, in 2014, 2015, and 2016, we conducted large scale, multiagency community exercises, encompassing shooting/active shooter scenarios and drills.

On June 12, 2016, EMS units were on scene of the Pulse nightclub in downtown Orlando less than 5 minutes after shooting began. It became immediately obvious that additional resources would be necessary. Soon after the incident, an MCI alert was activated from the Orlando Fire Department Communications Center, utilizing a software system to notify area hospitals and the medical directors that up to 20 patients had been shot, and requesting status on bed availability. Christopher L. Hunter, MD, PhD, one of our associate EMS medical directors, was working in the ED at a hospital several miles away from the incident and began coordinating efforts to distribute patients to the appropriate destination via radio and phone communication between the scene, the communications center, and the trauma center.

 

 

 

On scene, a group of law enforcement officers were engaging the shooter while others assisted in extracting victims from the club and surrounding area. Injured victims were brought to a casualty collection point, under cover, across the street and were transported as units became available. Initially, law enforcement vehicles and ambulances would make the two-block drive from the scene to ORMC carrying as many patients as they safely could, and return immediately after offload. Per previous training, minimal interventions were performed, and unlike standard procedure, EMS could offer no prearrival report to the hospital. The decision was made to triage only patients meeting Florida’s state trauma alert criteria to ORMC, and funnel other patients to nearby nontrauma centers. Dr Hunter attempted to notify the hospitals of patients as they were transported off the scene; however, the extremely short transport times made this process difficult.

Over the course of the incident, on-scene commands designated a casualty collection point, a transport unit staging area, and a hospital liaison. Emergency medical service responders cooperated with law enforcement to transport injured patients throughout the response. By the end of the event, nearly 100 EMS providers utilizing dozens of vehicles had responded to the scene.

The ED Period

The overnight shift of Saturday, June 11 was slower than usual in the ORMC ED, and triage housed the typical Saturday-night complaints. One of our mid-level providers, Brian Clayton, ARNP, worked in the fast track pod treating lower acuity illnesses, while the four senior residents discussed who might receive the honor of leaving early. Even the senior attending, Gary A. Parrish, MD, wrapped up his patients and was ready to leave right on time. The 11:00 pm to 7:00 am attending, Kathryn  J. Bondani, MD, was looking forward to an easy shift with four graduating senior residents. We had just called in an order from a popular nearby sandwich shop when suddenly, a slew of police cars flew past the hospital—not unusual given our proximity to downtown. The radio squawked “Multiple gunshots wounds en route.” Someone said “a club downtown got shot up.” In anticipation of multiple patient arrivals, resident Amanda M. Stone, MD, and the attending hurried to the trauma/ressuscitation bay. Another resident, Amanda F. Tarkowski, MD, called the trauma attending to rally his team downstairs, informing him that “A club downtown has a shooter and we have multiple patients with a 2-minute ETA.” Multiple gunshot wounds (GSWs) at once is not unusual for our Level 1 trauma center.

The first patient arrived shortly after 2:00 am and had multiple GSWs to the abdomen, but was awake and talking. He was mildly tachycardic, but his blood pressure (BP) was stable. We all gaped at the fist-sized wound on his back—some of us had never seen a GSW like this before. It was apparent that he needed to go to the operating room, but before preparations could be made, three more patients rolled into the ED. Instead of our usual organized, methodical EMS report, these patients were dropped off by a police pickup truck and rolled in on our own stretchers by nurses and technicians. Soon, all six of our trauma bays were filled with critical patients. Christopher H. Ponder, MD, recalled, “I heard an overhead page for ‘all available trauma nurses to the trauma bay’ shortly followed by a more concerned-sounding ‘all available staff to the trauma bay.’” All four senior EM residents, both EM attendings, the trauma attending, four trauma residents, multiple ED nurses, technicians, and various ancillary staff quickly descended on the patients. Chest tubes were placed, and multiple patients were intubated. Several thoracotomies were performed at the initial point when the team was unaware of the exact number of patients who would ultimately follow. Blood bags were hung and tranexamic acid was administered liberally. Unfortunately, some of these initial attempts were unsuccessful, as the first wave contained the most critically injured patients.

We barely had time to reflect on the dead as more patients filled the hallways. In the midst of all of this, triage decisions came quickly—awake and talking patients with an acceptable BP were moved out of the trauma bay in favor of less stable patients. Intubation and chest-tube placement decisions were made instantly. There was no time for routine X-rays or laboratory evaluation. Nurses, technicians, and doctors crowded the trauma bay desperately trying to stabilize the critically injured. Vital signs were taken manually. Dr Ponder called his colleague Thomas N. Smith, MD, who was also a graduating senior EM resident, and who happened to be staffing the children’s ED across the street that night. “Is there any way you can make it over here right now?” he shouted into the phone. Dr Smith quickly grabbed several trauma supplies and hitched a ride with security to the ORMC ED to assist. He was confronted with the scene of the previously mentioned “first wave” and grabbed an ultrasound machine to help triage these unfortunate patients. In addition to Dr Smith, unit clerks continued making calls to additional off-duty medical, nursing, and support staff. Critical care attendings and fellows responded from upstairs to assist in the ED. The Hospital Incident Command System (HICS) was initiated to provide hospital and corporate coordination of services. Timothy B. Bullard, MD, another EM attending physician and medical staff director of HICS, was en route to the ED to assist in the response.

Amidst the overwhelming mass of mortally and critically wounded patients, we were told stories of terror from just down the road. The sense of horror was almost contagious, and we all wondered if the violence would spread to the hospital.

About an hour into the ordeal, we heard another page overhead “Code Silver, ED Triage. Code Silver, ED Triage.” Everyone in the trauma bay froze. We heard someone shout from the hallway “Shots fired in triage!” After a few seconds, those nearest the trauma bay doors pushed them shut. One of the trauma surgeons shouted, “Keep caring for your patients, push the portable X-ray machines in front of the doors.” That is exactly what happened, and we worked in the barricaded trauma room for the longest few minutes of the night. We would later learn that this report was false, but fearing for our own lives as well as the lives of our patients is an experience that few, if any, of us had previously been through. The fact that we continued to work in such a situation illustrates everyone’s dedication to their patients and mission.

After the first wave of patients, it was clear that reassessing patients was now our greatest challenge. There were multiple patients with stable vital signs but who had GSWs to the abdomen, pelvis, and thorax and required surgery. Having realized that the ultrasound machine and focused assessment with sonography for trauma (FAST) examinations were the most practical rapid imaging modality, Drs Tarkowski, Ponder, and Smith grabbed the machine and went from room to room repeating the FAST examinations, vital signs, and assessments for missed wounds. A portable computer allowed us to order X-ray orders for patients with extremity wounds. Several patients who initially had negative FASTs had a repeat examination that was positive for free fluid. The operating room triage list shuffled based on these examinations.

 

 

 

At this point, there seemed to be a never-ending list of “Doe” names on the electronic medical record (EMR) tracking board. Tracking the location of patients was a dynamic process, and updating the tracking board was difficult. Patients were continually cycled in and out of the trauma bay, shuffled in and out of treatment rooms, lined up in the hallways, and transported up to the intensive care unit (ICU). Some of those “Doe” names belonged to patients who had succumbed to their injuries. Some patients had empty, bloody charts next to them on their stretcher. Every patient had a wristband. Dr Tarkowski improvised a rapid documentation system using quarter sheets of scrap paper that were taped either to the stretcher or door with a patient name, brief list of injuries, FAST examination result, pending tests, and medications given. This system was an efficient way of identifying which patients had been evaluated, what had been done, and what was pending.

While we were “rounding” on our patients, down the street, law enforcement had broken down the club’s wall, and a second wave of patients began to arrive. Two residents completed the secondary evaluations while the other three resuscitated new patients. The second wave seemed like a repeat of the first. Several extremity-only injuries were triaged directly to the hallways to be seen by the two residents outside of the trauma bay. By this time, the orthopedic surgery service had come down to the ED and was washing out wounds, splinting, and making plans for surgery. The internal medicine service and the medical critical care team were helping reassess patients as well.

There were many emotional moments. Dr Ponder remembered, “One of the first few patients I saw was pulseless, and as I went to start chest compressions, I was stopped by a trauma surgeon who said, ‘He’s gone, focus on the ones we can help.’ That’s when I realized the gravity of our situation. For almost 2 hours, each resident cycled through patients.” Dr Stone recounted, “I just went down the line of patients, from head of the bed to head of the bed, some patients still on EMS stretchers, intubating many of them. It was surreal to see that many severely injured in one place.” Tory L. Weatherford, MD, recalled, “It was controlled chaos. My training kicked in, and it became about just trying to do anything possible to help.”

Dr Bondani, the overnight attending, said she does not remember many specifics from the event. “Faces and injuries blurred together. I remember looking in one young man’s eyes and telling him, ‘We are going to help you, just hang in there,’ and telling another panicking woman, ‘You’re talking, you can feel pain, you’re alive. Calm down.’ It was organized chaos as we swept from patient to patient moving as quickly as possible. Your training kicks in and you do what needs to be done in the moment.”

We were fortunate to have the EM team we did, and to be in the place that we were. On duty, we had five senior graduating residents, essentially with attending-level skills and training, who had been together since day one. “We gave everything we had; there was no time to stop. We went where our hands could be helpful—it didn’t matter if it was your traditional role or not,” said Dr Weatherford.

Dr Tarkowski remembered what it was like leaving the walls of the ED later that morning. “Leaving the hospital didn’t feel like a success. We knew the work we did was good, that we did everything we could, but it didn’t feel like it. It felt heavy. It felt empty.” Afterward, the emotional toll set in. We gathered up the names of the deceased and looked at a status board littered with “Doe” names, and we tried hard not to break down at the violence and the pain we witnessed.

Immediate Recovery Period (Prehospital Setting)

In the aftermath of the initial rescue operation, stabilization of injured victims, and demobilization of resources, a second “event” unfolded—hundreds of family members flooded to ORMC looking for unaccounted loved ones. At this point, there were dozens of deceased and critically injured patients who remained unidentified, and addressing the needs of both the victims and the families was becoming overwhelming. With the cooperation of federal, state, county, city, and private resources, a family reunification center (FRC; a family staging area/family reception center) was created and managed initially within the hospital. At this site, grief counselors, victim advocates, law enforcement and medical examiner’s officials, hospital chaplains, and translators gathered with the loved ones of those missing to synchronize efforts to identify and reunite them. The Emergency Operations Center quickly created a telephone hotline and Web site to guide those in need to this resource. Food and housing for those in need were provided by the generosity of our community—which cannot be overstated in the wake of this tragedy. As days passed, the FRC transitioned to a new location as the Orlando United Assistance Center, and will continue to serve as a navigation point for those who are and will be affected by the event for months to come.

Hospital Incident Command System

The HICS was activated shortly past 3:00 am, just after the initial wave of victims flooded our ED and the gravity of the situation became apparent. The ED and trauma services were already near full staff due to timing, rapid response, and communication between the traumatologists, as well as a bit of luck. Because of the time of the disaster, our normal notification process for incident command and all personnel was severely limited. In retrospect, this turned out to be a blessing. While everyone who normally would respond to HICS was not available, individuals serving in key positions were reached by personal phone calls and were on-site quickly. One of the main functions of HICS is to control the internal chaos that arises when a disaster occurs and all personnel want to assist in some manner. We have spent hours during drills crafting communications that target key personnel necessary to meet the mission, while controlling well-intentioned but unnecessary personnel. In our drills, this is not an issue because everyone knows the exercise is not reality; however, in a real disaster, everyone wants to help. This was confirmed by the guilt that so many of our team members expressed at not being involved that Sunday.

With an initial skeleton crew in incident command, it was easy to focus on the immediate needs of patient care. The strong leadership and cool heads of our incident command leadership led to rapid role definition and responsibility, and set forth an easy path for execution. Hospital command personnel adapted their usual roles and performed functions and assignments as needed. Many HICS staff had direct face-to-face contact with frontline providers in the ED and other vital areas. This was possible because of the close proximity of the hospital command headquarters to the ED. The need for additional resources was rapidly identified, and the hospital command leaders assumed direct responsibility for procuring them instead of delegating. A great example of this was when Orlando Health’s chief executive officer and chief operating officer went to our nearby hospitals to gather additional chest tubes after learning that we were running in short supply. Their main responsibilities lay ahead of them, and they were willing to help in any manner they could at the time. Some of the medical personnel were able to switch roles and pitch in to treat the second wave of victims that arrived at around 5:00 am.

 

 

 

As the flow of victims to the ED subsided and order began to be restored, HICS shifted gears and took on a much broader role: coordinating activities with multiple agencies, including local law enforcement, the Federal Bureau of Investigation, news media, and an array of patient and family services. Again, the timing of this tragic event allowed the needs and functions of our hospital command to concentrate the focus in a more structured manner than might have been possible during regular operational hours.

Lessons Learned and Recommendations

As with any MCI, it is important to perform after-incident debriefings to reflect upon the prehospital, ED, and hospital care to assess for areas in need of improvement. Obviously, depending on the number and type of patients who are received and the resources available at the institution, such events can stress EDs that are already at or above their capacity. At the time of this writing (less than 2 months after the incident), although we are still in the early stages of our post-incident debriefing process, we offer the following suggestions and recommendations that we believe will be a benefit to other institutions faced with similar challenges.

Dedicated Disaster Preparedness Program

Depending on the size of the institution and whether or not it is a trauma-receiving center, it is vitally important to have a team of individuals dedicated to the development and maintenance of a disaster readiness program. Eric Alberts, manager of Emergency Preparedness at Orlando Heath, emphasized the need to harness and leverage preparedness efforts and relationships with community partners, law enforcement, and EMS. In addition, he noted that these trained individuals can provide education and coordination for mass-casualty drills, assist in developing and maintaining policies and protocols, and coordinate with hospital incident command during actual events.

Practice, Practice, Practice

In order for medical staff, nursing staff, and support personnel to understand their roles and responsibilities if an MCI occurs, they must practice simulated drills. Tabletop and full-scale emergency intake drills, with a range of scenarios occurring at different times of the day and night, will improve teamwork and coordination. At least once a year, a large, full-scale community exercise that involves scene casualty collection points, law enforcement and EMS involvement, multiple EDs, and hospital-wide integration will educate staff members on their duties. There should be enough patients in these drills to stress the entire system—both ED and in-hospital. Physician involvement in these exercises is crucial. In March 2016, a full-scale community exercise was performed in the Central Florida area in which more than 500 volunteers, 50 agencies, and 15 hospitals participated. A segment of that exercise involved an active shooter impersonating a patient brought to the ED. We feel this recent exercise, and others like it, were helpful in managing our actual mass casualty event.

Notification

When the shootings at the Pulse nightclub started, we were advised that there might be as many as 20 victims, but over the next few hours, we received more than twice as many injured patients. In any scenario where it is felt additional ED resources and personnel are needed, it is advantageous to begin the notification process as early as possible. Ideally, there are redundant methods in place to notify in-house and off-duty personnel, preferably in a multilayered system of electronic and voice communications that provides feedback as to staff availability. During daytime hours, it is easier for off-duty staff to learn of an event through news and social media. However, during early morning hours, such as when these shootings occurred, it may be difficult to notify sleeping staff that they are needed. With the trend of using mobile devices instead of landline phones, and with the ability to silence those devices during nighttime sleep hours, it has become increasingly difficult to “break through” the silence. In our event, group e-mail notifications were activated, but individual phone calls were also required. Initially, some calls to staff went to voice mail rather than being
answered directly.

Communication

Communication is an area of opportunity for improvement in almost any mass-casualty event. Redundant methods of electronic, voice, telephone, and radio communications are crucial for personnel to coordinate efforts. It is imperative that HICS and ED personnel receive updates about events on the scene and the status of potential incoming patients. An infrastructure of communications is paramount for the coordination that is needed between prehospital, ED, and in-house resources.

Throughput

Facilitating ED and hospital throughput and improving operational efficiencies are regular topics of discussion in most busy EDs. However, when it becomes necessary to intake large numbers of patients in an ED within a short period of time, the need to move patients out of the department intensifies. In many cases, to continue intake of patients, it will be necessary to quickly find areas outside of the EDsuch as operating rooms, ICUs, and general floorsto transport patients to. At our facility, we normally have two operating rooms staffed throughout the night for traumas. On the night of the shootings, a total of six operating rooms were activated quickly to manage the penetrating injuries of these patients. Previously admitted medical patients were retrieved by in-house nursing staff to free up ED beds.

Media

It is important to recognize the intense social, print, online, and television media exposure that will occur with such tragedies, and have personnel and systems in place to manage it. The Pulse nightclub is located only a few short blocks south of ORMC, and the majority of all injured patients, including those with the most severe injuries, presented to our facility. As a result, the intense media coverage at our hospital physically overlapped the intense media coverage at the scene. Nearby businesses were shut down, access to several main thoroughfare roads were blocked, and some individuals mistakenly thought the hospital was closed. Our media relations department felt the most efficient way to manage information dissemination was to hold a “presser”—a press conference with a few of the health professionals involved in the care of the patients. The press conference helped to relieve some of the media presence and pressure, and provided welcomed transparency to the community.

 

 

 

Expect the Unexpected

Even when physicians and staff conduct regular training exercises and are familiar with policies and procedures, the controlled chaos that is typical of a true mass-casualty event will likely result in some unexpected occurrences. After injured patients began arriving at our ED, during a period when patient influx and medical care was intense, there was a brief time when we were concerned an active shooter was also in our ED. Since the mass shootings were only a few blocks from the ED, and we did not know the scope or number of shooters, it was a reasonable assumption that a perpetrator could present to the ED as a patient or active shooter. During an event such as this, it is the practice at ORMC to have security officers place the facility on lockdown; however; the added concern that an active shooter was physically present in the ED required additional law enforcement officers to methodically search the entire facility until the threat of a shooter was eliminated. Although this did not directly impact patient care, it did create another level of complexity and stress to the already challenging situation.

Emotional Impact

One should not underestimate the emotional impact of a mass-casualty event. Emergency physicians and personnel are well equipped to manage illness, injury, and death. However, an event of this magnitude, with the number and manner of injuries and deaths that presented to our ED, along with the closeness to a scene of bloodshed where many young lives were taken in a senseless act of violence, will likely have a lasting impression on many staff members. Any institution encountering such an event should have behavioral health and support counselors readily available as soon as possible.

Conclusion

When patients present in truckloads, as they did in our ambulance bay in the early hours of June 12, an ED may be inundated with injured patients without notice or preparation. Teams need to trust their instincts, their training, and one another. It is unlikely that your normal ED practice patterns will be sufficient to take care of a large surge of patients, and you will need to turn to your ingenuity, creativity, and resourcefulness to do what you think is best to save the lives of as many patients as possible. As Sarah Duran, BSN, the trauma nurse who was working as the ED charge nurse the night of the shootings, stated, “I don’t think anyone can fully prepare for anything on the scale of what happened in Orlando, but with a good foundation of protocols in place, strong set of staff, constant vigilance, and great teamwork, any hospital can be successful in handling a mass casualty incident.”

References

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Gary A. Parrish, MD; Kathryn J. Bondani, MD; Timothy B. Bullard, MD; Amanda M. Stone, MD; Amanda F. Tarkowski, MD; Christopher H. Ponder, MD; Thomas N. Smith, MD; Tory L. Weatherford, MD; Christopher L. Hunter, MD, PhD; Salvatore Silvestri, MD

Issue
Emergency Medicine - 48(8)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
348-356
Legacy Keywords
Orlando, shooting, nightclub, trauma, ED, mass-casualty incident, MCI, bondani
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Gary A. Parrish, MD; Kathryn J. Bondani, MD; Timothy B. Bullard, MD; Amanda M. Stone, MD; Amanda F. Tarkowski, MD; Christopher H. Ponder, MD; Thomas N. Smith, MD; Tory L. Weatherford, MD; Christopher L. Hunter, MD, PhD; Salvatore Silvestri, MD

Author and Disclosure Information

Gary A. Parrish, MD; Kathryn J. Bondani, MD; Timothy B. Bullard, MD; Amanda M. Stone, MD; Amanda F. Tarkowski, MD; Christopher H. Ponder, MD; Thomas N. Smith, MD; Tory L. Weatherford, MD; Christopher L. Hunter, MD, PhD; Salvatore Silvestri, MD

Article PDF
Article PDF
These emergency physicians describe what it was like in the ED on the night of the Orlando mass-casualty incident, and what they learned from the experience that can help other EDs.
These emergency physicians describe what it was like in the ED on the night of the Orlando mass-casualty incident, and what they learned from the experience that can help other EDs.

Orlando Regional Medical Center (ORMC) is an urban, academic, Level 1 trauma center with an ED that treats in excess of 85,000 patients each year. There are more than 4,500 annual trauma admissions, including penetrating and blunt mechanism injuries. We have a 3-year emergency medicine (EM) residency program, originally established in 1986, that now has 14 residents per year. The events that we experienced on the early morning of June 12, 2016 were tragic and unexpected and tested our community, our teams, and our organization. The following is a description of activity perspectives, personal reflections and feelings, and important lessons learned from which other EDs may benefit.



Prehospital/Rescue Period

The prehospital approach to a mass-casualty incident (MCI) caused by gunfire has changed significantly over the last decade, with lessons gleaned from the experience of military and domestic attacks. The Orange County (Florida) Emergency Medical Services (EMS) System, including the agencies involved in the response to the June 12, 2016 Pulse nightclub shooting incident (Orlando Fire Department, Rural Metro Ambulance, and Orange County Fire Rescue), have trained specifically on the evolving priorities during an active shooter incident. This includes targeted hemorrhage control, swift extrication, minimal interventions, and immediate transport to the appropriate receiving center. In June 2015, 1 year prior to the Pulse nightclub shooting, a protocol variance was written by medical directors, explaining that “EMS providers may engage in initial patient care with only the supplies deemed absolutely necessary for rapid evaluation and removal into a safe triage zone.” This variance applies when there is an active shooter scenario. In addition, in 2014, 2015, and 2016, we conducted large scale, multiagency community exercises, encompassing shooting/active shooter scenarios and drills.

On June 12, 2016, EMS units were on scene of the Pulse nightclub in downtown Orlando less than 5 minutes after shooting began. It became immediately obvious that additional resources would be necessary. Soon after the incident, an MCI alert was activated from the Orlando Fire Department Communications Center, utilizing a software system to notify area hospitals and the medical directors that up to 20 patients had been shot, and requesting status on bed availability. Christopher L. Hunter, MD, PhD, one of our associate EMS medical directors, was working in the ED at a hospital several miles away from the incident and began coordinating efforts to distribute patients to the appropriate destination via radio and phone communication between the scene, the communications center, and the trauma center.

 

 

 

On scene, a group of law enforcement officers were engaging the shooter while others assisted in extracting victims from the club and surrounding area. Injured victims were brought to a casualty collection point, under cover, across the street and were transported as units became available. Initially, law enforcement vehicles and ambulances would make the two-block drive from the scene to ORMC carrying as many patients as they safely could, and return immediately after offload. Per previous training, minimal interventions were performed, and unlike standard procedure, EMS could offer no prearrival report to the hospital. The decision was made to triage only patients meeting Florida’s state trauma alert criteria to ORMC, and funnel other patients to nearby nontrauma centers. Dr Hunter attempted to notify the hospitals of patients as they were transported off the scene; however, the extremely short transport times made this process difficult.

Over the course of the incident, on-scene commands designated a casualty collection point, a transport unit staging area, and a hospital liaison. Emergency medical service responders cooperated with law enforcement to transport injured patients throughout the response. By the end of the event, nearly 100 EMS providers utilizing dozens of vehicles had responded to the scene.

The ED Period

The overnight shift of Saturday, June 11 was slower than usual in the ORMC ED, and triage housed the typical Saturday-night complaints. One of our mid-level providers, Brian Clayton, ARNP, worked in the fast track pod treating lower acuity illnesses, while the four senior residents discussed who might receive the honor of leaving early. Even the senior attending, Gary A. Parrish, MD, wrapped up his patients and was ready to leave right on time. The 11:00 pm to 7:00 am attending, Kathryn  J. Bondani, MD, was looking forward to an easy shift with four graduating senior residents. We had just called in an order from a popular nearby sandwich shop when suddenly, a slew of police cars flew past the hospital—not unusual given our proximity to downtown. The radio squawked “Multiple gunshots wounds en route.” Someone said “a club downtown got shot up.” In anticipation of multiple patient arrivals, resident Amanda M. Stone, MD, and the attending hurried to the trauma/ressuscitation bay. Another resident, Amanda F. Tarkowski, MD, called the trauma attending to rally his team downstairs, informing him that “A club downtown has a shooter and we have multiple patients with a 2-minute ETA.” Multiple gunshot wounds (GSWs) at once is not unusual for our Level 1 trauma center.

The first patient arrived shortly after 2:00 am and had multiple GSWs to the abdomen, but was awake and talking. He was mildly tachycardic, but his blood pressure (BP) was stable. We all gaped at the fist-sized wound on his back—some of us had never seen a GSW like this before. It was apparent that he needed to go to the operating room, but before preparations could be made, three more patients rolled into the ED. Instead of our usual organized, methodical EMS report, these patients were dropped off by a police pickup truck and rolled in on our own stretchers by nurses and technicians. Soon, all six of our trauma bays were filled with critical patients. Christopher H. Ponder, MD, recalled, “I heard an overhead page for ‘all available trauma nurses to the trauma bay’ shortly followed by a more concerned-sounding ‘all available staff to the trauma bay.’” All four senior EM residents, both EM attendings, the trauma attending, four trauma residents, multiple ED nurses, technicians, and various ancillary staff quickly descended on the patients. Chest tubes were placed, and multiple patients were intubated. Several thoracotomies were performed at the initial point when the team was unaware of the exact number of patients who would ultimately follow. Blood bags were hung and tranexamic acid was administered liberally. Unfortunately, some of these initial attempts were unsuccessful, as the first wave contained the most critically injured patients.

We barely had time to reflect on the dead as more patients filled the hallways. In the midst of all of this, triage decisions came quickly—awake and talking patients with an acceptable BP were moved out of the trauma bay in favor of less stable patients. Intubation and chest-tube placement decisions were made instantly. There was no time for routine X-rays or laboratory evaluation. Nurses, technicians, and doctors crowded the trauma bay desperately trying to stabilize the critically injured. Vital signs were taken manually. Dr Ponder called his colleague Thomas N. Smith, MD, who was also a graduating senior EM resident, and who happened to be staffing the children’s ED across the street that night. “Is there any way you can make it over here right now?” he shouted into the phone. Dr Smith quickly grabbed several trauma supplies and hitched a ride with security to the ORMC ED to assist. He was confronted with the scene of the previously mentioned “first wave” and grabbed an ultrasound machine to help triage these unfortunate patients. In addition to Dr Smith, unit clerks continued making calls to additional off-duty medical, nursing, and support staff. Critical care attendings and fellows responded from upstairs to assist in the ED. The Hospital Incident Command System (HICS) was initiated to provide hospital and corporate coordination of services. Timothy B. Bullard, MD, another EM attending physician and medical staff director of HICS, was en route to the ED to assist in the response.

Amidst the overwhelming mass of mortally and critically wounded patients, we were told stories of terror from just down the road. The sense of horror was almost contagious, and we all wondered if the violence would spread to the hospital.

About an hour into the ordeal, we heard another page overhead “Code Silver, ED Triage. Code Silver, ED Triage.” Everyone in the trauma bay froze. We heard someone shout from the hallway “Shots fired in triage!” After a few seconds, those nearest the trauma bay doors pushed them shut. One of the trauma surgeons shouted, “Keep caring for your patients, push the portable X-ray machines in front of the doors.” That is exactly what happened, and we worked in the barricaded trauma room for the longest few minutes of the night. We would later learn that this report was false, but fearing for our own lives as well as the lives of our patients is an experience that few, if any, of us had previously been through. The fact that we continued to work in such a situation illustrates everyone’s dedication to their patients and mission.

After the first wave of patients, it was clear that reassessing patients was now our greatest challenge. There were multiple patients with stable vital signs but who had GSWs to the abdomen, pelvis, and thorax and required surgery. Having realized that the ultrasound machine and focused assessment with sonography for trauma (FAST) examinations were the most practical rapid imaging modality, Drs Tarkowski, Ponder, and Smith grabbed the machine and went from room to room repeating the FAST examinations, vital signs, and assessments for missed wounds. A portable computer allowed us to order X-ray orders for patients with extremity wounds. Several patients who initially had negative FASTs had a repeat examination that was positive for free fluid. The operating room triage list shuffled based on these examinations.

 

 

 

At this point, there seemed to be a never-ending list of “Doe” names on the electronic medical record (EMR) tracking board. Tracking the location of patients was a dynamic process, and updating the tracking board was difficult. Patients were continually cycled in and out of the trauma bay, shuffled in and out of treatment rooms, lined up in the hallways, and transported up to the intensive care unit (ICU). Some of those “Doe” names belonged to patients who had succumbed to their injuries. Some patients had empty, bloody charts next to them on their stretcher. Every patient had a wristband. Dr Tarkowski improvised a rapid documentation system using quarter sheets of scrap paper that were taped either to the stretcher or door with a patient name, brief list of injuries, FAST examination result, pending tests, and medications given. This system was an efficient way of identifying which patients had been evaluated, what had been done, and what was pending.

While we were “rounding” on our patients, down the street, law enforcement had broken down the club’s wall, and a second wave of patients began to arrive. Two residents completed the secondary evaluations while the other three resuscitated new patients. The second wave seemed like a repeat of the first. Several extremity-only injuries were triaged directly to the hallways to be seen by the two residents outside of the trauma bay. By this time, the orthopedic surgery service had come down to the ED and was washing out wounds, splinting, and making plans for surgery. The internal medicine service and the medical critical care team were helping reassess patients as well.

There were many emotional moments. Dr Ponder remembered, “One of the first few patients I saw was pulseless, and as I went to start chest compressions, I was stopped by a trauma surgeon who said, ‘He’s gone, focus on the ones we can help.’ That’s when I realized the gravity of our situation. For almost 2 hours, each resident cycled through patients.” Dr Stone recounted, “I just went down the line of patients, from head of the bed to head of the bed, some patients still on EMS stretchers, intubating many of them. It was surreal to see that many severely injured in one place.” Tory L. Weatherford, MD, recalled, “It was controlled chaos. My training kicked in, and it became about just trying to do anything possible to help.”

Dr Bondani, the overnight attending, said she does not remember many specifics from the event. “Faces and injuries blurred together. I remember looking in one young man’s eyes and telling him, ‘We are going to help you, just hang in there,’ and telling another panicking woman, ‘You’re talking, you can feel pain, you’re alive. Calm down.’ It was organized chaos as we swept from patient to patient moving as quickly as possible. Your training kicks in and you do what needs to be done in the moment.”

We were fortunate to have the EM team we did, and to be in the place that we were. On duty, we had five senior graduating residents, essentially with attending-level skills and training, who had been together since day one. “We gave everything we had; there was no time to stop. We went where our hands could be helpful—it didn’t matter if it was your traditional role or not,” said Dr Weatherford.

Dr Tarkowski remembered what it was like leaving the walls of the ED later that morning. “Leaving the hospital didn’t feel like a success. We knew the work we did was good, that we did everything we could, but it didn’t feel like it. It felt heavy. It felt empty.” Afterward, the emotional toll set in. We gathered up the names of the deceased and looked at a status board littered with “Doe” names, and we tried hard not to break down at the violence and the pain we witnessed.

Immediate Recovery Period (Prehospital Setting)

In the aftermath of the initial rescue operation, stabilization of injured victims, and demobilization of resources, a second “event” unfolded—hundreds of family members flooded to ORMC looking for unaccounted loved ones. At this point, there were dozens of deceased and critically injured patients who remained unidentified, and addressing the needs of both the victims and the families was becoming overwhelming. With the cooperation of federal, state, county, city, and private resources, a family reunification center (FRC; a family staging area/family reception center) was created and managed initially within the hospital. At this site, grief counselors, victim advocates, law enforcement and medical examiner’s officials, hospital chaplains, and translators gathered with the loved ones of those missing to synchronize efforts to identify and reunite them. The Emergency Operations Center quickly created a telephone hotline and Web site to guide those in need to this resource. Food and housing for those in need were provided by the generosity of our community—which cannot be overstated in the wake of this tragedy. As days passed, the FRC transitioned to a new location as the Orlando United Assistance Center, and will continue to serve as a navigation point for those who are and will be affected by the event for months to come.

Hospital Incident Command System

The HICS was activated shortly past 3:00 am, just after the initial wave of victims flooded our ED and the gravity of the situation became apparent. The ED and trauma services were already near full staff due to timing, rapid response, and communication between the traumatologists, as well as a bit of luck. Because of the time of the disaster, our normal notification process for incident command and all personnel was severely limited. In retrospect, this turned out to be a blessing. While everyone who normally would respond to HICS was not available, individuals serving in key positions were reached by personal phone calls and were on-site quickly. One of the main functions of HICS is to control the internal chaos that arises when a disaster occurs and all personnel want to assist in some manner. We have spent hours during drills crafting communications that target key personnel necessary to meet the mission, while controlling well-intentioned but unnecessary personnel. In our drills, this is not an issue because everyone knows the exercise is not reality; however, in a real disaster, everyone wants to help. This was confirmed by the guilt that so many of our team members expressed at not being involved that Sunday.

With an initial skeleton crew in incident command, it was easy to focus on the immediate needs of patient care. The strong leadership and cool heads of our incident command leadership led to rapid role definition and responsibility, and set forth an easy path for execution. Hospital command personnel adapted their usual roles and performed functions and assignments as needed. Many HICS staff had direct face-to-face contact with frontline providers in the ED and other vital areas. This was possible because of the close proximity of the hospital command headquarters to the ED. The need for additional resources was rapidly identified, and the hospital command leaders assumed direct responsibility for procuring them instead of delegating. A great example of this was when Orlando Health’s chief executive officer and chief operating officer went to our nearby hospitals to gather additional chest tubes after learning that we were running in short supply. Their main responsibilities lay ahead of them, and they were willing to help in any manner they could at the time. Some of the medical personnel were able to switch roles and pitch in to treat the second wave of victims that arrived at around 5:00 am.

 

 

 

As the flow of victims to the ED subsided and order began to be restored, HICS shifted gears and took on a much broader role: coordinating activities with multiple agencies, including local law enforcement, the Federal Bureau of Investigation, news media, and an array of patient and family services. Again, the timing of this tragic event allowed the needs and functions of our hospital command to concentrate the focus in a more structured manner than might have been possible during regular operational hours.

Lessons Learned and Recommendations

As with any MCI, it is important to perform after-incident debriefings to reflect upon the prehospital, ED, and hospital care to assess for areas in need of improvement. Obviously, depending on the number and type of patients who are received and the resources available at the institution, such events can stress EDs that are already at or above their capacity. At the time of this writing (less than 2 months after the incident), although we are still in the early stages of our post-incident debriefing process, we offer the following suggestions and recommendations that we believe will be a benefit to other institutions faced with similar challenges.

Dedicated Disaster Preparedness Program

Depending on the size of the institution and whether or not it is a trauma-receiving center, it is vitally important to have a team of individuals dedicated to the development and maintenance of a disaster readiness program. Eric Alberts, manager of Emergency Preparedness at Orlando Heath, emphasized the need to harness and leverage preparedness efforts and relationships with community partners, law enforcement, and EMS. In addition, he noted that these trained individuals can provide education and coordination for mass-casualty drills, assist in developing and maintaining policies and protocols, and coordinate with hospital incident command during actual events.

Practice, Practice, Practice

In order for medical staff, nursing staff, and support personnel to understand their roles and responsibilities if an MCI occurs, they must practice simulated drills. Tabletop and full-scale emergency intake drills, with a range of scenarios occurring at different times of the day and night, will improve teamwork and coordination. At least once a year, a large, full-scale community exercise that involves scene casualty collection points, law enforcement and EMS involvement, multiple EDs, and hospital-wide integration will educate staff members on their duties. There should be enough patients in these drills to stress the entire system—both ED and in-hospital. Physician involvement in these exercises is crucial. In March 2016, a full-scale community exercise was performed in the Central Florida area in which more than 500 volunteers, 50 agencies, and 15 hospitals participated. A segment of that exercise involved an active shooter impersonating a patient brought to the ED. We feel this recent exercise, and others like it, were helpful in managing our actual mass casualty event.

Notification

When the shootings at the Pulse nightclub started, we were advised that there might be as many as 20 victims, but over the next few hours, we received more than twice as many injured patients. In any scenario where it is felt additional ED resources and personnel are needed, it is advantageous to begin the notification process as early as possible. Ideally, there are redundant methods in place to notify in-house and off-duty personnel, preferably in a multilayered system of electronic and voice communications that provides feedback as to staff availability. During daytime hours, it is easier for off-duty staff to learn of an event through news and social media. However, during early morning hours, such as when these shootings occurred, it may be difficult to notify sleeping staff that they are needed. With the trend of using mobile devices instead of landline phones, and with the ability to silence those devices during nighttime sleep hours, it has become increasingly difficult to “break through” the silence. In our event, group e-mail notifications were activated, but individual phone calls were also required. Initially, some calls to staff went to voice mail rather than being
answered directly.

Communication

Communication is an area of opportunity for improvement in almost any mass-casualty event. Redundant methods of electronic, voice, telephone, and radio communications are crucial for personnel to coordinate efforts. It is imperative that HICS and ED personnel receive updates about events on the scene and the status of potential incoming patients. An infrastructure of communications is paramount for the coordination that is needed between prehospital, ED, and in-house resources.

Throughput

Facilitating ED and hospital throughput and improving operational efficiencies are regular topics of discussion in most busy EDs. However, when it becomes necessary to intake large numbers of patients in an ED within a short period of time, the need to move patients out of the department intensifies. In many cases, to continue intake of patients, it will be necessary to quickly find areas outside of the EDsuch as operating rooms, ICUs, and general floorsto transport patients to. At our facility, we normally have two operating rooms staffed throughout the night for traumas. On the night of the shootings, a total of six operating rooms were activated quickly to manage the penetrating injuries of these patients. Previously admitted medical patients were retrieved by in-house nursing staff to free up ED beds.

Media

It is important to recognize the intense social, print, online, and television media exposure that will occur with such tragedies, and have personnel and systems in place to manage it. The Pulse nightclub is located only a few short blocks south of ORMC, and the majority of all injured patients, including those with the most severe injuries, presented to our facility. As a result, the intense media coverage at our hospital physically overlapped the intense media coverage at the scene. Nearby businesses were shut down, access to several main thoroughfare roads were blocked, and some individuals mistakenly thought the hospital was closed. Our media relations department felt the most efficient way to manage information dissemination was to hold a “presser”—a press conference with a few of the health professionals involved in the care of the patients. The press conference helped to relieve some of the media presence and pressure, and provided welcomed transparency to the community.

 

 

 

Expect the Unexpected

Even when physicians and staff conduct regular training exercises and are familiar with policies and procedures, the controlled chaos that is typical of a true mass-casualty event will likely result in some unexpected occurrences. After injured patients began arriving at our ED, during a period when patient influx and medical care was intense, there was a brief time when we were concerned an active shooter was also in our ED. Since the mass shootings were only a few blocks from the ED, and we did not know the scope or number of shooters, it was a reasonable assumption that a perpetrator could present to the ED as a patient or active shooter. During an event such as this, it is the practice at ORMC to have security officers place the facility on lockdown; however; the added concern that an active shooter was physically present in the ED required additional law enforcement officers to methodically search the entire facility until the threat of a shooter was eliminated. Although this did not directly impact patient care, it did create another level of complexity and stress to the already challenging situation.

Emotional Impact

One should not underestimate the emotional impact of a mass-casualty event. Emergency physicians and personnel are well equipped to manage illness, injury, and death. However, an event of this magnitude, with the number and manner of injuries and deaths that presented to our ED, along with the closeness to a scene of bloodshed where many young lives were taken in a senseless act of violence, will likely have a lasting impression on many staff members. Any institution encountering such an event should have behavioral health and support counselors readily available as soon as possible.

Conclusion

When patients present in truckloads, as they did in our ambulance bay in the early hours of June 12, an ED may be inundated with injured patients without notice or preparation. Teams need to trust their instincts, their training, and one another. It is unlikely that your normal ED practice patterns will be sufficient to take care of a large surge of patients, and you will need to turn to your ingenuity, creativity, and resourcefulness to do what you think is best to save the lives of as many patients as possible. As Sarah Duran, BSN, the trauma nurse who was working as the ED charge nurse the night of the shootings, stated, “I don’t think anyone can fully prepare for anything on the scale of what happened in Orlando, but with a good foundation of protocols in place, strong set of staff, constant vigilance, and great teamwork, any hospital can be successful in handling a mass casualty incident.”

Orlando Regional Medical Center (ORMC) is an urban, academic, Level 1 trauma center with an ED that treats in excess of 85,000 patients each year. There are more than 4,500 annual trauma admissions, including penetrating and blunt mechanism injuries. We have a 3-year emergency medicine (EM) residency program, originally established in 1986, that now has 14 residents per year. The events that we experienced on the early morning of June 12, 2016 were tragic and unexpected and tested our community, our teams, and our organization. The following is a description of activity perspectives, personal reflections and feelings, and important lessons learned from which other EDs may benefit.



Prehospital/Rescue Period

The prehospital approach to a mass-casualty incident (MCI) caused by gunfire has changed significantly over the last decade, with lessons gleaned from the experience of military and domestic attacks. The Orange County (Florida) Emergency Medical Services (EMS) System, including the agencies involved in the response to the June 12, 2016 Pulse nightclub shooting incident (Orlando Fire Department, Rural Metro Ambulance, and Orange County Fire Rescue), have trained specifically on the evolving priorities during an active shooter incident. This includes targeted hemorrhage control, swift extrication, minimal interventions, and immediate transport to the appropriate receiving center. In June 2015, 1 year prior to the Pulse nightclub shooting, a protocol variance was written by medical directors, explaining that “EMS providers may engage in initial patient care with only the supplies deemed absolutely necessary for rapid evaluation and removal into a safe triage zone.” This variance applies when there is an active shooter scenario. In addition, in 2014, 2015, and 2016, we conducted large scale, multiagency community exercises, encompassing shooting/active shooter scenarios and drills.

On June 12, 2016, EMS units were on scene of the Pulse nightclub in downtown Orlando less than 5 minutes after shooting began. It became immediately obvious that additional resources would be necessary. Soon after the incident, an MCI alert was activated from the Orlando Fire Department Communications Center, utilizing a software system to notify area hospitals and the medical directors that up to 20 patients had been shot, and requesting status on bed availability. Christopher L. Hunter, MD, PhD, one of our associate EMS medical directors, was working in the ED at a hospital several miles away from the incident and began coordinating efforts to distribute patients to the appropriate destination via radio and phone communication between the scene, the communications center, and the trauma center.

 

 

 

On scene, a group of law enforcement officers were engaging the shooter while others assisted in extracting victims from the club and surrounding area. Injured victims were brought to a casualty collection point, under cover, across the street and were transported as units became available. Initially, law enforcement vehicles and ambulances would make the two-block drive from the scene to ORMC carrying as many patients as they safely could, and return immediately after offload. Per previous training, minimal interventions were performed, and unlike standard procedure, EMS could offer no prearrival report to the hospital. The decision was made to triage only patients meeting Florida’s state trauma alert criteria to ORMC, and funnel other patients to nearby nontrauma centers. Dr Hunter attempted to notify the hospitals of patients as they were transported off the scene; however, the extremely short transport times made this process difficult.

Over the course of the incident, on-scene commands designated a casualty collection point, a transport unit staging area, and a hospital liaison. Emergency medical service responders cooperated with law enforcement to transport injured patients throughout the response. By the end of the event, nearly 100 EMS providers utilizing dozens of vehicles had responded to the scene.

The ED Period

The overnight shift of Saturday, June 11 was slower than usual in the ORMC ED, and triage housed the typical Saturday-night complaints. One of our mid-level providers, Brian Clayton, ARNP, worked in the fast track pod treating lower acuity illnesses, while the four senior residents discussed who might receive the honor of leaving early. Even the senior attending, Gary A. Parrish, MD, wrapped up his patients and was ready to leave right on time. The 11:00 pm to 7:00 am attending, Kathryn  J. Bondani, MD, was looking forward to an easy shift with four graduating senior residents. We had just called in an order from a popular nearby sandwich shop when suddenly, a slew of police cars flew past the hospital—not unusual given our proximity to downtown. The radio squawked “Multiple gunshots wounds en route.” Someone said “a club downtown got shot up.” In anticipation of multiple patient arrivals, resident Amanda M. Stone, MD, and the attending hurried to the trauma/ressuscitation bay. Another resident, Amanda F. Tarkowski, MD, called the trauma attending to rally his team downstairs, informing him that “A club downtown has a shooter and we have multiple patients with a 2-minute ETA.” Multiple gunshot wounds (GSWs) at once is not unusual for our Level 1 trauma center.

The first patient arrived shortly after 2:00 am and had multiple GSWs to the abdomen, but was awake and talking. He was mildly tachycardic, but his blood pressure (BP) was stable. We all gaped at the fist-sized wound on his back—some of us had never seen a GSW like this before. It was apparent that he needed to go to the operating room, but before preparations could be made, three more patients rolled into the ED. Instead of our usual organized, methodical EMS report, these patients were dropped off by a police pickup truck and rolled in on our own stretchers by nurses and technicians. Soon, all six of our trauma bays were filled with critical patients. Christopher H. Ponder, MD, recalled, “I heard an overhead page for ‘all available trauma nurses to the trauma bay’ shortly followed by a more concerned-sounding ‘all available staff to the trauma bay.’” All four senior EM residents, both EM attendings, the trauma attending, four trauma residents, multiple ED nurses, technicians, and various ancillary staff quickly descended on the patients. Chest tubes were placed, and multiple patients were intubated. Several thoracotomies were performed at the initial point when the team was unaware of the exact number of patients who would ultimately follow. Blood bags were hung and tranexamic acid was administered liberally. Unfortunately, some of these initial attempts were unsuccessful, as the first wave contained the most critically injured patients.

We barely had time to reflect on the dead as more patients filled the hallways. In the midst of all of this, triage decisions came quickly—awake and talking patients with an acceptable BP were moved out of the trauma bay in favor of less stable patients. Intubation and chest-tube placement decisions were made instantly. There was no time for routine X-rays or laboratory evaluation. Nurses, technicians, and doctors crowded the trauma bay desperately trying to stabilize the critically injured. Vital signs were taken manually. Dr Ponder called his colleague Thomas N. Smith, MD, who was also a graduating senior EM resident, and who happened to be staffing the children’s ED across the street that night. “Is there any way you can make it over here right now?” he shouted into the phone. Dr Smith quickly grabbed several trauma supplies and hitched a ride with security to the ORMC ED to assist. He was confronted with the scene of the previously mentioned “first wave” and grabbed an ultrasound machine to help triage these unfortunate patients. In addition to Dr Smith, unit clerks continued making calls to additional off-duty medical, nursing, and support staff. Critical care attendings and fellows responded from upstairs to assist in the ED. The Hospital Incident Command System (HICS) was initiated to provide hospital and corporate coordination of services. Timothy B. Bullard, MD, another EM attending physician and medical staff director of HICS, was en route to the ED to assist in the response.

Amidst the overwhelming mass of mortally and critically wounded patients, we were told stories of terror from just down the road. The sense of horror was almost contagious, and we all wondered if the violence would spread to the hospital.

About an hour into the ordeal, we heard another page overhead “Code Silver, ED Triage. Code Silver, ED Triage.” Everyone in the trauma bay froze. We heard someone shout from the hallway “Shots fired in triage!” After a few seconds, those nearest the trauma bay doors pushed them shut. One of the trauma surgeons shouted, “Keep caring for your patients, push the portable X-ray machines in front of the doors.” That is exactly what happened, and we worked in the barricaded trauma room for the longest few minutes of the night. We would later learn that this report was false, but fearing for our own lives as well as the lives of our patients is an experience that few, if any, of us had previously been through. The fact that we continued to work in such a situation illustrates everyone’s dedication to their patients and mission.

After the first wave of patients, it was clear that reassessing patients was now our greatest challenge. There were multiple patients with stable vital signs but who had GSWs to the abdomen, pelvis, and thorax and required surgery. Having realized that the ultrasound machine and focused assessment with sonography for trauma (FAST) examinations were the most practical rapid imaging modality, Drs Tarkowski, Ponder, and Smith grabbed the machine and went from room to room repeating the FAST examinations, vital signs, and assessments for missed wounds. A portable computer allowed us to order X-ray orders for patients with extremity wounds. Several patients who initially had negative FASTs had a repeat examination that was positive for free fluid. The operating room triage list shuffled based on these examinations.

 

 

 

At this point, there seemed to be a never-ending list of “Doe” names on the electronic medical record (EMR) tracking board. Tracking the location of patients was a dynamic process, and updating the tracking board was difficult. Patients were continually cycled in and out of the trauma bay, shuffled in and out of treatment rooms, lined up in the hallways, and transported up to the intensive care unit (ICU). Some of those “Doe” names belonged to patients who had succumbed to their injuries. Some patients had empty, bloody charts next to them on their stretcher. Every patient had a wristband. Dr Tarkowski improvised a rapid documentation system using quarter sheets of scrap paper that were taped either to the stretcher or door with a patient name, brief list of injuries, FAST examination result, pending tests, and medications given. This system was an efficient way of identifying which patients had been evaluated, what had been done, and what was pending.

While we were “rounding” on our patients, down the street, law enforcement had broken down the club’s wall, and a second wave of patients began to arrive. Two residents completed the secondary evaluations while the other three resuscitated new patients. The second wave seemed like a repeat of the first. Several extremity-only injuries were triaged directly to the hallways to be seen by the two residents outside of the trauma bay. By this time, the orthopedic surgery service had come down to the ED and was washing out wounds, splinting, and making plans for surgery. The internal medicine service and the medical critical care team were helping reassess patients as well.

There were many emotional moments. Dr Ponder remembered, “One of the first few patients I saw was pulseless, and as I went to start chest compressions, I was stopped by a trauma surgeon who said, ‘He’s gone, focus on the ones we can help.’ That’s when I realized the gravity of our situation. For almost 2 hours, each resident cycled through patients.” Dr Stone recounted, “I just went down the line of patients, from head of the bed to head of the bed, some patients still on EMS stretchers, intubating many of them. It was surreal to see that many severely injured in one place.” Tory L. Weatherford, MD, recalled, “It was controlled chaos. My training kicked in, and it became about just trying to do anything possible to help.”

Dr Bondani, the overnight attending, said she does not remember many specifics from the event. “Faces and injuries blurred together. I remember looking in one young man’s eyes and telling him, ‘We are going to help you, just hang in there,’ and telling another panicking woman, ‘You’re talking, you can feel pain, you’re alive. Calm down.’ It was organized chaos as we swept from patient to patient moving as quickly as possible. Your training kicks in and you do what needs to be done in the moment.”

We were fortunate to have the EM team we did, and to be in the place that we were. On duty, we had five senior graduating residents, essentially with attending-level skills and training, who had been together since day one. “We gave everything we had; there was no time to stop. We went where our hands could be helpful—it didn’t matter if it was your traditional role or not,” said Dr Weatherford.

Dr Tarkowski remembered what it was like leaving the walls of the ED later that morning. “Leaving the hospital didn’t feel like a success. We knew the work we did was good, that we did everything we could, but it didn’t feel like it. It felt heavy. It felt empty.” Afterward, the emotional toll set in. We gathered up the names of the deceased and looked at a status board littered with “Doe” names, and we tried hard not to break down at the violence and the pain we witnessed.

Immediate Recovery Period (Prehospital Setting)

In the aftermath of the initial rescue operation, stabilization of injured victims, and demobilization of resources, a second “event” unfolded—hundreds of family members flooded to ORMC looking for unaccounted loved ones. At this point, there were dozens of deceased and critically injured patients who remained unidentified, and addressing the needs of both the victims and the families was becoming overwhelming. With the cooperation of federal, state, county, city, and private resources, a family reunification center (FRC; a family staging area/family reception center) was created and managed initially within the hospital. At this site, grief counselors, victim advocates, law enforcement and medical examiner’s officials, hospital chaplains, and translators gathered with the loved ones of those missing to synchronize efforts to identify and reunite them. The Emergency Operations Center quickly created a telephone hotline and Web site to guide those in need to this resource. Food and housing for those in need were provided by the generosity of our community—which cannot be overstated in the wake of this tragedy. As days passed, the FRC transitioned to a new location as the Orlando United Assistance Center, and will continue to serve as a navigation point for those who are and will be affected by the event for months to come.

Hospital Incident Command System

The HICS was activated shortly past 3:00 am, just after the initial wave of victims flooded our ED and the gravity of the situation became apparent. The ED and trauma services were already near full staff due to timing, rapid response, and communication between the traumatologists, as well as a bit of luck. Because of the time of the disaster, our normal notification process for incident command and all personnel was severely limited. In retrospect, this turned out to be a blessing. While everyone who normally would respond to HICS was not available, individuals serving in key positions were reached by personal phone calls and were on-site quickly. One of the main functions of HICS is to control the internal chaos that arises when a disaster occurs and all personnel want to assist in some manner. We have spent hours during drills crafting communications that target key personnel necessary to meet the mission, while controlling well-intentioned but unnecessary personnel. In our drills, this is not an issue because everyone knows the exercise is not reality; however, in a real disaster, everyone wants to help. This was confirmed by the guilt that so many of our team members expressed at not being involved that Sunday.

With an initial skeleton crew in incident command, it was easy to focus on the immediate needs of patient care. The strong leadership and cool heads of our incident command leadership led to rapid role definition and responsibility, and set forth an easy path for execution. Hospital command personnel adapted their usual roles and performed functions and assignments as needed. Many HICS staff had direct face-to-face contact with frontline providers in the ED and other vital areas. This was possible because of the close proximity of the hospital command headquarters to the ED. The need for additional resources was rapidly identified, and the hospital command leaders assumed direct responsibility for procuring them instead of delegating. A great example of this was when Orlando Health’s chief executive officer and chief operating officer went to our nearby hospitals to gather additional chest tubes after learning that we were running in short supply. Their main responsibilities lay ahead of them, and they were willing to help in any manner they could at the time. Some of the medical personnel were able to switch roles and pitch in to treat the second wave of victims that arrived at around 5:00 am.

 

 

 

As the flow of victims to the ED subsided and order began to be restored, HICS shifted gears and took on a much broader role: coordinating activities with multiple agencies, including local law enforcement, the Federal Bureau of Investigation, news media, and an array of patient and family services. Again, the timing of this tragic event allowed the needs and functions of our hospital command to concentrate the focus in a more structured manner than might have been possible during regular operational hours.

Lessons Learned and Recommendations

As with any MCI, it is important to perform after-incident debriefings to reflect upon the prehospital, ED, and hospital care to assess for areas in need of improvement. Obviously, depending on the number and type of patients who are received and the resources available at the institution, such events can stress EDs that are already at or above their capacity. At the time of this writing (less than 2 months after the incident), although we are still in the early stages of our post-incident debriefing process, we offer the following suggestions and recommendations that we believe will be a benefit to other institutions faced with similar challenges.

Dedicated Disaster Preparedness Program

Depending on the size of the institution and whether or not it is a trauma-receiving center, it is vitally important to have a team of individuals dedicated to the development and maintenance of a disaster readiness program. Eric Alberts, manager of Emergency Preparedness at Orlando Heath, emphasized the need to harness and leverage preparedness efforts and relationships with community partners, law enforcement, and EMS. In addition, he noted that these trained individuals can provide education and coordination for mass-casualty drills, assist in developing and maintaining policies and protocols, and coordinate with hospital incident command during actual events.

Practice, Practice, Practice

In order for medical staff, nursing staff, and support personnel to understand their roles and responsibilities if an MCI occurs, they must practice simulated drills. Tabletop and full-scale emergency intake drills, with a range of scenarios occurring at different times of the day and night, will improve teamwork and coordination. At least once a year, a large, full-scale community exercise that involves scene casualty collection points, law enforcement and EMS involvement, multiple EDs, and hospital-wide integration will educate staff members on their duties. There should be enough patients in these drills to stress the entire system—both ED and in-hospital. Physician involvement in these exercises is crucial. In March 2016, a full-scale community exercise was performed in the Central Florida area in which more than 500 volunteers, 50 agencies, and 15 hospitals participated. A segment of that exercise involved an active shooter impersonating a patient brought to the ED. We feel this recent exercise, and others like it, were helpful in managing our actual mass casualty event.

Notification

When the shootings at the Pulse nightclub started, we were advised that there might be as many as 20 victims, but over the next few hours, we received more than twice as many injured patients. In any scenario where it is felt additional ED resources and personnel are needed, it is advantageous to begin the notification process as early as possible. Ideally, there are redundant methods in place to notify in-house and off-duty personnel, preferably in a multilayered system of electronic and voice communications that provides feedback as to staff availability. During daytime hours, it is easier for off-duty staff to learn of an event through news and social media. However, during early morning hours, such as when these shootings occurred, it may be difficult to notify sleeping staff that they are needed. With the trend of using mobile devices instead of landline phones, and with the ability to silence those devices during nighttime sleep hours, it has become increasingly difficult to “break through” the silence. In our event, group e-mail notifications were activated, but individual phone calls were also required. Initially, some calls to staff went to voice mail rather than being
answered directly.

Communication

Communication is an area of opportunity for improvement in almost any mass-casualty event. Redundant methods of electronic, voice, telephone, and radio communications are crucial for personnel to coordinate efforts. It is imperative that HICS and ED personnel receive updates about events on the scene and the status of potential incoming patients. An infrastructure of communications is paramount for the coordination that is needed between prehospital, ED, and in-house resources.

Throughput

Facilitating ED and hospital throughput and improving operational efficiencies are regular topics of discussion in most busy EDs. However, when it becomes necessary to intake large numbers of patients in an ED within a short period of time, the need to move patients out of the department intensifies. In many cases, to continue intake of patients, it will be necessary to quickly find areas outside of the EDsuch as operating rooms, ICUs, and general floorsto transport patients to. At our facility, we normally have two operating rooms staffed throughout the night for traumas. On the night of the shootings, a total of six operating rooms were activated quickly to manage the penetrating injuries of these patients. Previously admitted medical patients were retrieved by in-house nursing staff to free up ED beds.

Media

It is important to recognize the intense social, print, online, and television media exposure that will occur with such tragedies, and have personnel and systems in place to manage it. The Pulse nightclub is located only a few short blocks south of ORMC, and the majority of all injured patients, including those with the most severe injuries, presented to our facility. As a result, the intense media coverage at our hospital physically overlapped the intense media coverage at the scene. Nearby businesses were shut down, access to several main thoroughfare roads were blocked, and some individuals mistakenly thought the hospital was closed. Our media relations department felt the most efficient way to manage information dissemination was to hold a “presser”—a press conference with a few of the health professionals involved in the care of the patients. The press conference helped to relieve some of the media presence and pressure, and provided welcomed transparency to the community.

 

 

 

Expect the Unexpected

Even when physicians and staff conduct regular training exercises and are familiar with policies and procedures, the controlled chaos that is typical of a true mass-casualty event will likely result in some unexpected occurrences. After injured patients began arriving at our ED, during a period when patient influx and medical care was intense, there was a brief time when we were concerned an active shooter was also in our ED. Since the mass shootings were only a few blocks from the ED, and we did not know the scope or number of shooters, it was a reasonable assumption that a perpetrator could present to the ED as a patient or active shooter. During an event such as this, it is the practice at ORMC to have security officers place the facility on lockdown; however; the added concern that an active shooter was physically present in the ED required additional law enforcement officers to methodically search the entire facility until the threat of a shooter was eliminated. Although this did not directly impact patient care, it did create another level of complexity and stress to the already challenging situation.

Emotional Impact

One should not underestimate the emotional impact of a mass-casualty event. Emergency physicians and personnel are well equipped to manage illness, injury, and death. However, an event of this magnitude, with the number and manner of injuries and deaths that presented to our ED, along with the closeness to a scene of bloodshed where many young lives were taken in a senseless act of violence, will likely have a lasting impression on many staff members. Any institution encountering such an event should have behavioral health and support counselors readily available as soon as possible.

Conclusion

When patients present in truckloads, as they did in our ambulance bay in the early hours of June 12, an ED may be inundated with injured patients without notice or preparation. Teams need to trust their instincts, their training, and one another. It is unlikely that your normal ED practice patterns will be sufficient to take care of a large surge of patients, and you will need to turn to your ingenuity, creativity, and resourcefulness to do what you think is best to save the lives of as many patients as possible. As Sarah Duran, BSN, the trauma nurse who was working as the ED charge nurse the night of the shootings, stated, “I don’t think anyone can fully prepare for anything on the scale of what happened in Orlando, but with a good foundation of protocols in place, strong set of staff, constant vigilance, and great teamwork, any hospital can be successful in handling a mass casualty incident.”

References

References

Issue
Emergency Medicine - 48(8)
Issue
Emergency Medicine - 48(8)
Page Number
348-356
Page Number
348-356
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
The Orlando Nightclub Shooting: Firsthand Accounts and Lessons Learned
Display Headline
The Orlando Nightclub Shooting: Firsthand Accounts and Lessons Learned
Legacy Keywords
Orlando, shooting, nightclub, trauma, ED, mass-casualty incident, MCI, bondani
Legacy Keywords
Orlando, shooting, nightclub, trauma, ED, mass-casualty incident, MCI, bondani
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

Zika virus update: A rapidly moving target

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 08/28/2018 - 11:07
Display Headline
Zika virus update: A rapidly moving target
With female to male viral infection recently confirmed and cases originating within the United States being investigated, it is more important than ever to be informed of evolving Zika virus updates and recommendations

We recently reviewed the most current information on the epidemiology, clinical manifestations, and diagnosis of maternal and congenital Zika virus (ZV) infection.1 We also offered tentative recommendations for reducing the risk of infection and for managing the treatment of women exposed to the virus.

In this update, we present new information on the broadened spectrum of anomalies now known to be causally related to congenital ZV infection and on the increasing number of serious neurologic complications directly related to ZV infection in adults. We also update recommendations for diagnosing maternal, fetal, and neonatal infection and present guidelines for preventing sexual transmission of ZV infection.

CASE Woman from Brazil gives birth to stillborn baby with microcephaly

A 23-year-old woman (G2P1) recently emigrated from Pernambuco in Brazil to the United States and now presents to the hospital in advanced labor. Based on results of first-trimester ultrasonography performed in Brazil, it is determined that she is at 39 weeks’ gestation. The patient has not had any prenatal care since early in the second trimester because of low income and lack of medical insurance. She reports no serious illness before or during the pregnancy.

In the labor and delivery suite, she rapidly delivers a stillborn female infant—5 pounds 3 ounces, growth restricted, with multiple congenital anomalies. Postmortem examination reveals microcephaly, ventriculomegaly, extensive brain atrophy, intracranial calcifications, cerebellar agenesis, cataracts, ocular calcifications, redundant scalp tissue, and multiple joint contractures.

What is the most likely cause of these multiple anomalies?

The patient’s findings are most consistent with a diagnosis of severe intrauterine infection. Possible pathogenic organisms include rubella virus, cytomegalovirus, lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus, toxoplasmosis, and ZV.2 Given the patient’s recent move from Pernambuco in northeastern Brazil, the epicenter of the ZV epidemic in the Americas, the most likely diagnosis is congenital ZV infection.

The initial reports of congenital anomalies associated with ZV infection focused on microcephaly, usually defined as head circumference less than 3 standard deviations below the mean, or less than the third or fifth percentile for gestational age. Subsequent reports have linked many other serious central nervous system (CNS) anomalies to the virus. In a retrospective case series, de Fatima Vasco Aragao and colleagues3 described neuroimaging findings in 23 infants with presumed congenital ZV infection. Of the 22 with computed tomography scans, all had calcifications at the junction of cortical and subcortical white matter, 21 (95%) had disordered cortical development, 20 (91%) had a significant decrease in brain volume, 19 (86%) had ventriculomegaly, and half had distinct hypoplasia of either cerebellum or brainstem. In addition, of the 8 infants with magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) studies, 7 (88%) had an enlarged cisterna magna, 7 (88%) had delayed myelination, 6 (75%) had a simplified gyral pattern, and 3 (38%) had hypoplasia of corpus callosum.

De Paula Freitas and colleagues4 recently found congenital ZV infection associated with severe ocular abnormalities. Comprehensive ophthalmologic examination of 29 infants with microcephaly, presumed caused by congenital ZV infection, revealed 10 (35%) had abnormalities, which included focal pigment mottling, chorioretinal atrophy, hypoplasia and cupping of optic disk, loss of foveal reflex, macular atrophy, lens subluxation, and coloboma of iris.

Other conditions linked to congenital ZV infection include intrauterine growth restriction, redundant scalp tissue, contractures of multiple joints, and clubfoot.2

Bottom line. Although the ocular abnormalities are undetectable by prenatal ultrasound, many of the CNS and skeletal anomalies can be identified antenatally. Therefore, serial ultrasound examinations should be performed on adults who have a clinical illness consistent with ZV infection or who have traveled to an endemic area or have a sexual partner who has been in an endemic area. Patients should be assessed for possible microcephaly, ventriculomegaly, agenesis of corpus callosum, hypoplasia of cerebellum, and skeletal deformities.

 

 

Zika virus has been shown to be a direct cause of microcephaly

To make the determination that Zika virus (ZV) causes microcephaly, Rasmussen and colleagues1 very recently evaluated Shepard’s 7 criteria,2 published in 1994, for establishing a cause between a microorganism and a specific clinical condition. These 7 criteria are:

  1. There must be a proven exposure at one or more critical times during prenatal development.
    Rasmussen and colleagues1 pointed to case reports, case series, and epidemiologic studies showing a clear association between ZV exposure and microcephaly. Although exposure at any time during pregnancy may cause congenital infection, exposure in the late first and early second trimesters seems to pose the most risk for severe central nervous system (CNS) injury.
  2. There must be consistent findings in 2 or more high-quality epidemiologic studies.
    The studies must control for important confounding variables and include an appropriate number of patients to clearly identify an association between a given exposure and specific fetal anomalies. Rasmussen and colleagues1 cited 2 important epidemiologic studies. The first, a prospective cohort investigation of women in Brazil, found that 29% of those with ZV infection had abnormalities on prenatal ultrasound.3
    In the second investigation, a retrospective study of 8 infants in French Polynesia, the mathematical modeling performed by the authors4 suggested microcephaly occurred in 1% of infants born to women with first-trimester ZV infection. Using a different mathematical model, Johansson and colleagues5 found that the risk of fetal microcephaly associated with first-trimester infection may range from as low as 1% to as high as 13%.
    Although these studies are helpful in quantifying the risk of congenital infection, they only partially satisfy Shepard’s second criterion.
  3. The suspected microorganism must produce a specific defect or clearly delineated syndrome.
    Rasmussen and colleagues1 argued that this criterion has been fulfilled. Zika virus infection causes a distinct phenotype that includes microcephaly, multiple other CNS anomalies, redundant scalp skin, ocular abnormalities, joint contractures (arthrogryposis), and clubfoot.6,7
  4. The observed birth defect must be associated with a rare environmental exposure.
    This criterion also has been met, Rasmussen and colleagues1 reported. They noted that congenital microcephaly is rare in the United States (only about 6 cases in 10,000 liveborn infants) but that the number of cases in Brazil and French Polynesia is much in excess of what would be predicted in the absence of the ZV epidemic.
  5. Teratogenicity should be demonstrated in laboratory animals.
    Shepard indicated that this criterion is important but not essential to prove causation. As there is yet no animal model for ZV infection, this criterion has not been fulfilled.
  6. The association between the exposure and the observed anomaly or spectrum of anomalies should be biologically plausible.
    Rasmussen and colleagues1 demonstrated that the findings linked to maternal ZV infection are similar to those described for at least 2 other viral pathogens, rubella virus and cytomegalovirus. Animal models also have clearly shown that the ZV is neurotropic. Moreover, ZV has been clearly identified in the brains of infants with microcephaly.8
  7. Shepard’s seventh criterion relates to a medication or chemical exposure and is not relevant to a microorganism.

       

      References

      1. Rasmussen SA, Jamieson DJ, Honein MA, Petersen LR. Zika virus and birth defects—reviewing the evidence for causality. N Engl J Med. 2016;374(20):1981–1987.
      2. Shepard TH. “Proof” of human teratogenicity. Teratology. 1994;50(2):97–98.
      3. Brasil P, Pereira JP Jr, Raja Gabaglia C, et al. Zika virus infection in pregnant women in Rio de Janeiro—preliminary report [published online ahead of print March 4, 2016]. N Engl J Med. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1602412.
      4. Cauchemez S, Besnard M, Bompard P, et al. Association between Zika virus and microcephaly in French Polynesia, 2013–15: a retrospective study. Lancet. 2016;387(10033):2125–2132.
      5. Johansson MA, Mier-Y-Teran-Romero L, Reefhuis J, Gilboa SM, Hills SL. Zika and the risk of microcephaly [published online ahead of print May 25, 2016; updated June 9, 2016]. N Engl J Med. 2016;375:1–4. doi:10.1056/NEJMp1605367.
      6. Meaney-Delman D, Rasmussen SA, Staples JE, et al. Zika virus and pregnancy: what obstetric health care providers need to know. Obstet Gynecol. 2016;127(4):642–648.
      7. Petersen LR, Jamieson DJ, Powers AM, Honein MA. Zika virus. N Engl J Med. 2016;374(16):1552–1563.
      8. Mlakar J, Korva M, Tul N, et al. Zika virus associated with microcephaly. N Engl J Med. 2016;374(10):951–958.
       

       

      Did ZV cause these anomalies?

      How certain can we be that the anomalies present in the case patient’s baby were caused by ZV? In the past, and for many years, scientists relied on Koch’s 4 postulates (TABLE 1) to answer this question and establish a causal relationship between a microorganism and a specific clinical disease.5 Koch’s postulates have not been satisfied for the relationship between maternal ZV infection and congenital anomalies. Today’s more relevant standards for determining causality of a teratogen were published in 1994 by Shepard.6 In 2016, Rasmussen and colleagues7 found that the critical components of these criteria are fulfilled and concluded that there is little doubt ZV is a proven and extremely dangerous teratogen. See “Zika virus has been shown to be a direct cause of microcephaly”.

      Rasmussen and colleagues7 also used Hill’s criteria to assess the evidence for causation. Hill’s systematic assessment is based on 9 factors (TABLE 2)8, and Rasmussen and colleagues7 concluded that the necessary 7 of these 9 criteria have been met (the experimental animal model criterion was not satisfied, and the biological gradient criterion was not applicable). Given their assessment of Shepard’s criteria,6 the authors argued that the link between maternal ZV infection and severe congenital anomalies has risen from association to well-defined causation.

      How should ZV infection be confirmed in adults and newborns?

      After our first review was published in March 2016,1 the testing algorithm recommended by the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) was revised.9 Now, according to the CDC, if a patient has had symptoms of ZV infection for less than 5 days, serum and urine should be obtained for reverse transcriptase–polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR) testing. If symptoms have been present for 5 to 14 days, urine should be tested by RT-PCR because urine samples appear to remain positive for virus longer than serum samples do. If RT-PCR is performed within the appropriate period and the result is negative, ZV infection is excluded; if the result is positive, acute ZV infection is confirmed, and additional testing is not indicated. RT-PCR can be performed by 2 commercial laboratories (Quest Diagnostics and LabCorp), state health departments, and the CDC.

      If serum or urine is collected more than 5 days after symptom onset and the RT-PCR result is negative, the patient should have an immunoglobulin M (IgM) assay for ZV. If the assay result is negative, infection is excluded; if the result is positive or equivocal, additional testing is needed to ensure that the presence of the antibody does not reflect a cross-reaction to dengue or chikungunya virus. The confirmatory plaque reduction neutralization test (PRNT) is performed only by the CDC. To be considered positive, the PRNT result must be at least 4-fold higher than the dengue virus neutralizing antibody titer.

      In patients with suspected Guillain-Barré syndrome (GBS), RT-PCR can be performed on cerebrospinal fluid. For suspected fetal or neonatal infection, RT-PCR can be performed on amniotic fluid, umbilical cord blood, and fetal and placental tissue.

      CASE 2 Nonpregnant woman with possible Zika virus exposure presents to ED with neurologic symptoms

      A 31-year-old nulligravid woman presents to the emergency department (ED) for evaluation of numbness, tingling, and weakness in the lower extremities and difficulty walking. She reports having had a low-grade fever and a fine disseminated macular rash 1 week earlier. She denies recent travel and exposure to friends or relatives with illness, but she says her husband travels extensively and was living and working in Puerto Rico. The patient has no other neurologic symptoms.

      Serum and cerebrospinal fluid chemistries and MRI findings are normal. However, the ZV IgM assay is positive, and nerve conduction study results are consistent with GBS. The patient is admitted to the hospital, treated with intravenous immunoglobulin and given supportive care. Over 10 days, her neurologic condition gradually improves.

      What is the link between ZV infection and serious neurologic complications in adults?

      ZV infection has been associated with serious neurologic complications in adults. Investigators in several countries have reported dramatic increases in GBS cases during the ZV outbreak.10

      GBS is an acute, immune-mediated, demyelinating peripheral neuropathy that can vary in presentation but most commonly manifests as a rapidly ascending paralysis. The disorder often is preceded by an immunization or live viral infection. In some patients, paralysis severely weakens the respiratory muscles and even the cranial nerves, and affected individuals may require intubation, ventilator support, and parenteral or enteral alimentation.

      In a case-control study conducted duringthe 2013–2014 outbreak in French Polynesia, the association between ZV infection and GBS was evaluated in 3 groups of patients: 42 patients with GBS, 98 control patients, and 70 patients with ZV infection but no neurologic complications.11 Symptoms of ZV infection were present in about 88% of the patients with GBS, and the median interval from viral infection to onset of neurologic symptoms was 6 days. The ZV IgM assay was positive in 93% of GBS cases. Nerve conduction study results were consistent with the acute motor axonal neuropathy of GBS. All patients were treated with intravenous immunoglobulin; 38% of patients had to be admitted to the intensive care unit, and 29% needed respiratory support. There were no fatalities. The overall incidence of GBS was 2.4 cases per 10,000 ZV infections.

      Other neurologic complications that have been associated with ZV infection are meningoencephalitis,12 brain ischemia,13 and myelitis.14

      Bottom line. ZV infection may cause serious neurologic complications in adults. The most devastating complication is GBS, which can result in respiratory muscle paralysis and cranial nerve palsies.

       

       

      The most common symptoms of Zika virus infection are acute onset of fever, maculopapular rash, joint pain, and conjunctivitis. Other symptoms include muscle pain and headache.

      How can patients prevent sexual transmission of ZV infection?

      The ZV can be transmitted by sexual contact, including vaginal, anal, and oral sex.15 It is known to persist longer in semen than in blood or urine, though the exact duration remains unknown. Atkinson and colleagues16 reported RT-PCR detection of ZV RNA in semen about 62 days after onset of febrile illness—long after the virus became undetectable in blood.15

      Mansuy and colleagues17 found that the viral load in semen was more than 100,000 times that in blood and urine more than 2 weeks after symptom onset.16 The ZV has been detected in saliva, urine, and breast milk. Although it has not been identified in vaginal secretions in humans, it has been detected in the vaginal secretions of nonhuman primates up to 7 days after subcutaneous inoculation of virus.18 In addition, the first case of female-to-male sexual transmission of ZV infection was just reported.19 In this report, transmission seems to have occurred on day 3 of the woman’s symptomatic illness, when she had unprotected vaginal intercourse with her partner. The partner became symptomatic 7 days after sexual exposure. To date, there is no evidence that infection is spread through kissing or breastfeeding.

      The most recent recommendations from the CDC are that a man with symptomatic ZV infection wait at least 6 months before having unprotected sexual contact. In addition, a man who is asymptomatic after ZV exposure should wait at least 8 weeks before having unprotected sexual contact.17

      A woman planning a pregnancy should know there is no evidence that prior ZV infection increases the risk of birth defects. However, a woman with a proven ZV infection should wait at least 8 weeks after symptom onset before trying to conceive. Even an asymptomatic woman with possible exposure should wait at least 8 weeks after the last exposure before attempting conception. In addition, given the risks associated with maternal and fetal infection, a man who has been exposed to the virus and who has a pregnant partner should abstain from unprotected sexual contact for the duration of the pregnancy.20

      Key takeaways

      • Zika virus has now been clearly established as the cause of severe fetal malformations, particularly microcephaly.
      • The risk of fetal injury appears to be greater when maternal infection occurs in the first trimester of pregnancy.
      • Zika virus has now been established as the cause of Guillain-Barré syndrome in adults.
      • Although most cases of Zika virus infection are transmitted as the result of mosquito bites, patients can acquire the infection through sexual contact. Both male-to-female and female-to-male transmission have been documented.
        • If symptoms have been present for 5 to 14 days, only the urine RT-PCR test should be performed.
        • If symptoms have been present for more than 14 days, the patient should have an immunoglobulin M assay for Zika virus. If this test is equivocal or positive, a plaque reduction neutralization test should be performed to exclude infection caused by dengue or chikungunya virus.

      Share your thoughts! Send your Letter to the Editor to [email protected]. Please include your name and the city and state in which you practice.

      References
      1. Chelliah A, Duff P. Zika virus: counseling considerations for this emerging perinatal threat. OBG Manag. 2016;28(3):28–34.
      2. Meaney-Delman D, Rasmussen SA, Staples JE, et al. Zika virus and pregnancy: what obstetric health care providers need to know. Obstet Gynecol. 2016;127(4):642–648.
      3. de Fatima Vasco Aragao M, van der Linden V, Brainer-Lima AM, et al. Clinical features and neuroimaging (CT and MRI) findings in presumed Zika virus related congenital infection and microcephaly: retrospective case series study. BMJ. 2016;353:i1901.
      4. de Paula Freitas B, de Oliveira Dias JR, Prazeres J, et al. Ocular findings in infants with microcephaly associated with presumed Zika virus congenital infection in Salvador, Brazil [published online ahead of print February 9, 2016]. JAMA Ophthalmol. doi:10.1001/jamaophthalmol.2016.0267.
      5. Segen JC. Concise Dictionary of Modern Medicine. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill; 2002.
      6. Shepard TH. “Proof” of human teratogenicity. Teratology. 1994;50(2):97–98.
      7. Rasmussen SA, Jamieson DJ, Honein MA, Petersen LR. Zika virus and birth defects—reviewing the evidence for causality. N Engl J Med. 2016;374(20):1981–1987.
      8. Hill AB. The environment and disease: association or causation? 1965. J R Soc Med. 2015;108(1):32–37.
      9. Florida Department of Health. Zika fever: sample submission guidance for county health departments (CHDs). Version 2.0. http://www.floridahealth.gov/diseases-and-conditions/disease-reporting-and-management/disease-reporting-and-surveillance/_documents/zika-fever-sample-submission-guidance-for-chds.pdf. Published June 7, 2016. Accessed July 8, 2016.
      10. European Centre for Disease Prevention and Control. Zika virus disease epidemic: potential association with microcephaly and Guillain-Barré syndrome (first update). http://ecdc.europa.eu/en/publications/Publications/rapid-risk-assessment-zika-virus-first-update-jan-2016.pdf. Published January 21, 2016. Accessed January 25, 2016.
      11. Cao-Lormeau VM, Blake A, Mons S, et al. Guillain-Barré syndrome outbreak associated with Zika virus infection in French Polynesia: a case–control study. Lancet. 2016;387(10027):1531–1539.
      12. Carteaux G, Maquart M, Bedet A, et al. Zika virus associated with meningoencephalitis. N Engl J Med. 2016;374(16):1595–1596.
      13. Baud D, Van Mieghem T, Musso D, Truttmann AC, Panchaud A, Vouga M. Clinical management of pregnant women exposed to Zika virus [published online ahead of print April 4, 2016]. Lancet Infect Dis. 2016;16(5):523. doi:10.1016/S1473-3099(16)30008-1.
      14. Mécharles S, Herrmann C, Poullain P, et al. Acute myelitis due to Zika virus infection. Lancet. 2016;387(10026):1481.
      15. Oster AM, Russell K, Stryker JE, et al. Update: interim guidance for prevention of sexual transmission of Zika virus—United States, 2016. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2016;65(12):323–325.
      16. Atkinson B, Hearn P, Afrough B, et al. Detection of Zika virus in semen. Emerg Infect Dis. 2016;22(5):940.
      17. Mansuy JM, Dutertre M, Mengelle C, et al. Zika virus: high infectious viral load in semen, a new sexually transmitted pathogen? Lancet Infect Dis. 2016;16(4):405.
      18. Dudley DM, Aliota MT, Mohr EL, et al. A rhesus macaque model of Asian-lineage Zika virus infection. Nat Commun. 2016;7:12204.
      19. Davidson A, Slavinski S, Komoto K, Rakeman J, Weiss D. Suspected female-to-male sexual transmission of Zika virus-New York City, 2016. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2016; 65(28):716-717.
      20. Petersen EE, Polen KN, Meaney-Delman D, et al. Update: interim guidance for health care providers caring for women of reproductive age with possible Zika virus exposure—United States, 2016. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2016;65(12):315–322.
      Article PDF
      Author and Disclosure Information

       

      Anushka Chelliah, MD, and Patrick Duff, MD


      Dr. Chelliah is a Maternal Fetal Medicine Fellow in the Division of Maternal Fetal Medicine, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of Florida College of Medicine, Gainesville.

      Dr. Duff is Associate Dean for Student Affairs and Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology in the Division of Maternal Fetal Medicine, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of Florida College of Medicine.

      The authors report no financial relationships relevant to this article.

      Issue
      OBG Management - 28(8)
      Publications
      Topics
      Page Number
      17-19,22
      Legacy Keywords
      Anushka Chelliah MD, Patrick Duff MD, Zika virus update, Zika virus, ZV, viral infection, congenital ZV infection, serious neurologic complications, maternal fetal and neonatal infection, guidelines for preventing sexual transmission, microcephaly, ocular abnormality
      Sections
      Author and Disclosure Information

       

      Anushka Chelliah, MD, and Patrick Duff, MD


      Dr. Chelliah is a Maternal Fetal Medicine Fellow in the Division of Maternal Fetal Medicine, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of Florida College of Medicine, Gainesville.

      Dr. Duff is Associate Dean for Student Affairs and Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology in the Division of Maternal Fetal Medicine, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of Florida College of Medicine.

      The authors report no financial relationships relevant to this article.

      Author and Disclosure Information

       

      Anushka Chelliah, MD, and Patrick Duff, MD


      Dr. Chelliah is a Maternal Fetal Medicine Fellow in the Division of Maternal Fetal Medicine, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of Florida College of Medicine, Gainesville.

      Dr. Duff is Associate Dean for Student Affairs and Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology in the Division of Maternal Fetal Medicine, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of Florida College of Medicine.

      The authors report no financial relationships relevant to this article.

      Article PDF
      Article PDF
      Related Articles
      With female to male viral infection recently confirmed and cases originating within the United States being investigated, it is more important than ever to be informed of evolving Zika virus updates and recommendations
      With female to male viral infection recently confirmed and cases originating within the United States being investigated, it is more important than ever to be informed of evolving Zika virus updates and recommendations

      We recently reviewed the most current information on the epidemiology, clinical manifestations, and diagnosis of maternal and congenital Zika virus (ZV) infection.1 We also offered tentative recommendations for reducing the risk of infection and for managing the treatment of women exposed to the virus.

      In this update, we present new information on the broadened spectrum of anomalies now known to be causally related to congenital ZV infection and on the increasing number of serious neurologic complications directly related to ZV infection in adults. We also update recommendations for diagnosing maternal, fetal, and neonatal infection and present guidelines for preventing sexual transmission of ZV infection.

      CASE Woman from Brazil gives birth to stillborn baby with microcephaly

      A 23-year-old woman (G2P1) recently emigrated from Pernambuco in Brazil to the United States and now presents to the hospital in advanced labor. Based on results of first-trimester ultrasonography performed in Brazil, it is determined that she is at 39 weeks’ gestation. The patient has not had any prenatal care since early in the second trimester because of low income and lack of medical insurance. She reports no serious illness before or during the pregnancy.

      In the labor and delivery suite, she rapidly delivers a stillborn female infant—5 pounds 3 ounces, growth restricted, with multiple congenital anomalies. Postmortem examination reveals microcephaly, ventriculomegaly, extensive brain atrophy, intracranial calcifications, cerebellar agenesis, cataracts, ocular calcifications, redundant scalp tissue, and multiple joint contractures.

      What is the most likely cause of these multiple anomalies?

      The patient’s findings are most consistent with a diagnosis of severe intrauterine infection. Possible pathogenic organisms include rubella virus, cytomegalovirus, lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus, toxoplasmosis, and ZV.2 Given the patient’s recent move from Pernambuco in northeastern Brazil, the epicenter of the ZV epidemic in the Americas, the most likely diagnosis is congenital ZV infection.

      The initial reports of congenital anomalies associated with ZV infection focused on microcephaly, usually defined as head circumference less than 3 standard deviations below the mean, or less than the third or fifth percentile for gestational age. Subsequent reports have linked many other serious central nervous system (CNS) anomalies to the virus. In a retrospective case series, de Fatima Vasco Aragao and colleagues3 described neuroimaging findings in 23 infants with presumed congenital ZV infection. Of the 22 with computed tomography scans, all had calcifications at the junction of cortical and subcortical white matter, 21 (95%) had disordered cortical development, 20 (91%) had a significant decrease in brain volume, 19 (86%) had ventriculomegaly, and half had distinct hypoplasia of either cerebellum or brainstem. In addition, of the 8 infants with magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) studies, 7 (88%) had an enlarged cisterna magna, 7 (88%) had delayed myelination, 6 (75%) had a simplified gyral pattern, and 3 (38%) had hypoplasia of corpus callosum.

      De Paula Freitas and colleagues4 recently found congenital ZV infection associated with severe ocular abnormalities. Comprehensive ophthalmologic examination of 29 infants with microcephaly, presumed caused by congenital ZV infection, revealed 10 (35%) had abnormalities, which included focal pigment mottling, chorioretinal atrophy, hypoplasia and cupping of optic disk, loss of foveal reflex, macular atrophy, lens subluxation, and coloboma of iris.

      Other conditions linked to congenital ZV infection include intrauterine growth restriction, redundant scalp tissue, contractures of multiple joints, and clubfoot.2

      Bottom line. Although the ocular abnormalities are undetectable by prenatal ultrasound, many of the CNS and skeletal anomalies can be identified antenatally. Therefore, serial ultrasound examinations should be performed on adults who have a clinical illness consistent with ZV infection or who have traveled to an endemic area or have a sexual partner who has been in an endemic area. Patients should be assessed for possible microcephaly, ventriculomegaly, agenesis of corpus callosum, hypoplasia of cerebellum, and skeletal deformities.

       

       

      Zika virus has been shown to be a direct cause of microcephaly

      To make the determination that Zika virus (ZV) causes microcephaly, Rasmussen and colleagues1 very recently evaluated Shepard’s 7 criteria,2 published in 1994, for establishing a cause between a microorganism and a specific clinical condition. These 7 criteria are:

      1. There must be a proven exposure at one or more critical times during prenatal development.
        Rasmussen and colleagues1 pointed to case reports, case series, and epidemiologic studies showing a clear association between ZV exposure and microcephaly. Although exposure at any time during pregnancy may cause congenital infection, exposure in the late first and early second trimesters seems to pose the most risk for severe central nervous system (CNS) injury.
      2. There must be consistent findings in 2 or more high-quality epidemiologic studies.
        The studies must control for important confounding variables and include an appropriate number of patients to clearly identify an association between a given exposure and specific fetal anomalies. Rasmussen and colleagues1 cited 2 important epidemiologic studies. The first, a prospective cohort investigation of women in Brazil, found that 29% of those with ZV infection had abnormalities on prenatal ultrasound.3
        In the second investigation, a retrospective study of 8 infants in French Polynesia, the mathematical modeling performed by the authors4 suggested microcephaly occurred in 1% of infants born to women with first-trimester ZV infection. Using a different mathematical model, Johansson and colleagues5 found that the risk of fetal microcephaly associated with first-trimester infection may range from as low as 1% to as high as 13%.
        Although these studies are helpful in quantifying the risk of congenital infection, they only partially satisfy Shepard’s second criterion.
      3. The suspected microorganism must produce a specific defect or clearly delineated syndrome.
        Rasmussen and colleagues1 argued that this criterion has been fulfilled. Zika virus infection causes a distinct phenotype that includes microcephaly, multiple other CNS anomalies, redundant scalp skin, ocular abnormalities, joint contractures (arthrogryposis), and clubfoot.6,7
      4. The observed birth defect must be associated with a rare environmental exposure.
        This criterion also has been met, Rasmussen and colleagues1 reported. They noted that congenital microcephaly is rare in the United States (only about 6 cases in 10,000 liveborn infants) but that the number of cases in Brazil and French Polynesia is much in excess of what would be predicted in the absence of the ZV epidemic.
      5. Teratogenicity should be demonstrated in laboratory animals.
        Shepard indicated that this criterion is important but not essential to prove causation. As there is yet no animal model for ZV infection, this criterion has not been fulfilled.
      6. The association between the exposure and the observed anomaly or spectrum of anomalies should be biologically plausible.
        Rasmussen and colleagues1 demonstrated that the findings linked to maternal ZV infection are similar to those described for at least 2 other viral pathogens, rubella virus and cytomegalovirus. Animal models also have clearly shown that the ZV is neurotropic. Moreover, ZV has been clearly identified in the brains of infants with microcephaly.8
      7. Shepard’s seventh criterion relates to a medication or chemical exposure and is not relevant to a microorganism.

           

          References

          1. Rasmussen SA, Jamieson DJ, Honein MA, Petersen LR. Zika virus and birth defects—reviewing the evidence for causality. N Engl J Med. 2016;374(20):1981–1987.
          2. Shepard TH. “Proof” of human teratogenicity. Teratology. 1994;50(2):97–98.
          3. Brasil P, Pereira JP Jr, Raja Gabaglia C, et al. Zika virus infection in pregnant women in Rio de Janeiro—preliminary report [published online ahead of print March 4, 2016]. N Engl J Med. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1602412.
          4. Cauchemez S, Besnard M, Bompard P, et al. Association between Zika virus and microcephaly in French Polynesia, 2013–15: a retrospective study. Lancet. 2016;387(10033):2125–2132.
          5. Johansson MA, Mier-Y-Teran-Romero L, Reefhuis J, Gilboa SM, Hills SL. Zika and the risk of microcephaly [published online ahead of print May 25, 2016; updated June 9, 2016]. N Engl J Med. 2016;375:1–4. doi:10.1056/NEJMp1605367.
          6. Meaney-Delman D, Rasmussen SA, Staples JE, et al. Zika virus and pregnancy: what obstetric health care providers need to know. Obstet Gynecol. 2016;127(4):642–648.
          7. Petersen LR, Jamieson DJ, Powers AM, Honein MA. Zika virus. N Engl J Med. 2016;374(16):1552–1563.
          8. Mlakar J, Korva M, Tul N, et al. Zika virus associated with microcephaly. N Engl J Med. 2016;374(10):951–958.
           

           

          Did ZV cause these anomalies?

          How certain can we be that the anomalies present in the case patient’s baby were caused by ZV? In the past, and for many years, scientists relied on Koch’s 4 postulates (TABLE 1) to answer this question and establish a causal relationship between a microorganism and a specific clinical disease.5 Koch’s postulates have not been satisfied for the relationship between maternal ZV infection and congenital anomalies. Today’s more relevant standards for determining causality of a teratogen were published in 1994 by Shepard.6 In 2016, Rasmussen and colleagues7 found that the critical components of these criteria are fulfilled and concluded that there is little doubt ZV is a proven and extremely dangerous teratogen. See “Zika virus has been shown to be a direct cause of microcephaly”.

          Rasmussen and colleagues7 also used Hill’s criteria to assess the evidence for causation. Hill’s systematic assessment is based on 9 factors (TABLE 2)8, and Rasmussen and colleagues7 concluded that the necessary 7 of these 9 criteria have been met (the experimental animal model criterion was not satisfied, and the biological gradient criterion was not applicable). Given their assessment of Shepard’s criteria,6 the authors argued that the link between maternal ZV infection and severe congenital anomalies has risen from association to well-defined causation.

          How should ZV infection be confirmed in adults and newborns?

          After our first review was published in March 2016,1 the testing algorithm recommended by the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) was revised.9 Now, according to the CDC, if a patient has had symptoms of ZV infection for less than 5 days, serum and urine should be obtained for reverse transcriptase–polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR) testing. If symptoms have been present for 5 to 14 days, urine should be tested by RT-PCR because urine samples appear to remain positive for virus longer than serum samples do. If RT-PCR is performed within the appropriate period and the result is negative, ZV infection is excluded; if the result is positive, acute ZV infection is confirmed, and additional testing is not indicated. RT-PCR can be performed by 2 commercial laboratories (Quest Diagnostics and LabCorp), state health departments, and the CDC.

          If serum or urine is collected more than 5 days after symptom onset and the RT-PCR result is negative, the patient should have an immunoglobulin M (IgM) assay for ZV. If the assay result is negative, infection is excluded; if the result is positive or equivocal, additional testing is needed to ensure that the presence of the antibody does not reflect a cross-reaction to dengue or chikungunya virus. The confirmatory plaque reduction neutralization test (PRNT) is performed only by the CDC. To be considered positive, the PRNT result must be at least 4-fold higher than the dengue virus neutralizing antibody titer.

          In patients with suspected Guillain-Barré syndrome (GBS), RT-PCR can be performed on cerebrospinal fluid. For suspected fetal or neonatal infection, RT-PCR can be performed on amniotic fluid, umbilical cord blood, and fetal and placental tissue.

          CASE 2 Nonpregnant woman with possible Zika virus exposure presents to ED with neurologic symptoms

          A 31-year-old nulligravid woman presents to the emergency department (ED) for evaluation of numbness, tingling, and weakness in the lower extremities and difficulty walking. She reports having had a low-grade fever and a fine disseminated macular rash 1 week earlier. She denies recent travel and exposure to friends or relatives with illness, but she says her husband travels extensively and was living and working in Puerto Rico. The patient has no other neurologic symptoms.

          Serum and cerebrospinal fluid chemistries and MRI findings are normal. However, the ZV IgM assay is positive, and nerve conduction study results are consistent with GBS. The patient is admitted to the hospital, treated with intravenous immunoglobulin and given supportive care. Over 10 days, her neurologic condition gradually improves.

          What is the link between ZV infection and serious neurologic complications in adults?

          ZV infection has been associated with serious neurologic complications in adults. Investigators in several countries have reported dramatic increases in GBS cases during the ZV outbreak.10

          GBS is an acute, immune-mediated, demyelinating peripheral neuropathy that can vary in presentation but most commonly manifests as a rapidly ascending paralysis. The disorder often is preceded by an immunization or live viral infection. In some patients, paralysis severely weakens the respiratory muscles and even the cranial nerves, and affected individuals may require intubation, ventilator support, and parenteral or enteral alimentation.

          In a case-control study conducted duringthe 2013–2014 outbreak in French Polynesia, the association between ZV infection and GBS was evaluated in 3 groups of patients: 42 patients with GBS, 98 control patients, and 70 patients with ZV infection but no neurologic complications.11 Symptoms of ZV infection were present in about 88% of the patients with GBS, and the median interval from viral infection to onset of neurologic symptoms was 6 days. The ZV IgM assay was positive in 93% of GBS cases. Nerve conduction study results were consistent with the acute motor axonal neuropathy of GBS. All patients were treated with intravenous immunoglobulin; 38% of patients had to be admitted to the intensive care unit, and 29% needed respiratory support. There were no fatalities. The overall incidence of GBS was 2.4 cases per 10,000 ZV infections.

          Other neurologic complications that have been associated with ZV infection are meningoencephalitis,12 brain ischemia,13 and myelitis.14

          Bottom line. ZV infection may cause serious neurologic complications in adults. The most devastating complication is GBS, which can result in respiratory muscle paralysis and cranial nerve palsies.

           

           

          The most common symptoms of Zika virus infection are acute onset of fever, maculopapular rash, joint pain, and conjunctivitis. Other symptoms include muscle pain and headache.

          How can patients prevent sexual transmission of ZV infection?

          The ZV can be transmitted by sexual contact, including vaginal, anal, and oral sex.15 It is known to persist longer in semen than in blood or urine, though the exact duration remains unknown. Atkinson and colleagues16 reported RT-PCR detection of ZV RNA in semen about 62 days after onset of febrile illness—long after the virus became undetectable in blood.15

          Mansuy and colleagues17 found that the viral load in semen was more than 100,000 times that in blood and urine more than 2 weeks after symptom onset.16 The ZV has been detected in saliva, urine, and breast milk. Although it has not been identified in vaginal secretions in humans, it has been detected in the vaginal secretions of nonhuman primates up to 7 days after subcutaneous inoculation of virus.18 In addition, the first case of female-to-male sexual transmission of ZV infection was just reported.19 In this report, transmission seems to have occurred on day 3 of the woman’s symptomatic illness, when she had unprotected vaginal intercourse with her partner. The partner became symptomatic 7 days after sexual exposure. To date, there is no evidence that infection is spread through kissing or breastfeeding.

          The most recent recommendations from the CDC are that a man with symptomatic ZV infection wait at least 6 months before having unprotected sexual contact. In addition, a man who is asymptomatic after ZV exposure should wait at least 8 weeks before having unprotected sexual contact.17

          A woman planning a pregnancy should know there is no evidence that prior ZV infection increases the risk of birth defects. However, a woman with a proven ZV infection should wait at least 8 weeks after symptom onset before trying to conceive. Even an asymptomatic woman with possible exposure should wait at least 8 weeks after the last exposure before attempting conception. In addition, given the risks associated with maternal and fetal infection, a man who has been exposed to the virus and who has a pregnant partner should abstain from unprotected sexual contact for the duration of the pregnancy.20

          Key takeaways

          • Zika virus has now been clearly established as the cause of severe fetal malformations, particularly microcephaly.
          • The risk of fetal injury appears to be greater when maternal infection occurs in the first trimester of pregnancy.
          • Zika virus has now been established as the cause of Guillain-Barré syndrome in adults.
          • Although most cases of Zika virus infection are transmitted as the result of mosquito bites, patients can acquire the infection through sexual contact. Both male-to-female and female-to-male transmission have been documented.
            • If symptoms have been present for 5 to 14 days, only the urine RT-PCR test should be performed.
            • If symptoms have been present for more than 14 days, the patient should have an immunoglobulin M assay for Zika virus. If this test is equivocal or positive, a plaque reduction neutralization test should be performed to exclude infection caused by dengue or chikungunya virus.

          Share your thoughts! Send your Letter to the Editor to [email protected]. Please include your name and the city and state in which you practice.

          We recently reviewed the most current information on the epidemiology, clinical manifestations, and diagnosis of maternal and congenital Zika virus (ZV) infection.1 We also offered tentative recommendations for reducing the risk of infection and for managing the treatment of women exposed to the virus.

          In this update, we present new information on the broadened spectrum of anomalies now known to be causally related to congenital ZV infection and on the increasing number of serious neurologic complications directly related to ZV infection in adults. We also update recommendations for diagnosing maternal, fetal, and neonatal infection and present guidelines for preventing sexual transmission of ZV infection.

          CASE Woman from Brazil gives birth to stillborn baby with microcephaly

          A 23-year-old woman (G2P1) recently emigrated from Pernambuco in Brazil to the United States and now presents to the hospital in advanced labor. Based on results of first-trimester ultrasonography performed in Brazil, it is determined that she is at 39 weeks’ gestation. The patient has not had any prenatal care since early in the second trimester because of low income and lack of medical insurance. She reports no serious illness before or during the pregnancy.

          In the labor and delivery suite, she rapidly delivers a stillborn female infant—5 pounds 3 ounces, growth restricted, with multiple congenital anomalies. Postmortem examination reveals microcephaly, ventriculomegaly, extensive brain atrophy, intracranial calcifications, cerebellar agenesis, cataracts, ocular calcifications, redundant scalp tissue, and multiple joint contractures.

          What is the most likely cause of these multiple anomalies?

          The patient’s findings are most consistent with a diagnosis of severe intrauterine infection. Possible pathogenic organisms include rubella virus, cytomegalovirus, lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus, toxoplasmosis, and ZV.2 Given the patient’s recent move from Pernambuco in northeastern Brazil, the epicenter of the ZV epidemic in the Americas, the most likely diagnosis is congenital ZV infection.

          The initial reports of congenital anomalies associated with ZV infection focused on microcephaly, usually defined as head circumference less than 3 standard deviations below the mean, or less than the third or fifth percentile for gestational age. Subsequent reports have linked many other serious central nervous system (CNS) anomalies to the virus. In a retrospective case series, de Fatima Vasco Aragao and colleagues3 described neuroimaging findings in 23 infants with presumed congenital ZV infection. Of the 22 with computed tomography scans, all had calcifications at the junction of cortical and subcortical white matter, 21 (95%) had disordered cortical development, 20 (91%) had a significant decrease in brain volume, 19 (86%) had ventriculomegaly, and half had distinct hypoplasia of either cerebellum or brainstem. In addition, of the 8 infants with magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) studies, 7 (88%) had an enlarged cisterna magna, 7 (88%) had delayed myelination, 6 (75%) had a simplified gyral pattern, and 3 (38%) had hypoplasia of corpus callosum.

          De Paula Freitas and colleagues4 recently found congenital ZV infection associated with severe ocular abnormalities. Comprehensive ophthalmologic examination of 29 infants with microcephaly, presumed caused by congenital ZV infection, revealed 10 (35%) had abnormalities, which included focal pigment mottling, chorioretinal atrophy, hypoplasia and cupping of optic disk, loss of foveal reflex, macular atrophy, lens subluxation, and coloboma of iris.

          Other conditions linked to congenital ZV infection include intrauterine growth restriction, redundant scalp tissue, contractures of multiple joints, and clubfoot.2

          Bottom line. Although the ocular abnormalities are undetectable by prenatal ultrasound, many of the CNS and skeletal anomalies can be identified antenatally. Therefore, serial ultrasound examinations should be performed on adults who have a clinical illness consistent with ZV infection or who have traveled to an endemic area or have a sexual partner who has been in an endemic area. Patients should be assessed for possible microcephaly, ventriculomegaly, agenesis of corpus callosum, hypoplasia of cerebellum, and skeletal deformities.

           

           

          Zika virus has been shown to be a direct cause of microcephaly

          To make the determination that Zika virus (ZV) causes microcephaly, Rasmussen and colleagues1 very recently evaluated Shepard’s 7 criteria,2 published in 1994, for establishing a cause between a microorganism and a specific clinical condition. These 7 criteria are:

          1. There must be a proven exposure at one or more critical times during prenatal development.
            Rasmussen and colleagues1 pointed to case reports, case series, and epidemiologic studies showing a clear association between ZV exposure and microcephaly. Although exposure at any time during pregnancy may cause congenital infection, exposure in the late first and early second trimesters seems to pose the most risk for severe central nervous system (CNS) injury.
          2. There must be consistent findings in 2 or more high-quality epidemiologic studies.
            The studies must control for important confounding variables and include an appropriate number of patients to clearly identify an association between a given exposure and specific fetal anomalies. Rasmussen and colleagues1 cited 2 important epidemiologic studies. The first, a prospective cohort investigation of women in Brazil, found that 29% of those with ZV infection had abnormalities on prenatal ultrasound.3
            In the second investigation, a retrospective study of 8 infants in French Polynesia, the mathematical modeling performed by the authors4 suggested microcephaly occurred in 1% of infants born to women with first-trimester ZV infection. Using a different mathematical model, Johansson and colleagues5 found that the risk of fetal microcephaly associated with first-trimester infection may range from as low as 1% to as high as 13%.
            Although these studies are helpful in quantifying the risk of congenital infection, they only partially satisfy Shepard’s second criterion.
          3. The suspected microorganism must produce a specific defect or clearly delineated syndrome.
            Rasmussen and colleagues1 argued that this criterion has been fulfilled. Zika virus infection causes a distinct phenotype that includes microcephaly, multiple other CNS anomalies, redundant scalp skin, ocular abnormalities, joint contractures (arthrogryposis), and clubfoot.6,7
          4. The observed birth defect must be associated with a rare environmental exposure.
            This criterion also has been met, Rasmussen and colleagues1 reported. They noted that congenital microcephaly is rare in the United States (only about 6 cases in 10,000 liveborn infants) but that the number of cases in Brazil and French Polynesia is much in excess of what would be predicted in the absence of the ZV epidemic.
          5. Teratogenicity should be demonstrated in laboratory animals.
            Shepard indicated that this criterion is important but not essential to prove causation. As there is yet no animal model for ZV infection, this criterion has not been fulfilled.
          6. The association between the exposure and the observed anomaly or spectrum of anomalies should be biologically plausible.
            Rasmussen and colleagues1 demonstrated that the findings linked to maternal ZV infection are similar to those described for at least 2 other viral pathogens, rubella virus and cytomegalovirus. Animal models also have clearly shown that the ZV is neurotropic. Moreover, ZV has been clearly identified in the brains of infants with microcephaly.8
          7. Shepard’s seventh criterion relates to a medication or chemical exposure and is not relevant to a microorganism.

               

              References

              1. Rasmussen SA, Jamieson DJ, Honein MA, Petersen LR. Zika virus and birth defects—reviewing the evidence for causality. N Engl J Med. 2016;374(20):1981–1987.
              2. Shepard TH. “Proof” of human teratogenicity. Teratology. 1994;50(2):97–98.
              3. Brasil P, Pereira JP Jr, Raja Gabaglia C, et al. Zika virus infection in pregnant women in Rio de Janeiro—preliminary report [published online ahead of print March 4, 2016]. N Engl J Med. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1602412.
              4. Cauchemez S, Besnard M, Bompard P, et al. Association between Zika virus and microcephaly in French Polynesia, 2013–15: a retrospective study. Lancet. 2016;387(10033):2125–2132.
              5. Johansson MA, Mier-Y-Teran-Romero L, Reefhuis J, Gilboa SM, Hills SL. Zika and the risk of microcephaly [published online ahead of print May 25, 2016; updated June 9, 2016]. N Engl J Med. 2016;375:1–4. doi:10.1056/NEJMp1605367.
              6. Meaney-Delman D, Rasmussen SA, Staples JE, et al. Zika virus and pregnancy: what obstetric health care providers need to know. Obstet Gynecol. 2016;127(4):642–648.
              7. Petersen LR, Jamieson DJ, Powers AM, Honein MA. Zika virus. N Engl J Med. 2016;374(16):1552–1563.
              8. Mlakar J, Korva M, Tul N, et al. Zika virus associated with microcephaly. N Engl J Med. 2016;374(10):951–958.
               

               

              Did ZV cause these anomalies?

              How certain can we be that the anomalies present in the case patient’s baby were caused by ZV? In the past, and for many years, scientists relied on Koch’s 4 postulates (TABLE 1) to answer this question and establish a causal relationship between a microorganism and a specific clinical disease.5 Koch’s postulates have not been satisfied for the relationship between maternal ZV infection and congenital anomalies. Today’s more relevant standards for determining causality of a teratogen were published in 1994 by Shepard.6 In 2016, Rasmussen and colleagues7 found that the critical components of these criteria are fulfilled and concluded that there is little doubt ZV is a proven and extremely dangerous teratogen. See “Zika virus has been shown to be a direct cause of microcephaly”.

              Rasmussen and colleagues7 also used Hill’s criteria to assess the evidence for causation. Hill’s systematic assessment is based on 9 factors (TABLE 2)8, and Rasmussen and colleagues7 concluded that the necessary 7 of these 9 criteria have been met (the experimental animal model criterion was not satisfied, and the biological gradient criterion was not applicable). Given their assessment of Shepard’s criteria,6 the authors argued that the link between maternal ZV infection and severe congenital anomalies has risen from association to well-defined causation.

              How should ZV infection be confirmed in adults and newborns?

              After our first review was published in March 2016,1 the testing algorithm recommended by the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) was revised.9 Now, according to the CDC, if a patient has had symptoms of ZV infection for less than 5 days, serum and urine should be obtained for reverse transcriptase–polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR) testing. If symptoms have been present for 5 to 14 days, urine should be tested by RT-PCR because urine samples appear to remain positive for virus longer than serum samples do. If RT-PCR is performed within the appropriate period and the result is negative, ZV infection is excluded; if the result is positive, acute ZV infection is confirmed, and additional testing is not indicated. RT-PCR can be performed by 2 commercial laboratories (Quest Diagnostics and LabCorp), state health departments, and the CDC.

              If serum or urine is collected more than 5 days after symptom onset and the RT-PCR result is negative, the patient should have an immunoglobulin M (IgM) assay for ZV. If the assay result is negative, infection is excluded; if the result is positive or equivocal, additional testing is needed to ensure that the presence of the antibody does not reflect a cross-reaction to dengue or chikungunya virus. The confirmatory plaque reduction neutralization test (PRNT) is performed only by the CDC. To be considered positive, the PRNT result must be at least 4-fold higher than the dengue virus neutralizing antibody titer.

              In patients with suspected Guillain-Barré syndrome (GBS), RT-PCR can be performed on cerebrospinal fluid. For suspected fetal or neonatal infection, RT-PCR can be performed on amniotic fluid, umbilical cord blood, and fetal and placental tissue.

              CASE 2 Nonpregnant woman with possible Zika virus exposure presents to ED with neurologic symptoms

              A 31-year-old nulligravid woman presents to the emergency department (ED) for evaluation of numbness, tingling, and weakness in the lower extremities and difficulty walking. She reports having had a low-grade fever and a fine disseminated macular rash 1 week earlier. She denies recent travel and exposure to friends or relatives with illness, but she says her husband travels extensively and was living and working in Puerto Rico. The patient has no other neurologic symptoms.

              Serum and cerebrospinal fluid chemistries and MRI findings are normal. However, the ZV IgM assay is positive, and nerve conduction study results are consistent with GBS. The patient is admitted to the hospital, treated with intravenous immunoglobulin and given supportive care. Over 10 days, her neurologic condition gradually improves.

              What is the link between ZV infection and serious neurologic complications in adults?

              ZV infection has been associated with serious neurologic complications in adults. Investigators in several countries have reported dramatic increases in GBS cases during the ZV outbreak.10

              GBS is an acute, immune-mediated, demyelinating peripheral neuropathy that can vary in presentation but most commonly manifests as a rapidly ascending paralysis. The disorder often is preceded by an immunization or live viral infection. In some patients, paralysis severely weakens the respiratory muscles and even the cranial nerves, and affected individuals may require intubation, ventilator support, and parenteral or enteral alimentation.

              In a case-control study conducted duringthe 2013–2014 outbreak in French Polynesia, the association between ZV infection and GBS was evaluated in 3 groups of patients: 42 patients with GBS, 98 control patients, and 70 patients with ZV infection but no neurologic complications.11 Symptoms of ZV infection were present in about 88% of the patients with GBS, and the median interval from viral infection to onset of neurologic symptoms was 6 days. The ZV IgM assay was positive in 93% of GBS cases. Nerve conduction study results were consistent with the acute motor axonal neuropathy of GBS. All patients were treated with intravenous immunoglobulin; 38% of patients had to be admitted to the intensive care unit, and 29% needed respiratory support. There were no fatalities. The overall incidence of GBS was 2.4 cases per 10,000 ZV infections.

              Other neurologic complications that have been associated with ZV infection are meningoencephalitis,12 brain ischemia,13 and myelitis.14

              Bottom line. ZV infection may cause serious neurologic complications in adults. The most devastating complication is GBS, which can result in respiratory muscle paralysis and cranial nerve palsies.

               

               

              The most common symptoms of Zika virus infection are acute onset of fever, maculopapular rash, joint pain, and conjunctivitis. Other symptoms include muscle pain and headache.

              How can patients prevent sexual transmission of ZV infection?

              The ZV can be transmitted by sexual contact, including vaginal, anal, and oral sex.15 It is known to persist longer in semen than in blood or urine, though the exact duration remains unknown. Atkinson and colleagues16 reported RT-PCR detection of ZV RNA in semen about 62 days after onset of febrile illness—long after the virus became undetectable in blood.15

              Mansuy and colleagues17 found that the viral load in semen was more than 100,000 times that in blood and urine more than 2 weeks after symptom onset.16 The ZV has been detected in saliva, urine, and breast milk. Although it has not been identified in vaginal secretions in humans, it has been detected in the vaginal secretions of nonhuman primates up to 7 days after subcutaneous inoculation of virus.18 In addition, the first case of female-to-male sexual transmission of ZV infection was just reported.19 In this report, transmission seems to have occurred on day 3 of the woman’s symptomatic illness, when she had unprotected vaginal intercourse with her partner. The partner became symptomatic 7 days after sexual exposure. To date, there is no evidence that infection is spread through kissing or breastfeeding.

              The most recent recommendations from the CDC are that a man with symptomatic ZV infection wait at least 6 months before having unprotected sexual contact. In addition, a man who is asymptomatic after ZV exposure should wait at least 8 weeks before having unprotected sexual contact.17

              A woman planning a pregnancy should know there is no evidence that prior ZV infection increases the risk of birth defects. However, a woman with a proven ZV infection should wait at least 8 weeks after symptom onset before trying to conceive. Even an asymptomatic woman with possible exposure should wait at least 8 weeks after the last exposure before attempting conception. In addition, given the risks associated with maternal and fetal infection, a man who has been exposed to the virus and who has a pregnant partner should abstain from unprotected sexual contact for the duration of the pregnancy.20

              Key takeaways

              • Zika virus has now been clearly established as the cause of severe fetal malformations, particularly microcephaly.
              • The risk of fetal injury appears to be greater when maternal infection occurs in the first trimester of pregnancy.
              • Zika virus has now been established as the cause of Guillain-Barré syndrome in adults.
              • Although most cases of Zika virus infection are transmitted as the result of mosquito bites, patients can acquire the infection through sexual contact. Both male-to-female and female-to-male transmission have been documented.
                • If symptoms have been present for 5 to 14 days, only the urine RT-PCR test should be performed.
                • If symptoms have been present for more than 14 days, the patient should have an immunoglobulin M assay for Zika virus. If this test is equivocal or positive, a plaque reduction neutralization test should be performed to exclude infection caused by dengue or chikungunya virus.

              Share your thoughts! Send your Letter to the Editor to [email protected]. Please include your name and the city and state in which you practice.

              References
              1. Chelliah A, Duff P. Zika virus: counseling considerations for this emerging perinatal threat. OBG Manag. 2016;28(3):28–34.
              2. Meaney-Delman D, Rasmussen SA, Staples JE, et al. Zika virus and pregnancy: what obstetric health care providers need to know. Obstet Gynecol. 2016;127(4):642–648.
              3. de Fatima Vasco Aragao M, van der Linden V, Brainer-Lima AM, et al. Clinical features and neuroimaging (CT and MRI) findings in presumed Zika virus related congenital infection and microcephaly: retrospective case series study. BMJ. 2016;353:i1901.
              4. de Paula Freitas B, de Oliveira Dias JR, Prazeres J, et al. Ocular findings in infants with microcephaly associated with presumed Zika virus congenital infection in Salvador, Brazil [published online ahead of print February 9, 2016]. JAMA Ophthalmol. doi:10.1001/jamaophthalmol.2016.0267.
              5. Segen JC. Concise Dictionary of Modern Medicine. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill; 2002.
              6. Shepard TH. “Proof” of human teratogenicity. Teratology. 1994;50(2):97–98.
              7. Rasmussen SA, Jamieson DJ, Honein MA, Petersen LR. Zika virus and birth defects—reviewing the evidence for causality. N Engl J Med. 2016;374(20):1981–1987.
              8. Hill AB. The environment and disease: association or causation? 1965. J R Soc Med. 2015;108(1):32–37.
              9. Florida Department of Health. Zika fever: sample submission guidance for county health departments (CHDs). Version 2.0. http://www.floridahealth.gov/diseases-and-conditions/disease-reporting-and-management/disease-reporting-and-surveillance/_documents/zika-fever-sample-submission-guidance-for-chds.pdf. Published June 7, 2016. Accessed July 8, 2016.
              10. European Centre for Disease Prevention and Control. Zika virus disease epidemic: potential association with microcephaly and Guillain-Barré syndrome (first update). http://ecdc.europa.eu/en/publications/Publications/rapid-risk-assessment-zika-virus-first-update-jan-2016.pdf. Published January 21, 2016. Accessed January 25, 2016.
              11. Cao-Lormeau VM, Blake A, Mons S, et al. Guillain-Barré syndrome outbreak associated with Zika virus infection in French Polynesia: a case–control study. Lancet. 2016;387(10027):1531–1539.
              12. Carteaux G, Maquart M, Bedet A, et al. Zika virus associated with meningoencephalitis. N Engl J Med. 2016;374(16):1595–1596.
              13. Baud D, Van Mieghem T, Musso D, Truttmann AC, Panchaud A, Vouga M. Clinical management of pregnant women exposed to Zika virus [published online ahead of print April 4, 2016]. Lancet Infect Dis. 2016;16(5):523. doi:10.1016/S1473-3099(16)30008-1.
              14. Mécharles S, Herrmann C, Poullain P, et al. Acute myelitis due to Zika virus infection. Lancet. 2016;387(10026):1481.
              15. Oster AM, Russell K, Stryker JE, et al. Update: interim guidance for prevention of sexual transmission of Zika virus—United States, 2016. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2016;65(12):323–325.
              16. Atkinson B, Hearn P, Afrough B, et al. Detection of Zika virus in semen. Emerg Infect Dis. 2016;22(5):940.
              17. Mansuy JM, Dutertre M, Mengelle C, et al. Zika virus: high infectious viral load in semen, a new sexually transmitted pathogen? Lancet Infect Dis. 2016;16(4):405.
              18. Dudley DM, Aliota MT, Mohr EL, et al. A rhesus macaque model of Asian-lineage Zika virus infection. Nat Commun. 2016;7:12204.
              19. Davidson A, Slavinski S, Komoto K, Rakeman J, Weiss D. Suspected female-to-male sexual transmission of Zika virus-New York City, 2016. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2016; 65(28):716-717.
              20. Petersen EE, Polen KN, Meaney-Delman D, et al. Update: interim guidance for health care providers caring for women of reproductive age with possible Zika virus exposure—United States, 2016. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2016;65(12):315–322.
              References
              1. Chelliah A, Duff P. Zika virus: counseling considerations for this emerging perinatal threat. OBG Manag. 2016;28(3):28–34.
              2. Meaney-Delman D, Rasmussen SA, Staples JE, et al. Zika virus and pregnancy: what obstetric health care providers need to know. Obstet Gynecol. 2016;127(4):642–648.
              3. de Fatima Vasco Aragao M, van der Linden V, Brainer-Lima AM, et al. Clinical features and neuroimaging (CT and MRI) findings in presumed Zika virus related congenital infection and microcephaly: retrospective case series study. BMJ. 2016;353:i1901.
              4. de Paula Freitas B, de Oliveira Dias JR, Prazeres J, et al. Ocular findings in infants with microcephaly associated with presumed Zika virus congenital infection in Salvador, Brazil [published online ahead of print February 9, 2016]. JAMA Ophthalmol. doi:10.1001/jamaophthalmol.2016.0267.
              5. Segen JC. Concise Dictionary of Modern Medicine. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill; 2002.
              6. Shepard TH. “Proof” of human teratogenicity. Teratology. 1994;50(2):97–98.
              7. Rasmussen SA, Jamieson DJ, Honein MA, Petersen LR. Zika virus and birth defects—reviewing the evidence for causality. N Engl J Med. 2016;374(20):1981–1987.
              8. Hill AB. The environment and disease: association or causation? 1965. J R Soc Med. 2015;108(1):32–37.
              9. Florida Department of Health. Zika fever: sample submission guidance for county health departments (CHDs). Version 2.0. http://www.floridahealth.gov/diseases-and-conditions/disease-reporting-and-management/disease-reporting-and-surveillance/_documents/zika-fever-sample-submission-guidance-for-chds.pdf. Published June 7, 2016. Accessed July 8, 2016.
              10. European Centre for Disease Prevention and Control. Zika virus disease epidemic: potential association with microcephaly and Guillain-Barré syndrome (first update). http://ecdc.europa.eu/en/publications/Publications/rapid-risk-assessment-zika-virus-first-update-jan-2016.pdf. Published January 21, 2016. Accessed January 25, 2016.
              11. Cao-Lormeau VM, Blake A, Mons S, et al. Guillain-Barré syndrome outbreak associated with Zika virus infection in French Polynesia: a case–control study. Lancet. 2016;387(10027):1531–1539.
              12. Carteaux G, Maquart M, Bedet A, et al. Zika virus associated with meningoencephalitis. N Engl J Med. 2016;374(16):1595–1596.
              13. Baud D, Van Mieghem T, Musso D, Truttmann AC, Panchaud A, Vouga M. Clinical management of pregnant women exposed to Zika virus [published online ahead of print April 4, 2016]. Lancet Infect Dis. 2016;16(5):523. doi:10.1016/S1473-3099(16)30008-1.
              14. Mécharles S, Herrmann C, Poullain P, et al. Acute myelitis due to Zika virus infection. Lancet. 2016;387(10026):1481.
              15. Oster AM, Russell K, Stryker JE, et al. Update: interim guidance for prevention of sexual transmission of Zika virus—United States, 2016. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2016;65(12):323–325.
              16. Atkinson B, Hearn P, Afrough B, et al. Detection of Zika virus in semen. Emerg Infect Dis. 2016;22(5):940.
              17. Mansuy JM, Dutertre M, Mengelle C, et al. Zika virus: high infectious viral load in semen, a new sexually transmitted pathogen? Lancet Infect Dis. 2016;16(4):405.
              18. Dudley DM, Aliota MT, Mohr EL, et al. A rhesus macaque model of Asian-lineage Zika virus infection. Nat Commun. 2016;7:12204.
              19. Davidson A, Slavinski S, Komoto K, Rakeman J, Weiss D. Suspected female-to-male sexual transmission of Zika virus-New York City, 2016. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2016; 65(28):716-717.
              20. Petersen EE, Polen KN, Meaney-Delman D, et al. Update: interim guidance for health care providers caring for women of reproductive age with possible Zika virus exposure—United States, 2016. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2016;65(12):315–322.
              Issue
              OBG Management - 28(8)
              Issue
              OBG Management - 28(8)
              Page Number
              17-19,22
              Page Number
              17-19,22
              Publications
              Publications
              Topics
              Article Type
              Display Headline
              Zika virus update: A rapidly moving target
              Display Headline
              Zika virus update: A rapidly moving target
              Legacy Keywords
              Anushka Chelliah MD, Patrick Duff MD, Zika virus update, Zika virus, ZV, viral infection, congenital ZV infection, serious neurologic complications, maternal fetal and neonatal infection, guidelines for preventing sexual transmission, microcephaly, ocular abnormality
              Legacy Keywords
              Anushka Chelliah MD, Patrick Duff MD, Zika virus update, Zika virus, ZV, viral infection, congenital ZV infection, serious neurologic complications, maternal fetal and neonatal infection, guidelines for preventing sexual transmission, microcephaly, ocular abnormality
              Sections
              Inside the Article

                  In this Article

               

              • Confirming Zika virus infection
              • Zika virus and Guillain-Barré syndrome
              • Preventing sexual transmission
              Article PDF Media

              2016 Update on contraception

              Article Type
              Changed
              Tue, 08/28/2018 - 11:07
              Display Headline
              2016 Update on contraception
              A declining US unintended pregnancy rate is good news. Full access to IUDs could address the rate even more, for all patients. These recent trial data expand the good news for IUD access.

              Contraception is an important tool that allows patients to carry out their reproductive-life plans. In the United States, the average woman desires 2 children.1 To achieve this goal, she will spend more than 30 years of her reproductive life avoiding pregnancy.1 The most effective reversible contraceptive methods, the intrauterine device (IUD) and the contraceptive implant, offer an efficient way to cover this significant period. Currently, American women more commonly choose an IUD than an implant by a factor 8 to 1.2 Between 2002 and 2012, the percentage of US contraceptive users aged 15 to 44 using the IUD rose from 2% to 10%.2

              Significant barriers to contraceptive access still exist, however. Although widespread reports have lauded the decrease in unintended pregnancies in the United States, improvement only has been marginal for women who live below the poverty level. In fact, for unintended pregnancy the gap between women above and below the poverty level has increased from a 2.6-fold difference in 1994 to a 5.6-fold difference in 2011 (FIGURE).3−5 Since the decrease in the unintended pregnancy rate is most likely related to an increase in contraceptive use, particularly the IUD, we are not providing equal contraceptive access to all women.5

              Both the copper IUD and the 3 available levonorgestrel (LNG)-releasing intrauterine system (IUS) products provide safe and effective contraception. As IUD research expands, it is imperative for providers to stay up to date so patients can have full access to these devices.

              In this article, we present important updates regarding IUD use that will help break down some continuing barriers to contraceptive access, including:

              • clinical trial data demonstrating efficacy of LNG 52-mg IUS for 7 years
              • a novel emergency contraception (EC) regimen of same-day oral LNG and the LNG 52-mg IUS
              • a large prospective trial demonstrating that women can safely have IUS placement without known sexually transmitted infection (STI) screening results and that pelvic infection rates are not higher in the time shortly after IUS placement.

              One in 10 women now use 1 of the 4 available intrauterine devices for contraception. Despite a decrease in the US unintended pregnancy rate over the past 20 years, the gap between rates for women above and below the poverty line has doubled in that same time span to a 5.6-fold difference. New data on IUDs reinforce their use among all women.

              WHO study demonstrates LNG 52-mg IUS is highly effective for up to 7 years of use

              Rowe P, Farley T, Peregoudov A, et al; IUD Research Group of the UNDP/UNFPA/WHO/World Bank Special Programme of Research; Development and Research Training in Human Reproduction. Safety and efficacy in parous women of a 52-mg levonorgestrel-medicated intrauterine device: a 7-year randomized comparative study with the TCu380A. Contraception. 2016;93(6):498−506.

              Currently, the 2 LNG 52-mg IUS products (Liletta, Mirena) approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) are available for use for 3 and 5 years, respectively. The pivotal approval trial for Liletta is still ongoing and is planned to continue for up to 7 years.6 The TCu380A (ParaGard) copper IUD is FDA approved for up to 10 years of use; however, this product initially was approved for only 4 years. The duration of use was expanded to 10 years based on continued clinical trials.

              Based on current data, we will not need to wait for the Liletta pivotal trial to have clinical evidence of a longer duration of efficacy for the LNG 52-mg IUS. A collaborative group as part of the UNDP/UNFPA/WHO/World Bank Special Programme of Research, Development and Research Training in Human Reproduction performed a multicenter, open-label randomized controlled trial to evaluate outcomes through 7 years of use of the LNG 52-mg IUS and the TCu380A IUD.

              Details of the study

              A total of 3,836 women were enrolled at 20 centers in Europe, Asia, South America, and China and were randomly assigned to one of the 2 products. Eligible women were aged 16 to 40 years, parous, and without known leiomyoma or recent pelvic infection. After excluding 15 failed IUD insertions, 1,910 women received an LNG 52-mg IUS and 1,911 received a TCu380A. Ultimately, 398 women in the LNG 52-mg IUS group and 682 in the TCu380A group completed 7-year follow-up with the IUD in place. Women were surveyed regarding pregnancy and method discontinuation.

              Lower pregnancy rate, higher discontinuation with LNG IUS

              The cumulative 7-year pregnancy rate among LNG 52-mg IUS users was significantly lower than among TCu380A users (0.53 per 100 women vs 2.45 per 100 women, respectively). All pregnancies in the LNG 52-mg IUS group occurred in the first 5 years of study follow-up--with no pregnancies in years 6 through 7 (TABLE). The cumulative pregnancy rate in the TCu380A group in this study is consistent with that in a previous long-term trial of this IUD.7

               

               

              Early removal was significantly higher in the LNG 52-mg IUS group, with a cumulative discontinuation rate of 70.6 per 100 women, compared with 40.8 per 100 women in the TCu380A group. Significant cultural variation existed when it came to both rate and reason for discontinuation. Most women at Chinese centers cited amenorrhea and decreased bleeding as the primary reason for discontinuation, and they did so at twice the rate of women at non-Chinese centers.

              The patterns of method discontinuation in this study were different from those found among US women. By comparison, a recent study in the United States had lower overall discontinuation rates and did not find decreased bleeding to be among the main reasons for LNG 52-mg IUS removal.7 In fact, most women who discontinued the LNG 52-mg IUS cited concerns about upcoming expiration as their reason for removal.

              The results of this large study also generally corroborated the low-risk profile of IUDs. Only 1 reported IUD perforation occurred, for a rate of 0.03 per 1,000 women. Device expulsion rates were similar between the IUDs and were uncommon overall with 7-year rates of 8 to 9 per 100 women. Pelvic infection was cited as reason for removal in only 7 women (0.18 per 100 women) over 7 years.

              What this evidence means for practiceThis exciting study is the first large-scale clinical trial demonstrating continued high efficacy with LNG 52-mg IUS use through 7 years. This information affords women extended contraceptive coverage. While additional research will be welcome, particularly in younger women who will maintain greater fertility across the IUS’s 7-year life span, we are confident in extending the 7-year duration for this IUS to our patients.

              Additionally, the method discontinuation findings in this study highlight the importance of discussing the expected menstrual changes of hormonal IUS use with women prior to insertion so they can determine if the potential changes would be satisfactory. As the acceptability of medical menstrual suppression may be new to many women, providers should frame the adverse effects in this context. Providers can use this opportunity to review the noncontraceptive benefits of the hormonal IUS as well.

              Novel combination of LNG 52-mg IUS and oral LNG 1.5 mg is promising for emergency contraception

              Turok DK, Sanders JN, Thompson IS, Royer PA, Eggebroten J, Gawron LM. Preference for and efficacy of oral levonorgestrel for emergency contraception with concomitant placement of a levonorgestrel IUD: a prospective cohort study. Contraception. 2016;93(6):526−532.

              The copper IUD is superior for EC relative to oral agents and has the added benefit of providing ongoing highly effective contraception after placement.8 Despite this strong evidence, the copper IUD remains underutilized for this indication. Turok and colleagues noted that women in their clinic seeking IUDs for non-EC purposes preferred the LNG 52-mg IUS over the copper IUD. It is understandable that women might carry these preferences into EC encounters as well. Thus, the investigators devised a novel combination of LNG 52-mg IUS and oral LNG 1.5 mg, which provided both known EC benefit and same-day access to a more popular contraceptive device.

              Details of the study

              Women presenting for EC who desired same-day IUD placement were enrolled in the prospective cohort study. Eligible women had a negative urine pregnancy test, known last menstrual period (LMP), regular menstrual cycle, and reported unprotected intercourse within 120 hours prior to presentation. Importantly, women with multiple episodes of unprotected intercourse in the weeks prior to presentation were also included to provide a population more comparable to that encountered clinically. The women were then offered the choice of a TCu380A copper IUD or oral LNG EC with LNG 52-mg IUS placement. They were counseled on the potential increased risk of pregnancy with the novel oral LNG EC plus LNG IUS combination compared with the copper IUD. Participants were given a home pregnancy test that they were to complete in 2 weeks and then report the results to the clinic.

              Of the 1,004 women presenting to the clinic for EC over the 16-month study period, 188 (18%) desired same-day IUD insertion. Of these, more opted for the oral LNG EC plus LNG IUS combination (n = 121, 64%) than the copper IUD (n = 67, 36%), demonstrating that women were often willing to accept a possible decrease in EC efficacy with the goal of obtaining their preferred lUD type.

              Excluding failed insertion, undiagnosed uterine didelphys, and patient withdrawal, 110 women received the oral LNG EC plus LNG IUS and 66 received the copper IUD. Demographics were comparable between groups except for body mass index (BMI). Of note, more than half (61%) of the women who opted for the oral LNG EC plus LNG IUS combination were overweight or obese.

               

               

              Both EC methods are effective, broadening options

              All women who received the copper IUD followed up at 2 weeks, and no pregnancies were reported. Of the women who received oral LNG EC plus the LNG IUS, 107 (97%) had follow-up at 2 weeks. In this group, there was 1 reported ectopic pregnancy that ultimately required surgical management. However, further review of the patient's coital history suggested that conception occurred prior to IUD insertion, and the case was not classified by the investigators as an EC failure.

              Although this study was not powered to detect pregnancy rate differences between the traditional copper IUD and the oral LNG EC plus LNG IUS combination, the results are promising. An important strength of this study is the presence of 2 high-risk groups for EC failure in the oral LNG EC plus LNG IUS group (elevated BMI and multiple episodes of unprotected intercourse).

              What this evidence means for practiceEncounters for EC are important opportunities in which to discuss a woman’s reproductive goals. For women who are interested in an IUD, this study opens up the option of same-day placement of the LNG 52-mg IUS. While larger trials need to be conducted to obtain more information regarding pregnancy rates with an oral EC plus LNG IUS combination versus the TCu380A, offering such a combination is reasonable. Given that ulipristal acetate (UPA) is a more effective EC product, especially for women who are overweight or obese,9 offering a UPA EC plus LNG IUS combination may be a better alternative.

              It is time to remove the STI screening barrier to same-day IUD insertion

              Turok DK, Eisenberg DL, Teal SB, Keder LM, Creinin MD. A prospective assessment of pelvic infection risk following same-day sexually transmitted infection testing and levonorgestrel intrauterine system placement [published online ahead of print May 12, 2016]. Am J Obstet Gynecol. doi:10.1016/j.ajog.2016.05017.

              Provider concerns regarding the presence of pelvic infection remain a significant barrier to same-day IUD insertion. Older studies suggested a higher risk of pelvic infection in the first 20 days after IUD placement and extrapolated that pelvic infection was related to inserting an IUD in a woman at risk for STI.10 As a result, patients may be restricted from same-day IUD insertion by providers who think that obtaining results of STI testing is required prior to placement. Recently, a systematic review suggested, based on limited evidence, that IUD placement does not increase the risk of pelvic infection in asymptomatic women compared with those without an IUD.11

              Turok and colleagues (including M.D.C., coauthor of this article) reported results from a planned secondary analysis of A Comprehensive Contraceptive Efficacy and Safety Study of an IUS (ACCESS IUS), a component of the regulatory approval of the Liletta LNG 52-mg IUS. This analysis represents the first large-scale prospective investigation of pelvic infection rates during the first 2 years after IUD placement in US women.

              Details of the study

              Of the 1,751 women enrolled in the study, 1,714 had successful IUS insertions. Infection was assessed via baseline pelvic visual and bimanual examination and Chlamydia testing in all women. Gonorrhea testing was also performed in women who had not been tested with their current sexual partner. STI test results were not required for IUS insertion. Participants were assessed in person at 1, 3, 6, 12, and 24 months after insertion. Additional pelvic exams were performed as needed based on reported symptoms. At 6 months, 1 year, and 2 years, IUS continuation was reported in 1,553 (90.6%), 1,401 (81.7%), and 1,157 (67.3%) women, respectively.

              Nearly all women received baseline STI testing (98.4%); however, results were not available prior to same-day IUS insertion for 79.6% of participants. Twenty-nine (1.7%) women had positive baseline STI tests (25 for Chlamydia, 3 for gonorrhea, 1 for both). Of these, only 6 women had results available prior to IUS placement. All women with a positive STI test were treated, and the IUS was left in place. Importantly, none of these women developed pelvic infection in the subsequent 2 years of follow-up and none requested IUS removal.

              Infection risk is low with IUD placement

              Among women with negative baseline STI tests, there were only 9 (0.5%) clinical diagnoses of pelvic infections over the first 2 years of follow-up. Diagnosis was typically made based on physical examination findings. Most women underwent repeat Chlamydia and gonorrhea testing at the time of pelvic infection diagnosis, and none had positive results. There were no medically recommended IUS removals; 2 women with pelvic infection requested IUS removal per their preference.

              Three of the 9 women with pelvic infections were diagnosed within 1 week of IUS placement, 1 at 39 days after placement, and the remaining 5 more than 6 months after placement, suggesting that pelvic infection is not temporally related to IUS placement. Most women were successfully treated as outpatients.

               

               

              What this evidence means for practiceThis study provides further reassurance regarding the low risk of pelvic infection among women with an LNG IUS. Insertion of an IUS should not be delayed to await results of Chlamydia or gonorrhea testing in a woman without clinical evidence of pelvic infection. Risk-based, as opposed to universal testing, is imperative.12 These recommendations are in agreement with current recommendations of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists.13,14 Practices that employ 2-visit protocols unnecessarily limit women’s access to the IUS, as research has shown that nearly half of women desiring an IUD do not return for device placement if a second encounter is required.15

              Share your thoughts! Send your Letter to the Editor to [email protected]. Please include your name and the city and state in which you practice.

              References
              1. Office of Population Affairs, Department of Health and Human Services. Family planning program, FY 1999 service program grants by state. Bethesda, MD: Office of Population Affairs; 1999.
              2. Kavanaugh ML, Jerman J, Finer LB. Changes in use of long-acting reversible contraceptive methods among US women, 2009-2012. Obstet Gynecol. 2015;126(5):917–927.
              3. Ventura SJ, Abma JC, Mosher WD, Henshaw S. Revised pregnancy rates, 1990-97, and new rates for 1998-99: United States. Natl Vital Stat Rep. 2003;52(7):1−14.
              4. Finer LB, Zolna MR. Shifts in intended and unintended pregnancies in the United States, 2001-2008. Am J Public Health. 2014;104(suppl 1):S43–S48.
              5. Finer LB, Zolna MR. Declines in unintended pregnancy in the United States, 2008-2011. N Engl J Med. 2016;374(9):843–852.
              6. Eisenberg DL, Schreiber CA, Turok DK, Teal SB, Westhoff CL, Creinin MD; ACCESS IUS Investigators. Three-year efficacy and safety of a new 52-mg levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system. Contraception. 2015;92(1):10–16.
              7. United Nations Development Programme, United Nations Population Fund, World Health Organization, World Bank, Special Programme of Research, Development, and Research Training in Human Reproduction. Long-term reversible contraception: twelve years of experience with the TCu380A and TCu220C. Contraception. 1997;56(6):341–352.
              8. Cleland K, Zhu H, Goldstuck N, Cheng L, Trussell J. The efficacy of intrauterine devices for emergency contraception: a systematic review of 35 years of experience. Hum Reprod. 2012;27(7):1994–2000.
              9. Glasier A, Cameron ST, Blithe D, et al. Can we identify women at risk of pregnancy despite using emergency contraception? Data from randomized trials of ulipristal acetate and levonorgestrel. Contraception. 2011;84(4):363–367.
              10. Farley TM, Rosenberg MJ, Rowe PJ, Chen JH, Meirik O. Intrauterine devices and pelvic inflammatory disease: an international perspective. Lancet. 1992;339(8796):785–788.
              11. Jatlaoui TC, Simmons KB, Curtis KM. The safety of intrauterine contraception initiation among women with current asymptomatic cervical infections or at increased risk of sexually transmitted infections [published online ahead of print June 1, 2016]. Contraception. doi:10.1016/j.contracep tion.2016.05.013.
              12. Grentzer JM, Peipert JF, Zhao Q, McNicholas C, Secura GM, Madden T. Risk-based screening for Chlamydia trachomatis and Neisseria gonorrhoeae prior to intrauterine device insertion. Contraception. 2015;92(4):313–318.
              13. American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. ACOG Practice Bulletin No. 121: Long-acting reversible contraception: implants and intrauterine devices. Obstet Gynecol. 2011;118(1):184–196.
              14. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. US selected practice recommendations for contraceptive use, 2013: adapted from the World Health Organization selected practice recommendations for contraceptive use, 2nd ed. MMWR Recomm Rep. 2013;62(RR05):1–46.
              15. Bergin A, Tristan S, Terplan M, Gilliam ML, Whitaker AK. A missed opportunity for care: two-visit IUD insertion protocols inhibit placement. Contraception. 2012;86(6):694–697.
              Article PDF
              Author and Disclosure Information

              Dr. Creinin is Professor and Director of Family Planning, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of California, Davis, Sacramento.

              Dr. Schimmoeller is a Fellow, Family Planning, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of California, Davis, Sacramento.

              Dr. Creinin reports receiving grant or research support (all of which goes to the Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of California, Davis) from ContraMed, Medicines360, Merck & Co., and the National Institutes of Health/Eunice Kennedy Schriver National Institute of Child Health and Human Development. He reports being a consultant to Allergan, Danco, Estetra, Femasys, HRA Pharma, Lemonaid Health, Medicines360, and Merck & Co. and is a speaker for Allergan and Merck & Co.

              Dr. Schimmoeller reports no financial relationships relevant to this article.

              Issue
              OBG Management - 28(8)
              Publications
              Topics
              Page Number
              34-35,38,40-42,44
              Legacy Keywords
              Mitchell D. Creinin MD, Natasha Schimmoeller MD, Contraception, IUD, IUS, unintended pregnancy rate, oral levonorgestrel-plus-IUS combination, emergency contraception, pelvic infection, LNG IUS, STI, intrauterine device, intrauterine system, copper IUD, levonorgestrel
              Sections
              Author and Disclosure Information

              Dr. Creinin is Professor and Director of Family Planning, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of California, Davis, Sacramento.

              Dr. Schimmoeller is a Fellow, Family Planning, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of California, Davis, Sacramento.

              Dr. Creinin reports receiving grant or research support (all of which goes to the Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of California, Davis) from ContraMed, Medicines360, Merck & Co., and the National Institutes of Health/Eunice Kennedy Schriver National Institute of Child Health and Human Development. He reports being a consultant to Allergan, Danco, Estetra, Femasys, HRA Pharma, Lemonaid Health, Medicines360, and Merck & Co. and is a speaker for Allergan and Merck & Co.

              Dr. Schimmoeller reports no financial relationships relevant to this article.

              Author and Disclosure Information

              Dr. Creinin is Professor and Director of Family Planning, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of California, Davis, Sacramento.

              Dr. Schimmoeller is a Fellow, Family Planning, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of California, Davis, Sacramento.

              Dr. Creinin reports receiving grant or research support (all of which goes to the Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of California, Davis) from ContraMed, Medicines360, Merck & Co., and the National Institutes of Health/Eunice Kennedy Schriver National Institute of Child Health and Human Development. He reports being a consultant to Allergan, Danco, Estetra, Femasys, HRA Pharma, Lemonaid Health, Medicines360, and Merck & Co. and is a speaker for Allergan and Merck & Co.

              Dr. Schimmoeller reports no financial relationships relevant to this article.

              Article PDF
              Article PDF
              Related Articles
              A declining US unintended pregnancy rate is good news. Full access to IUDs could address the rate even more, for all patients. These recent trial data expand the good news for IUD access.
              A declining US unintended pregnancy rate is good news. Full access to IUDs could address the rate even more, for all patients. These recent trial data expand the good news for IUD access.

              Contraception is an important tool that allows patients to carry out their reproductive-life plans. In the United States, the average woman desires 2 children.1 To achieve this goal, she will spend more than 30 years of her reproductive life avoiding pregnancy.1 The most effective reversible contraceptive methods, the intrauterine device (IUD) and the contraceptive implant, offer an efficient way to cover this significant period. Currently, American women more commonly choose an IUD than an implant by a factor 8 to 1.2 Between 2002 and 2012, the percentage of US contraceptive users aged 15 to 44 using the IUD rose from 2% to 10%.2

              Significant barriers to contraceptive access still exist, however. Although widespread reports have lauded the decrease in unintended pregnancies in the United States, improvement only has been marginal for women who live below the poverty level. In fact, for unintended pregnancy the gap between women above and below the poverty level has increased from a 2.6-fold difference in 1994 to a 5.6-fold difference in 2011 (FIGURE).3−5 Since the decrease in the unintended pregnancy rate is most likely related to an increase in contraceptive use, particularly the IUD, we are not providing equal contraceptive access to all women.5

              Both the copper IUD and the 3 available levonorgestrel (LNG)-releasing intrauterine system (IUS) products provide safe and effective contraception. As IUD research expands, it is imperative for providers to stay up to date so patients can have full access to these devices.

              In this article, we present important updates regarding IUD use that will help break down some continuing barriers to contraceptive access, including:

              • clinical trial data demonstrating efficacy of LNG 52-mg IUS for 7 years
              • a novel emergency contraception (EC) regimen of same-day oral LNG and the LNG 52-mg IUS
              • a large prospective trial demonstrating that women can safely have IUS placement without known sexually transmitted infection (STI) screening results and that pelvic infection rates are not higher in the time shortly after IUS placement.

              One in 10 women now use 1 of the 4 available intrauterine devices for contraception. Despite a decrease in the US unintended pregnancy rate over the past 20 years, the gap between rates for women above and below the poverty line has doubled in that same time span to a 5.6-fold difference. New data on IUDs reinforce their use among all women.

              WHO study demonstrates LNG 52-mg IUS is highly effective for up to 7 years of use

              Rowe P, Farley T, Peregoudov A, et al; IUD Research Group of the UNDP/UNFPA/WHO/World Bank Special Programme of Research; Development and Research Training in Human Reproduction. Safety and efficacy in parous women of a 52-mg levonorgestrel-medicated intrauterine device: a 7-year randomized comparative study with the TCu380A. Contraception. 2016;93(6):498−506.

              Currently, the 2 LNG 52-mg IUS products (Liletta, Mirena) approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) are available for use for 3 and 5 years, respectively. The pivotal approval trial for Liletta is still ongoing and is planned to continue for up to 7 years.6 The TCu380A (ParaGard) copper IUD is FDA approved for up to 10 years of use; however, this product initially was approved for only 4 years. The duration of use was expanded to 10 years based on continued clinical trials.

              Based on current data, we will not need to wait for the Liletta pivotal trial to have clinical evidence of a longer duration of efficacy for the LNG 52-mg IUS. A collaborative group as part of the UNDP/UNFPA/WHO/World Bank Special Programme of Research, Development and Research Training in Human Reproduction performed a multicenter, open-label randomized controlled trial to evaluate outcomes through 7 years of use of the LNG 52-mg IUS and the TCu380A IUD.

              Details of the study

              A total of 3,836 women were enrolled at 20 centers in Europe, Asia, South America, and China and were randomly assigned to one of the 2 products. Eligible women were aged 16 to 40 years, parous, and without known leiomyoma or recent pelvic infection. After excluding 15 failed IUD insertions, 1,910 women received an LNG 52-mg IUS and 1,911 received a TCu380A. Ultimately, 398 women in the LNG 52-mg IUS group and 682 in the TCu380A group completed 7-year follow-up with the IUD in place. Women were surveyed regarding pregnancy and method discontinuation.

              Lower pregnancy rate, higher discontinuation with LNG IUS

              The cumulative 7-year pregnancy rate among LNG 52-mg IUS users was significantly lower than among TCu380A users (0.53 per 100 women vs 2.45 per 100 women, respectively). All pregnancies in the LNG 52-mg IUS group occurred in the first 5 years of study follow-up--with no pregnancies in years 6 through 7 (TABLE). The cumulative pregnancy rate in the TCu380A group in this study is consistent with that in a previous long-term trial of this IUD.7

               

               

              Early removal was significantly higher in the LNG 52-mg IUS group, with a cumulative discontinuation rate of 70.6 per 100 women, compared with 40.8 per 100 women in the TCu380A group. Significant cultural variation existed when it came to both rate and reason for discontinuation. Most women at Chinese centers cited amenorrhea and decreased bleeding as the primary reason for discontinuation, and they did so at twice the rate of women at non-Chinese centers.

              The patterns of method discontinuation in this study were different from those found among US women. By comparison, a recent study in the United States had lower overall discontinuation rates and did not find decreased bleeding to be among the main reasons for LNG 52-mg IUS removal.7 In fact, most women who discontinued the LNG 52-mg IUS cited concerns about upcoming expiration as their reason for removal.

              The results of this large study also generally corroborated the low-risk profile of IUDs. Only 1 reported IUD perforation occurred, for a rate of 0.03 per 1,000 women. Device expulsion rates were similar between the IUDs and were uncommon overall with 7-year rates of 8 to 9 per 100 women. Pelvic infection was cited as reason for removal in only 7 women (0.18 per 100 women) over 7 years.

              What this evidence means for practiceThis exciting study is the first large-scale clinical trial demonstrating continued high efficacy with LNG 52-mg IUS use through 7 years. This information affords women extended contraceptive coverage. While additional research will be welcome, particularly in younger women who will maintain greater fertility across the IUS’s 7-year life span, we are confident in extending the 7-year duration for this IUS to our patients.

              Additionally, the method discontinuation findings in this study highlight the importance of discussing the expected menstrual changes of hormonal IUS use with women prior to insertion so they can determine if the potential changes would be satisfactory. As the acceptability of medical menstrual suppression may be new to many women, providers should frame the adverse effects in this context. Providers can use this opportunity to review the noncontraceptive benefits of the hormonal IUS as well.

              Novel combination of LNG 52-mg IUS and oral LNG 1.5 mg is promising for emergency contraception

              Turok DK, Sanders JN, Thompson IS, Royer PA, Eggebroten J, Gawron LM. Preference for and efficacy of oral levonorgestrel for emergency contraception with concomitant placement of a levonorgestrel IUD: a prospective cohort study. Contraception. 2016;93(6):526−532.

              The copper IUD is superior for EC relative to oral agents and has the added benefit of providing ongoing highly effective contraception after placement.8 Despite this strong evidence, the copper IUD remains underutilized for this indication. Turok and colleagues noted that women in their clinic seeking IUDs for non-EC purposes preferred the LNG 52-mg IUS over the copper IUD. It is understandable that women might carry these preferences into EC encounters as well. Thus, the investigators devised a novel combination of LNG 52-mg IUS and oral LNG 1.5 mg, which provided both known EC benefit and same-day access to a more popular contraceptive device.

              Details of the study

              Women presenting for EC who desired same-day IUD placement were enrolled in the prospective cohort study. Eligible women had a negative urine pregnancy test, known last menstrual period (LMP), regular menstrual cycle, and reported unprotected intercourse within 120 hours prior to presentation. Importantly, women with multiple episodes of unprotected intercourse in the weeks prior to presentation were also included to provide a population more comparable to that encountered clinically. The women were then offered the choice of a TCu380A copper IUD or oral LNG EC with LNG 52-mg IUS placement. They were counseled on the potential increased risk of pregnancy with the novel oral LNG EC plus LNG IUS combination compared with the copper IUD. Participants were given a home pregnancy test that they were to complete in 2 weeks and then report the results to the clinic.

              Of the 1,004 women presenting to the clinic for EC over the 16-month study period, 188 (18%) desired same-day IUD insertion. Of these, more opted for the oral LNG EC plus LNG IUS combination (n = 121, 64%) than the copper IUD (n = 67, 36%), demonstrating that women were often willing to accept a possible decrease in EC efficacy with the goal of obtaining their preferred lUD type.

              Excluding failed insertion, undiagnosed uterine didelphys, and patient withdrawal, 110 women received the oral LNG EC plus LNG IUS and 66 received the copper IUD. Demographics were comparable between groups except for body mass index (BMI). Of note, more than half (61%) of the women who opted for the oral LNG EC plus LNG IUS combination were overweight or obese.

               

               

              Both EC methods are effective, broadening options

              All women who received the copper IUD followed up at 2 weeks, and no pregnancies were reported. Of the women who received oral LNG EC plus the LNG IUS, 107 (97%) had follow-up at 2 weeks. In this group, there was 1 reported ectopic pregnancy that ultimately required surgical management. However, further review of the patient's coital history suggested that conception occurred prior to IUD insertion, and the case was not classified by the investigators as an EC failure.

              Although this study was not powered to detect pregnancy rate differences between the traditional copper IUD and the oral LNG EC plus LNG IUS combination, the results are promising. An important strength of this study is the presence of 2 high-risk groups for EC failure in the oral LNG EC plus LNG IUS group (elevated BMI and multiple episodes of unprotected intercourse).

              What this evidence means for practiceEncounters for EC are important opportunities in which to discuss a woman’s reproductive goals. For women who are interested in an IUD, this study opens up the option of same-day placement of the LNG 52-mg IUS. While larger trials need to be conducted to obtain more information regarding pregnancy rates with an oral EC plus LNG IUS combination versus the TCu380A, offering such a combination is reasonable. Given that ulipristal acetate (UPA) is a more effective EC product, especially for women who are overweight or obese,9 offering a UPA EC plus LNG IUS combination may be a better alternative.

              It is time to remove the STI screening barrier to same-day IUD insertion

              Turok DK, Eisenberg DL, Teal SB, Keder LM, Creinin MD. A prospective assessment of pelvic infection risk following same-day sexually transmitted infection testing and levonorgestrel intrauterine system placement [published online ahead of print May 12, 2016]. Am J Obstet Gynecol. doi:10.1016/j.ajog.2016.05017.

              Provider concerns regarding the presence of pelvic infection remain a significant barrier to same-day IUD insertion. Older studies suggested a higher risk of pelvic infection in the first 20 days after IUD placement and extrapolated that pelvic infection was related to inserting an IUD in a woman at risk for STI.10 As a result, patients may be restricted from same-day IUD insertion by providers who think that obtaining results of STI testing is required prior to placement. Recently, a systematic review suggested, based on limited evidence, that IUD placement does not increase the risk of pelvic infection in asymptomatic women compared with those without an IUD.11

              Turok and colleagues (including M.D.C., coauthor of this article) reported results from a planned secondary analysis of A Comprehensive Contraceptive Efficacy and Safety Study of an IUS (ACCESS IUS), a component of the regulatory approval of the Liletta LNG 52-mg IUS. This analysis represents the first large-scale prospective investigation of pelvic infection rates during the first 2 years after IUD placement in US women.

              Details of the study

              Of the 1,751 women enrolled in the study, 1,714 had successful IUS insertions. Infection was assessed via baseline pelvic visual and bimanual examination and Chlamydia testing in all women. Gonorrhea testing was also performed in women who had not been tested with their current sexual partner. STI test results were not required for IUS insertion. Participants were assessed in person at 1, 3, 6, 12, and 24 months after insertion. Additional pelvic exams were performed as needed based on reported symptoms. At 6 months, 1 year, and 2 years, IUS continuation was reported in 1,553 (90.6%), 1,401 (81.7%), and 1,157 (67.3%) women, respectively.

              Nearly all women received baseline STI testing (98.4%); however, results were not available prior to same-day IUS insertion for 79.6% of participants. Twenty-nine (1.7%) women had positive baseline STI tests (25 for Chlamydia, 3 for gonorrhea, 1 for both). Of these, only 6 women had results available prior to IUS placement. All women with a positive STI test were treated, and the IUS was left in place. Importantly, none of these women developed pelvic infection in the subsequent 2 years of follow-up and none requested IUS removal.

              Infection risk is low with IUD placement

              Among women with negative baseline STI tests, there were only 9 (0.5%) clinical diagnoses of pelvic infections over the first 2 years of follow-up. Diagnosis was typically made based on physical examination findings. Most women underwent repeat Chlamydia and gonorrhea testing at the time of pelvic infection diagnosis, and none had positive results. There were no medically recommended IUS removals; 2 women with pelvic infection requested IUS removal per their preference.

              Three of the 9 women with pelvic infections were diagnosed within 1 week of IUS placement, 1 at 39 days after placement, and the remaining 5 more than 6 months after placement, suggesting that pelvic infection is not temporally related to IUS placement. Most women were successfully treated as outpatients.

               

               

              What this evidence means for practiceThis study provides further reassurance regarding the low risk of pelvic infection among women with an LNG IUS. Insertion of an IUS should not be delayed to await results of Chlamydia or gonorrhea testing in a woman without clinical evidence of pelvic infection. Risk-based, as opposed to universal testing, is imperative.12 These recommendations are in agreement with current recommendations of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists.13,14 Practices that employ 2-visit protocols unnecessarily limit women’s access to the IUS, as research has shown that nearly half of women desiring an IUD do not return for device placement if a second encounter is required.15

              Share your thoughts! Send your Letter to the Editor to [email protected]. Please include your name and the city and state in which you practice.

              Contraception is an important tool that allows patients to carry out their reproductive-life plans. In the United States, the average woman desires 2 children.1 To achieve this goal, she will spend more than 30 years of her reproductive life avoiding pregnancy.1 The most effective reversible contraceptive methods, the intrauterine device (IUD) and the contraceptive implant, offer an efficient way to cover this significant period. Currently, American women more commonly choose an IUD than an implant by a factor 8 to 1.2 Between 2002 and 2012, the percentage of US contraceptive users aged 15 to 44 using the IUD rose from 2% to 10%.2

              Significant barriers to contraceptive access still exist, however. Although widespread reports have lauded the decrease in unintended pregnancies in the United States, improvement only has been marginal for women who live below the poverty level. In fact, for unintended pregnancy the gap between women above and below the poverty level has increased from a 2.6-fold difference in 1994 to a 5.6-fold difference in 2011 (FIGURE).3−5 Since the decrease in the unintended pregnancy rate is most likely related to an increase in contraceptive use, particularly the IUD, we are not providing equal contraceptive access to all women.5

              Both the copper IUD and the 3 available levonorgestrel (LNG)-releasing intrauterine system (IUS) products provide safe and effective contraception. As IUD research expands, it is imperative for providers to stay up to date so patients can have full access to these devices.

              In this article, we present important updates regarding IUD use that will help break down some continuing barriers to contraceptive access, including:

              • clinical trial data demonstrating efficacy of LNG 52-mg IUS for 7 years
              • a novel emergency contraception (EC) regimen of same-day oral LNG and the LNG 52-mg IUS
              • a large prospective trial demonstrating that women can safely have IUS placement without known sexually transmitted infection (STI) screening results and that pelvic infection rates are not higher in the time shortly after IUS placement.

              One in 10 women now use 1 of the 4 available intrauterine devices for contraception. Despite a decrease in the US unintended pregnancy rate over the past 20 years, the gap between rates for women above and below the poverty line has doubled in that same time span to a 5.6-fold difference. New data on IUDs reinforce their use among all women.

              WHO study demonstrates LNG 52-mg IUS is highly effective for up to 7 years of use

              Rowe P, Farley T, Peregoudov A, et al; IUD Research Group of the UNDP/UNFPA/WHO/World Bank Special Programme of Research; Development and Research Training in Human Reproduction. Safety and efficacy in parous women of a 52-mg levonorgestrel-medicated intrauterine device: a 7-year randomized comparative study with the TCu380A. Contraception. 2016;93(6):498−506.

              Currently, the 2 LNG 52-mg IUS products (Liletta, Mirena) approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) are available for use for 3 and 5 years, respectively. The pivotal approval trial for Liletta is still ongoing and is planned to continue for up to 7 years.6 The TCu380A (ParaGard) copper IUD is FDA approved for up to 10 years of use; however, this product initially was approved for only 4 years. The duration of use was expanded to 10 years based on continued clinical trials.

              Based on current data, we will not need to wait for the Liletta pivotal trial to have clinical evidence of a longer duration of efficacy for the LNG 52-mg IUS. A collaborative group as part of the UNDP/UNFPA/WHO/World Bank Special Programme of Research, Development and Research Training in Human Reproduction performed a multicenter, open-label randomized controlled trial to evaluate outcomes through 7 years of use of the LNG 52-mg IUS and the TCu380A IUD.

              Details of the study

              A total of 3,836 women were enrolled at 20 centers in Europe, Asia, South America, and China and were randomly assigned to one of the 2 products. Eligible women were aged 16 to 40 years, parous, and without known leiomyoma or recent pelvic infection. After excluding 15 failed IUD insertions, 1,910 women received an LNG 52-mg IUS and 1,911 received a TCu380A. Ultimately, 398 women in the LNG 52-mg IUS group and 682 in the TCu380A group completed 7-year follow-up with the IUD in place. Women were surveyed regarding pregnancy and method discontinuation.

              Lower pregnancy rate, higher discontinuation with LNG IUS

              The cumulative 7-year pregnancy rate among LNG 52-mg IUS users was significantly lower than among TCu380A users (0.53 per 100 women vs 2.45 per 100 women, respectively). All pregnancies in the LNG 52-mg IUS group occurred in the first 5 years of study follow-up--with no pregnancies in years 6 through 7 (TABLE). The cumulative pregnancy rate in the TCu380A group in this study is consistent with that in a previous long-term trial of this IUD.7

               

               

              Early removal was significantly higher in the LNG 52-mg IUS group, with a cumulative discontinuation rate of 70.6 per 100 women, compared with 40.8 per 100 women in the TCu380A group. Significant cultural variation existed when it came to both rate and reason for discontinuation. Most women at Chinese centers cited amenorrhea and decreased bleeding as the primary reason for discontinuation, and they did so at twice the rate of women at non-Chinese centers.

              The patterns of method discontinuation in this study were different from those found among US women. By comparison, a recent study in the United States had lower overall discontinuation rates and did not find decreased bleeding to be among the main reasons for LNG 52-mg IUS removal.7 In fact, most women who discontinued the LNG 52-mg IUS cited concerns about upcoming expiration as their reason for removal.

              The results of this large study also generally corroborated the low-risk profile of IUDs. Only 1 reported IUD perforation occurred, for a rate of 0.03 per 1,000 women. Device expulsion rates were similar between the IUDs and were uncommon overall with 7-year rates of 8 to 9 per 100 women. Pelvic infection was cited as reason for removal in only 7 women (0.18 per 100 women) over 7 years.

              What this evidence means for practiceThis exciting study is the first large-scale clinical trial demonstrating continued high efficacy with LNG 52-mg IUS use through 7 years. This information affords women extended contraceptive coverage. While additional research will be welcome, particularly in younger women who will maintain greater fertility across the IUS’s 7-year life span, we are confident in extending the 7-year duration for this IUS to our patients.

              Additionally, the method discontinuation findings in this study highlight the importance of discussing the expected menstrual changes of hormonal IUS use with women prior to insertion so they can determine if the potential changes would be satisfactory. As the acceptability of medical menstrual suppression may be new to many women, providers should frame the adverse effects in this context. Providers can use this opportunity to review the noncontraceptive benefits of the hormonal IUS as well.

              Novel combination of LNG 52-mg IUS and oral LNG 1.5 mg is promising for emergency contraception

              Turok DK, Sanders JN, Thompson IS, Royer PA, Eggebroten J, Gawron LM. Preference for and efficacy of oral levonorgestrel for emergency contraception with concomitant placement of a levonorgestrel IUD: a prospective cohort study. Contraception. 2016;93(6):526−532.

              The copper IUD is superior for EC relative to oral agents and has the added benefit of providing ongoing highly effective contraception after placement.8 Despite this strong evidence, the copper IUD remains underutilized for this indication. Turok and colleagues noted that women in their clinic seeking IUDs for non-EC purposes preferred the LNG 52-mg IUS over the copper IUD. It is understandable that women might carry these preferences into EC encounters as well. Thus, the investigators devised a novel combination of LNG 52-mg IUS and oral LNG 1.5 mg, which provided both known EC benefit and same-day access to a more popular contraceptive device.

              Details of the study

              Women presenting for EC who desired same-day IUD placement were enrolled in the prospective cohort study. Eligible women had a negative urine pregnancy test, known last menstrual period (LMP), regular menstrual cycle, and reported unprotected intercourse within 120 hours prior to presentation. Importantly, women with multiple episodes of unprotected intercourse in the weeks prior to presentation were also included to provide a population more comparable to that encountered clinically. The women were then offered the choice of a TCu380A copper IUD or oral LNG EC with LNG 52-mg IUS placement. They were counseled on the potential increased risk of pregnancy with the novel oral LNG EC plus LNG IUS combination compared with the copper IUD. Participants were given a home pregnancy test that they were to complete in 2 weeks and then report the results to the clinic.

              Of the 1,004 women presenting to the clinic for EC over the 16-month study period, 188 (18%) desired same-day IUD insertion. Of these, more opted for the oral LNG EC plus LNG IUS combination (n = 121, 64%) than the copper IUD (n = 67, 36%), demonstrating that women were often willing to accept a possible decrease in EC efficacy with the goal of obtaining their preferred lUD type.

              Excluding failed insertion, undiagnosed uterine didelphys, and patient withdrawal, 110 women received the oral LNG EC plus LNG IUS and 66 received the copper IUD. Demographics were comparable between groups except for body mass index (BMI). Of note, more than half (61%) of the women who opted for the oral LNG EC plus LNG IUS combination were overweight or obese.

               

               

              Both EC methods are effective, broadening options

              All women who received the copper IUD followed up at 2 weeks, and no pregnancies were reported. Of the women who received oral LNG EC plus the LNG IUS, 107 (97%) had follow-up at 2 weeks. In this group, there was 1 reported ectopic pregnancy that ultimately required surgical management. However, further review of the patient's coital history suggested that conception occurred prior to IUD insertion, and the case was not classified by the investigators as an EC failure.

              Although this study was not powered to detect pregnancy rate differences between the traditional copper IUD and the oral LNG EC plus LNG IUS combination, the results are promising. An important strength of this study is the presence of 2 high-risk groups for EC failure in the oral LNG EC plus LNG IUS group (elevated BMI and multiple episodes of unprotected intercourse).

              What this evidence means for practiceEncounters for EC are important opportunities in which to discuss a woman’s reproductive goals. For women who are interested in an IUD, this study opens up the option of same-day placement of the LNG 52-mg IUS. While larger trials need to be conducted to obtain more information regarding pregnancy rates with an oral EC plus LNG IUS combination versus the TCu380A, offering such a combination is reasonable. Given that ulipristal acetate (UPA) is a more effective EC product, especially for women who are overweight or obese,9 offering a UPA EC plus LNG IUS combination may be a better alternative.

              It is time to remove the STI screening barrier to same-day IUD insertion

              Turok DK, Eisenberg DL, Teal SB, Keder LM, Creinin MD. A prospective assessment of pelvic infection risk following same-day sexually transmitted infection testing and levonorgestrel intrauterine system placement [published online ahead of print May 12, 2016]. Am J Obstet Gynecol. doi:10.1016/j.ajog.2016.05017.

              Provider concerns regarding the presence of pelvic infection remain a significant barrier to same-day IUD insertion. Older studies suggested a higher risk of pelvic infection in the first 20 days after IUD placement and extrapolated that pelvic infection was related to inserting an IUD in a woman at risk for STI.10 As a result, patients may be restricted from same-day IUD insertion by providers who think that obtaining results of STI testing is required prior to placement. Recently, a systematic review suggested, based on limited evidence, that IUD placement does not increase the risk of pelvic infection in asymptomatic women compared with those without an IUD.11

              Turok and colleagues (including M.D.C., coauthor of this article) reported results from a planned secondary analysis of A Comprehensive Contraceptive Efficacy and Safety Study of an IUS (ACCESS IUS), a component of the regulatory approval of the Liletta LNG 52-mg IUS. This analysis represents the first large-scale prospective investigation of pelvic infection rates during the first 2 years after IUD placement in US women.

              Details of the study

              Of the 1,751 women enrolled in the study, 1,714 had successful IUS insertions. Infection was assessed via baseline pelvic visual and bimanual examination and Chlamydia testing in all women. Gonorrhea testing was also performed in women who had not been tested with their current sexual partner. STI test results were not required for IUS insertion. Participants were assessed in person at 1, 3, 6, 12, and 24 months after insertion. Additional pelvic exams were performed as needed based on reported symptoms. At 6 months, 1 year, and 2 years, IUS continuation was reported in 1,553 (90.6%), 1,401 (81.7%), and 1,157 (67.3%) women, respectively.

              Nearly all women received baseline STI testing (98.4%); however, results were not available prior to same-day IUS insertion for 79.6% of participants. Twenty-nine (1.7%) women had positive baseline STI tests (25 for Chlamydia, 3 for gonorrhea, 1 for both). Of these, only 6 women had results available prior to IUS placement. All women with a positive STI test were treated, and the IUS was left in place. Importantly, none of these women developed pelvic infection in the subsequent 2 years of follow-up and none requested IUS removal.

              Infection risk is low with IUD placement

              Among women with negative baseline STI tests, there were only 9 (0.5%) clinical diagnoses of pelvic infections over the first 2 years of follow-up. Diagnosis was typically made based on physical examination findings. Most women underwent repeat Chlamydia and gonorrhea testing at the time of pelvic infection diagnosis, and none had positive results. There were no medically recommended IUS removals; 2 women with pelvic infection requested IUS removal per their preference.

              Three of the 9 women with pelvic infections were diagnosed within 1 week of IUS placement, 1 at 39 days after placement, and the remaining 5 more than 6 months after placement, suggesting that pelvic infection is not temporally related to IUS placement. Most women were successfully treated as outpatients.

               

               

              What this evidence means for practiceThis study provides further reassurance regarding the low risk of pelvic infection among women with an LNG IUS. Insertion of an IUS should not be delayed to await results of Chlamydia or gonorrhea testing in a woman without clinical evidence of pelvic infection. Risk-based, as opposed to universal testing, is imperative.12 These recommendations are in agreement with current recommendations of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists.13,14 Practices that employ 2-visit protocols unnecessarily limit women’s access to the IUS, as research has shown that nearly half of women desiring an IUD do not return for device placement if a second encounter is required.15

              Share your thoughts! Send your Letter to the Editor to [email protected]. Please include your name and the city and state in which you practice.

              References
              1. Office of Population Affairs, Department of Health and Human Services. Family planning program, FY 1999 service program grants by state. Bethesda, MD: Office of Population Affairs; 1999.
              2. Kavanaugh ML, Jerman J, Finer LB. Changes in use of long-acting reversible contraceptive methods among US women, 2009-2012. Obstet Gynecol. 2015;126(5):917–927.
              3. Ventura SJ, Abma JC, Mosher WD, Henshaw S. Revised pregnancy rates, 1990-97, and new rates for 1998-99: United States. Natl Vital Stat Rep. 2003;52(7):1−14.
              4. Finer LB, Zolna MR. Shifts in intended and unintended pregnancies in the United States, 2001-2008. Am J Public Health. 2014;104(suppl 1):S43–S48.
              5. Finer LB, Zolna MR. Declines in unintended pregnancy in the United States, 2008-2011. N Engl J Med. 2016;374(9):843–852.
              6. Eisenberg DL, Schreiber CA, Turok DK, Teal SB, Westhoff CL, Creinin MD; ACCESS IUS Investigators. Three-year efficacy and safety of a new 52-mg levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system. Contraception. 2015;92(1):10–16.
              7. United Nations Development Programme, United Nations Population Fund, World Health Organization, World Bank, Special Programme of Research, Development, and Research Training in Human Reproduction. Long-term reversible contraception: twelve years of experience with the TCu380A and TCu220C. Contraception. 1997;56(6):341–352.
              8. Cleland K, Zhu H, Goldstuck N, Cheng L, Trussell J. The efficacy of intrauterine devices for emergency contraception: a systematic review of 35 years of experience. Hum Reprod. 2012;27(7):1994–2000.
              9. Glasier A, Cameron ST, Blithe D, et al. Can we identify women at risk of pregnancy despite using emergency contraception? Data from randomized trials of ulipristal acetate and levonorgestrel. Contraception. 2011;84(4):363–367.
              10. Farley TM, Rosenberg MJ, Rowe PJ, Chen JH, Meirik O. Intrauterine devices and pelvic inflammatory disease: an international perspective. Lancet. 1992;339(8796):785–788.
              11. Jatlaoui TC, Simmons KB, Curtis KM. The safety of intrauterine contraception initiation among women with current asymptomatic cervical infections or at increased risk of sexually transmitted infections [published online ahead of print June 1, 2016]. Contraception. doi:10.1016/j.contracep tion.2016.05.013.
              12. Grentzer JM, Peipert JF, Zhao Q, McNicholas C, Secura GM, Madden T. Risk-based screening for Chlamydia trachomatis and Neisseria gonorrhoeae prior to intrauterine device insertion. Contraception. 2015;92(4):313–318.
              13. American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. ACOG Practice Bulletin No. 121: Long-acting reversible contraception: implants and intrauterine devices. Obstet Gynecol. 2011;118(1):184–196.
              14. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. US selected practice recommendations for contraceptive use, 2013: adapted from the World Health Organization selected practice recommendations for contraceptive use, 2nd ed. MMWR Recomm Rep. 2013;62(RR05):1–46.
              15. Bergin A, Tristan S, Terplan M, Gilliam ML, Whitaker AK. A missed opportunity for care: two-visit IUD insertion protocols inhibit placement. Contraception. 2012;86(6):694–697.
              References
              1. Office of Population Affairs, Department of Health and Human Services. Family planning program, FY 1999 service program grants by state. Bethesda, MD: Office of Population Affairs; 1999.
              2. Kavanaugh ML, Jerman J, Finer LB. Changes in use of long-acting reversible contraceptive methods among US women, 2009-2012. Obstet Gynecol. 2015;126(5):917–927.
              3. Ventura SJ, Abma JC, Mosher WD, Henshaw S. Revised pregnancy rates, 1990-97, and new rates for 1998-99: United States. Natl Vital Stat Rep. 2003;52(7):1−14.
              4. Finer LB, Zolna MR. Shifts in intended and unintended pregnancies in the United States, 2001-2008. Am J Public Health. 2014;104(suppl 1):S43–S48.
              5. Finer LB, Zolna MR. Declines in unintended pregnancy in the United States, 2008-2011. N Engl J Med. 2016;374(9):843–852.
              6. Eisenberg DL, Schreiber CA, Turok DK, Teal SB, Westhoff CL, Creinin MD; ACCESS IUS Investigators. Three-year efficacy and safety of a new 52-mg levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system. Contraception. 2015;92(1):10–16.
              7. United Nations Development Programme, United Nations Population Fund, World Health Organization, World Bank, Special Programme of Research, Development, and Research Training in Human Reproduction. Long-term reversible contraception: twelve years of experience with the TCu380A and TCu220C. Contraception. 1997;56(6):341–352.
              8. Cleland K, Zhu H, Goldstuck N, Cheng L, Trussell J. The efficacy of intrauterine devices for emergency contraception: a systematic review of 35 years of experience. Hum Reprod. 2012;27(7):1994–2000.
              9. Glasier A, Cameron ST, Blithe D, et al. Can we identify women at risk of pregnancy despite using emergency contraception? Data from randomized trials of ulipristal acetate and levonorgestrel. Contraception. 2011;84(4):363–367.
              10. Farley TM, Rosenberg MJ, Rowe PJ, Chen JH, Meirik O. Intrauterine devices and pelvic inflammatory disease: an international perspective. Lancet. 1992;339(8796):785–788.
              11. Jatlaoui TC, Simmons KB, Curtis KM. The safety of intrauterine contraception initiation among women with current asymptomatic cervical infections or at increased risk of sexually transmitted infections [published online ahead of print June 1, 2016]. Contraception. doi:10.1016/j.contracep tion.2016.05.013.
              12. Grentzer JM, Peipert JF, Zhao Q, McNicholas C, Secura GM, Madden T. Risk-based screening for Chlamydia trachomatis and Neisseria gonorrhoeae prior to intrauterine device insertion. Contraception. 2015;92(4):313–318.
              13. American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. ACOG Practice Bulletin No. 121: Long-acting reversible contraception: implants and intrauterine devices. Obstet Gynecol. 2011;118(1):184–196.
              14. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. US selected practice recommendations for contraceptive use, 2013: adapted from the World Health Organization selected practice recommendations for contraceptive use, 2nd ed. MMWR Recomm Rep. 2013;62(RR05):1–46.
              15. Bergin A, Tristan S, Terplan M, Gilliam ML, Whitaker AK. A missed opportunity for care: two-visit IUD insertion protocols inhibit placement. Contraception. 2012;86(6):694–697.
              Issue
              OBG Management - 28(8)
              Issue
              OBG Management - 28(8)
              Page Number
              34-35,38,40-42,44
              Page Number
              34-35,38,40-42,44
              Publications
              Publications
              Topics
              Article Type
              Display Headline
              2016 Update on contraception
              Display Headline
              2016 Update on contraception
              Legacy Keywords
              Mitchell D. Creinin MD, Natasha Schimmoeller MD, Contraception, IUD, IUS, unintended pregnancy rate, oral levonorgestrel-plus-IUS combination, emergency contraception, pelvic infection, LNG IUS, STI, intrauterine device, intrauterine system, copper IUD, levonorgestrel
              Legacy Keywords
              Mitchell D. Creinin MD, Natasha Schimmoeller MD, Contraception, IUD, IUS, unintended pregnancy rate, oral levonorgestrel-plus-IUS combination, emergency contraception, pelvic infection, LNG IUS, STI, intrauterine device, intrauterine system, copper IUD, levonorgestrel
              Sections
              Inside the Article

              In this article

              • Extended use of LNG IUS
              • Oral LNG and LNG IUS combo for emergency contraception
              • STI screening and same-day IUD placement
              Disallow All Ads
              Article PDF Media

              Evidence-Based Deprescribing: Reversing the Tide of Potentially Inappropriate Polypharmacy

              Article Type
              Changed
              Mon, 04/23/2018 - 11:22
              Display Headline
              Evidence-Based Deprescribing: Reversing the Tide of Potentially Inappropriate Polypharmacy

              From the Department of Internal Medicine and Clinical Epidemiology, Princess Alexandra Hospital, Ipswich Road, Woolloongabba, Queensland, Australia (Dr. Scott), School of Medicine, The University of Queensland, Herston Road, Brisbane, Australia (Dr. Scott), Centre of Research Excellence in Quality & Safety in Integrated Primary-Secondary Care, The University of Queensland, Herston Road, Brisbane, Australia (Ms. Anderson), and Charming Institute, Camp Hill, Brisbane, Queensland, Australia (Dr. Freeman).

               

              Abstract

              • Objective: To review the adverse drug events (ADEs) risk of polypharmacy; the process of deprescribing and evidence of efficacy in reducing inappropriate polypharmacy; the enablers and barriers to deprescribing; and patient and system of care level strategies that can be employed to enhance deprescribing.
              • Methods: Literature review.
              • Results: Inappropriate polypharmacy, especially in older people, imposes a significant burden of ADEs, ill health, disability, hospitalization and even death. The single most important predictor of inappropriate prescribing and risk of ADEs in older patients is the number of prescribed medicines. Deprescribing is the process of systematically reviewing, identifying, and discontinuing potentially inappropriate medicines (PIMs), aimed at minimizing polypharmacy and improving patient outcomes. Evidence of efficacy for deprescribing is emerging from randomized trials and observational studies, and deprescribing protocols have been developed and validated for clinical use. Barriers and enablers to deprescribing by individual prescribers center on 4 themes: (1) raising awareness of the prevalence and characteristics of PIMs; (2) overcoming clinical inertia whereby discontinuing medicines is seen as being a low value proposition compared to maintaining the status quo; (3) increasing skills and competence (self-efficacy) in deprescribing; and (4) countering external and logistical factors that impede the process.
              • Conclusion: In optimizing the scale and effects of deprescribing in clinical practice, strategies that promote depresribing will need to be applied at both the level of individual patient–prescriber encounters and systems of care.

               

              In developed countries in the modern era, about 30% of patients aged 65 years or older are prescribed 5 or more medicines [1]. Over the past decade, the prevalence of polypharmacy (use of > 5 prescription drugs) in the adult population of the United States has doubled from 8.2% in 1999–2000 to 15% in 2011–2012 [2]. While many patients may benefit from such polypharmacy [3] (defined here as 5 or more regularly prescribed medicines), it comes with increased risk of adverse drug events (ADEs) in older people [4] due to physiological changes of aging that alter pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic responses to medicines [5]. Approximately 1 in 5 medicines commonly used in older people may be inappropriate [6], rising to a third among those living in residential aged care facilities [7]. Among nursing home residents with advanced dementia, more than half receive at least 1 medicine with questionable benefit [8]. Approximately 50% of hospitalized nursing home or ambulatory care patients receive 1 or more unnecessary medicines [9]. Observational studies have documented ADEs in at least 15% of older patients, contributing to ill health [10], disability [11], hospitalization [12] and readmissions [13], increased length of stay, and, in some cases, death [14]. This high level of iatrogenic harm from potentially inappropriate medicines (PIMs) mandates a response from clinicians responsible for managing medicines.

              In this narrative review, we aim to detail the ADE risk of polypharmacy, the process of deprescribing and evidence of its efficacy in reducing potentially inappropriate polypharmacy, the enablers and barriers to deprescribing, and patient and system of care level strategies that can be employed in enhancing deprescribing.

               

              Polypharmacy As a Risk Factor for Medicine-Related Harm

              The number of medicines a patient is taking is the single most important predictor of medicine-related harm [15]. One report estimated the risk of ADEs as a contributory cause of patients presenting acutely to hospital emergency departments to be 13% for 2 drugs, 38% for 4 drugs, and 82% for 7 drugs or more [16]. The more medicines an individual takes, the greater their risk of experiencing an adverse drug reaction, a drug-drug interaction, a drug-disease interaction, cascade prescribing (where more medicines are added to counteract side effects of existing medicines), nonadherence, and drug errors (wrong drug, wrong dose, missed doses, erroneous dosing frequency) [17–20]. Once the number of regular medicines rises above 5 (commonly regarded as the threshold for defining polypharmacy), observational data suggest that additional medicines independently increase the risk of frailty, falling, and hospital admission [21].

              The benefits of many medicines in frail older people remain unquantified. As many as 50% of clinical trials have a specific upper age limit and approximately 80% of clinical trials exclude people with comorbidities [22,23]. Single-disease treatment guidelines based on such trials are often extrapolated to older people with multimorbidity despite an absence of evidence for benefit [24] and with little consideration of the potential burdens and harms of polypharmacy resulting from treating multiple diseases in the one patient [25]. By contrast, the risks from many medicines in older people are well known. Older people are at high risk of ADEs and toxicity due to reduced renal and liver function and age-related changes in physiological reserve, body composition, and cellular metabolism [26]. While the adverse effects of polypharmacy or of comorbidities targeted for treatment are difficult to separate, the burden of medicine-induced decline in function and quality of life is becoming better defined and appreciated [27].

              Defining Evidence-Based Deprescribing

              While many definitions have been proposed [28], we define evidence-based deprescribing as follows: the active process of systematically reviewing medicines being used by individual patients and, using best available evidence, identifying and discontinuing those associated with unfavorable risk–benefit trade-offs within the context of illness severity, advanced age, multi-morbidity, physical and emotional capacity, life expectancy, care goals, and personal preferences [29]. An enlarging body of research has demonstrated the feasibility, safety and patient benefit of deprescribing, as discussed further below. It employs evidence-based frameworks that assist the prescriber [30] and are patient-centered [31].

              Importantly, deprescribing should be seen as part of the good prescribing continuum, which spans medicine initiation, titrating, changing, or adding medicines, and switching or ceasing medicines. Deprescribing is not about denying effective treatment to eligible patients. It is a positive, patient-centered intervention, with inherent uncertainties, and requires shared decision-making, informed patient consent and close monitoring of effects [32]. Deprescribing involves diagnosing a problem (use of a PIM), making a therapeutic decision (withdrawing it with close follow-up) and altering the natural history of the problem (reducing incidence of medicine-related adverse events).

              Our definition of evidence-based deprescribing is a form of direct deprescribing applied at the level of the individual patient-prescriber/pharmacist encounter. Direct deprescribing uses explicit, systematic processes (such as using an algorithm or structured deprescribing framework or guide) applied by individual prescribers (or pharmacists) to the medicine regimens of individual patients (ie, at the patient level), and which targets either specific classes of medicines or all medicines that are potentially inappropriate. This is in contrast to indirect deprescribing, which uses more generic, programmatic strategies aimed at prescribers as a whole (ie, at the population or system level) and which seek to improve quality use of medicines in general, including both underuse and overuse of medicines. Indirect deprescribing entails a broader aim of medicines optimization in which deprescribing is a possible outcome but not necessarily the sole focus. Such strategies include pharmacist or physician medicine reviews, education programs for clinicians and/or patients, academic detailing, audit and feedback, geriatric assessment, multidisciplinary teams, prescribing restrictions, and government policies, all of which aim to reduce the overall burden of PIMs among broad groups of patients. While intuitively the 2 approaches in combination should exert synergistic effects superior to those of either by itself, this has not been studied.

              Evidence For Deprescribing

              Indirect Deprescribing

              Overall, the research into indirect interventions has been highly heterogenous in terms of interventions and measures of medicine use. Research has often been of low to moderate quality, focused more on changes to prescribing patterns and less on clinical outcomes, been of short duration, and produced mixed results [33]. In a 2013 systematic review of 36 studies involving different interventions involving frail older patients in various settings, 22 of 26 quantitative studies reported statistically significant reductions in the proportions of medicines deemed unnecessary (defined using various criteria), ranging from 3 to 20 percentage points [34]. A more recent review of 20 trials of pharmacist-led reviews in both inpatient and outpatient settings reported a small reduction in the mean number of prescribed medicines (–0.48, 95% confidence interval [CI] –0.89 to –0.07) but no effects on mortality or readmissions, although unplanned hospitalizations were reduced in patients with heart failure [35]. A 2012 review of 10 controlled and 20 randomized studies revealed statistically significant reductions in the number of medicines in most of the controlled studies, although mixed results in the randomized studies [36]. Another 2012 review of 10 studies of different designs concluded that interventions were beneficial in reducing potentially inappropriate prescribing and medicine-related problems [37]. A 2013 review of 15 studies of academic detailing of family physicians showed a modest decline in the number of medications of certain classes such as benzodiazepines and nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs [38]. Another 2013 review restricted to 8 randomized trials of various interventions involving nursing home patients suggested medicine-related problems were more frequently identified and resolved, together with improvement in medicine appropriateness [39]. In 2 randomized trials conducted in aged care facilities and centered on educational interventions, one aimed at prescribers [40] and the other at nursing staff [41],the number of potentially harmful medicines and days in hospital was significantly reduced [40,41], combined with slower declines in health-related quality of life [40]. In a randomized trial, patient education provided through community pharmacists led to a 77% reduction in benzodiazepine use among chronic users at 6 months with no withdrawal seizures or other ill effects [42].

              Direct Deprescribing Targeting Specific Classes of Medicines

              The evidence base for direct patient-level deprescribing is more rigorous as it pertains to specific classes of medicines. A 2008 systematic review of 31 trials (15 randomized, 16 observational) that withdrew a single class of medicine in older people demonstrated that, with appropriate patient selection and education coupled with careful withdrawal and close monitoring, antihypertensive agents, psychotropic medicines, and benzodiazepines could be discontinued without harm in 20% to 100% of patients, although psychotropics showed a high post-trial rate of recommencement [43]. Another review of 9 randomized trials demonstrated the safety of withdrawing antipsychotic agents that had been used continuously for behavioural and psychological symptoms in more than 80% of subjects with dementia [44]. In an observational study, cessation of inappropriate antihypertensives was associated with fewer cardiovascular events and deaths over a 5-year follow-up period [45]. A recent randomized trial of statin withdrawal in patients with advanced illness and of whom half had a prognosis of less than 12 months demonstrated improved quality of life and no increased risk of cardiovascular events over the following 60 days [46].

               

               

              Direct Deprescribing Targeting All Medicines

              The evidence base for direct patient-level deprescribing that assesses all medicines, not just specific medicine classes, features several high-quality observational studies and controlled trials, and subgroup findings from a recent comprehensive systematic review. In this review of 132 studies, which included 56 randomized controlled trials [47], mortality was shown in randomized trials to be decreased by 38% as a result of direct (ie, patient-level) deprescribing interventions. However, this effect was not seen in studies of indirect deprescribing comprising mainly generic educational interventions. While space prevents a detailed analysis of all relevant trials, some of the more commonly cited sentinel studies are mentioned here.

              In a controlled trial involving 190 patients in aged care facilities, a structured approach to deprescribing (Good Palliative–Geriatric Practice algorithm) resulted in 63% of patients having, on average, 2.8 medicines per patient discontinued, and was associated with a halving in both annual mortality and referrals to acute care hospitals [48]. In another prospective uncontrolled study, the same approach applied to a cohort of 70 community-dwelling older patients resulted in an average of 4.4 medicines prescribed to 64 patients being recommended for discontinuation, of which 81% were successfully discontinued, with 88% of patients reporting global improvements in health [49]. In a prospective cohort study of 50 older hospitalized patients receiving a median of 10 regular medicines on admission, a formal deprescribing process led to the cessation of just over 1 in 3 medicines by discharge, representing 4 fewer medicines per patient [50]. During a median follow-up period of just over 2.5 months for 39 patients, less than 5% of ceased medicines were recommenced in 3 patients for relapsing symptoms, with no deaths or acute presentations to hospital attributable to cessation of medicines. A multidisciplinary hospital clinic for older patients over a 3-month period achieved cessation of 22% of medicines in 17 patients without ill effect [51].

              Two randomized studies used the Screening Tool of Older People’s Prescriptions (STOPP) to reduce the use of PIMs in older hospital inpatients [52,53]. One reported significantly reduced PIMs use in the intervention group at discharge and 6 months post-discharge, no change in the rate of hospital readmission, and non-significant reductions in falls, all cause-mortality, and primary care visits during the 6-month follow-up period [52]. The second study reported reduced PIMs use in the intervention group of frail older patients on discharge, although the proportion of people prescribed at least 1 PIM was not altered [53].

              Recently, a randomized trial of a deprescribing intervention applied to aged care residents resulted in successful discontinuation of 207 (59%) of 348 medicines targeted for deprescribing, and a mean reduction of 2 medicines per patient at 12 months compared to none in controls, with no differences in mortality or hospital admissions [54]. The evidence for direct deprescribing is limited by relatively few high-quality randomized trials, small patient samples, short duration of follow-up, selection of specific subsets of patients, and the absence of comprehensive re-prescribing data and clinical outcomes.

              Methods Used for Direct Deprescribing

              At the level of individual patient care, various instruments have been developed to assist the deprescribing process. Screening tools or criteria such as the Beers criteria and STOPP tool help identify medicines more likely than not to be inappropriate for a given set of circumstances and are widely used by research pharmacists. Deprescribing guidelines directed at particular medications (or drug classes) [55], or specific patient populations [56], can identify clinical scenarios where a particular drug is likely to be inappropriate, and how to safely wean or discontinue it.

              However, in addition to these tools, clinicians need a method for identifying all medicines which may be inappropriate when considering the personalized context of individual patients, irrespective of age, co-morbidity burden or mix of medicines. For example, while Beers and STOPP criteriacan identify “medications to avoid” (such as potent opioids and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory medications), such medications account for less than 25% of all ADEs in older patients [57]. Commonly prescribed “non-Beers list” medications with proven benefits in many older people, such as cardiovascular medications, anticoagulants, and hypoglycaemic agents, are more frequently implicated as a result of misuse [58].

              In applying a more nuanced, patient-centered approach to deprescribing, structured guides comprising algorithms, flowcharts, or tables describe sequential steps in deciding which medications used by an individual patient should be targeted for discontinuation after due attention to all relevant factors. Such guides prompt a more systematic appraisal of all medications being used. In a recent review of 7 structured guides that had undergone some form of efficacy testing [59], the strongest evidence of efficacy and clinician acceptability was seen for the Good Palliative–Geriatric Practice algorithm [48] (Figure) and the CEASE protocol [29,30,50,60] (Table). Both have been subject to a process of development and refinement over months to years involving multiple clinician prescribers and pharmacists. 

              However, the former was designed in nursing home settings [48]and then applied to a community-based population [49] without further validation, whereas the CEASE protocol has assumed different forms according to the needs of different settings [50,61] and has been shown to have face validity among a cohort of prescribers and pharmacists [62].

              Clinical Circumstances Conducive to Deprescribing

              Deprescribing should be especially considered in any older patient presenting with a new symptom or clinical syndrome suggestive of adverse medicine effects. The advent of advanced or end-stage disease, terminal illness, dementia, extreme frailty, or full dependence on others for all cares marks a stage of a person’s life when limited life expectancy and changed goals of care call for a re-appraisal of the benefits of current medicines. Lack of response in controlling symptoms despite optimal adherence and dosing or conversely the absence of symptoms for long periods of time should challenge the need for ongoing regular use of medicines. Similarly, the lack of verification, or indeed repudiation, of past diagnostic labels which gave rise to indications for medicines in the first place should prompt consideration of discontinuation. Patients receiving single medicines or combinations of medicines, both of which are high risk, should attract attention [63], as should use of preventive medicines for scenarios associated with no increased disease risk despite medicine cessation (eg, ceasing alendronate after 5 years of treatment results in no increase in osteoporotic fracture risk over the ensuing 5 years [64]; ceasing statins for primary prevention after a prolonged period results in no increase in cardiovascular events 8 years after discontinuation [65]). Evidence that has emerged that strongly contradicts previously held beliefs as to the indications for certain medicines (eg, aspirin as primary prevention of cardiovascular disease) should lead to a higher frequency of their discontinuation. Finally, medicines which impose demands on patients which they deem intolerable in terms of dietary and lifestyle restrictions, adverse side effects, medicine monitoring (such as warfarin), financial cost, or any other reason likely to result in nonadherence, should be considered candidates for deprescribing [25].

               

               

              Barriers to Deprescribing

              The most effective strategy to reducing potentially inappropriate polypharmacy is for doctors to prescribe and patients to consume fewer medicines. Unfortunately, both doctors and patients often lack confidence about when and how to cease medicines [66–69]. In a recent systematic review comprised mostly of studies involving general practitioners in primary care [66], 4 themes emerged. First, prescribers may be unaware of their own instances of inappropriate prescribing in older people until this is pointed out to them. Poor insight may be attributable in part to insufficient education in geriatric pharmacology. Second, clinical inertia manifesting as failure to act despite an awareness of PIMs may arise from deprescribing being viewed as a risky affair [70], with doctors fearful of provoking withdrawal syndromes or disease complications, and damaging their reputation and relationships with patients or colleagues in the process. Continuing inappropriate medicines is reinforced by prescriber beliefs that to do so is a safer or kinder course of action for the patient. Third, self-perceptions of being ill-equipped, in terms of the necessary knowledge and skills, to deprescribe appropriately (lack of self-efficacy) may be a barrier, even if one accepts the need for deprescribing. Information deficits around benefit-harm trade-offs of particular drugs and alternative treatments (both drug and non-drug), especially for older, frail, multi-morbid patients, contribute to the problem. Confidence to deprescribe is further undermined by the lack of clear documentation regarding reasons drugs were originally prescribed by other doctors, outcomes of past trials of discontinuation, and current patient care goals. Fourth, several external or logistical constraints may hamper deprescribing efforts such as perceived patient unwillingness to deprescribe certain medicines, lack of prescriber time, poor remuneration, and community and professional attitudes toward more rather than less use of medicines.

              Deprescribing in hospital settings led by specialists appears to be no better than in general practice, although it has been less well studied. While an episode of acute inpatient care may afford an opportunity to review and reduce medicine lists, studies suggest the opposite occurs. In a New Zealand audit of 424 patients of mean age 80 years admitted acutely to a medical unit, chronically administered medications increased during hospital stay from a mean of 6.6 to 7.7 [71]. Similarly, in an Australian study investigating medication changes for 1220 patients of mean age 81 years admitted to general medical units of 11 acute care hospitals, the mean number of regularly administered medications rose from 7.1 on admission to 7.6 at discharge [72]. It is likely the same drivers behind failure to deprescribe in primary care also operate in secondary and tertiary care settings. Part of the problem is under-recognition of medicine-related geriatric syndromes on the part of hospital physicians and pharmacists [73].

              Patients in both the community and residential aged care facilities frequently express a desire to have their medicines reduced in number, especially if advised by their treating clinician [74,75]. Having said this, many remain wary of discontinuing specific medicines [67], sharing the same fears of evoking withdrawal syndromes or disease relapse as do prescribers, and recounting the strong advice of past specialists to never withhold any medicines without first seeking their advice.

              A challenge for all involved in deprescribing is gaining agreement on what are the most important factors that determine when, how, and in whom deprescribing should be conducted. Recent qualitative studies suggest that doctors, pharmacists, nursing staff, and patients and their families, while in broad agreement that deprescribing is worthwhile, often differ in their perspectives on what takes priority in selecting medicines for deprescribing in individual patients, and how it should be done and by whom [76,77].

              Strategies That May Facilitate Deprescribing

              While deprescribing presents some challenges, there are several strategies that can facilitate it at both the level of individual clinical encounters and at the level of whole populations and systems of care.

              Individual Clinical Encounters

              Within individual clinician–patient encounters, patients should be empowered to ask their doctors and pharmacists the following questions:

              • What are my treatment options (including non-medicine options) for my condition?
              • What are the possible benefits and harms of each medicine?
              • What might be reasonable grounds for stopping a medicine?

              In turn, doctors and pharmacists should ask in a nonjudgmental fashion, at every encounter, whether patients are experiencing any side effects, administration and monitoring problems, or other barriers to adherence associated with any of their medicines.

              The issue of deprescribing should be framed as an attempt to alleviate symptoms (of drug toxicity), improve quality of life (from drug-induced disability), and lessen the risk of morbid events (especially ADEs) in the future. Compelling evidence that identifies circumstances in which medicines can be safely withdrawn while reducing the risk of ADEs needs to be emphasized. Specialists must play a sentinel leadership role in advising and authorizing other health professionals to deprescribe in situations where benefits of medications they have prescribed are no longer outweighed by the harms [60,78].

              In language they can understand, patients should be informed of the benefit–harm trade-offs specific to them of continuing or discontinuing a particular medicine, as far as these can be specified. Patients often overestimate the benefits and underestimate the harms of treatments [79]. Providing such personalised information can substantially alter perceptions of risk and change attitudes towards discontinuation [80]. Eliciting patients’ beliefs about the necessity for each individual medicine and spending time, using an empathic manner, to dispel or qualify those at odds with evidence and clinical judgement renders deprescribing more acceptable to patients.

              In estimating treatment benefit–harm trade-offs in individual patients, disease risk prediction tools (http://www.medal.org/), evidence tables [81,82], and decision aids are increasingly available. Prognostication tools (http://eprognosis.ucsf.edu) combined with trial-based time-to-event data can be used to determine if medicine-specific time until benefit exceeds remaining life span.

              Deprescribing is best performed by reducing medicines one at a time over several encounters with the same overseeing generalist clinician with whom patients have established a trusting and collaborative relationship. This provides repeated opportunities to discuss and assuage any fears of discontinuing a medicine, and to adjust the deprescribing plan according to changes in clinical circumstances and revised treatment goals. Practice-based pharmacists can review patients’ medicine lists and apply screening criteria to identify medicines more likely to be unnecessary or harmful, which then helps initiate and guide deprescribing. Integrating a structured deprescribing protocol—and reminders to use it—into electronic health records, and providing decision support and data collection for future reference, reduce the cognitive burden on prescribers [83]. Practical guidance in how to safely wean and cease particular classes of medicines in older people can be accessed from various sources [84,85]. Seeking input from clinical pharmacologists, pharmacists, nurses, and other salient care providers on a case-by-case basis in the form of interactive case conferences provides support, seeks consensus, and shares the risk and responsibility for deprescribing recommendations [86].

              System of Care

              The success of deprescribing efforts in realizing better population health will be compromised unless all key stakeholders involved in quality use of medicines commit to operationalizing deprescribing strategies at the system of care level. Position statements on deprescribing in multi-morbid populations should be formulated and promulgated by all professional societies of prescribers (primary care, specialists, pharmacists, dentists, nurse practitioners). Professional development programs as well as undergraduate, graduate, and postgraduate courses in medicine, pharmacy, and nursing should include training in deprescribing as a core curricular element.

              Researchers seeking funding and/or ethics approval for research projects involving medicines should be required to collect, analyze, and report data on the frequency of, and reasons for, withdrawal of drugs in trial subjects. This helps build the evidence base of medicine-related harm. In turn, government funders of research should require more researchers to design and conduct clinical trials that recruit multi-morbid patients, including specific subgroups (eg, patients with dementia), and aim to define medicine benefits and harms using patient risk stratification methods. Pharmaceutical companies should sponsor research on how to deprescribe their medicines within trials that also aim to assess efficacy and safety. Medicine regulatory authorities such as the Food and Drug Administration should mandate that this information be supplied at the time the company submits their application to have the medicine approved and listed for public subsidy. Trialists should adopt the word “deprescribing” in abstract titles for research on prescriber-initiated medicine discontinuation so that relevant articles can be more accurately indexed in, and retrieved from, bibliographic databases using recently formulated medical subject headings in Medline (“depresciptions”).

              Editors of medical journals should promote a deprescribing agenda as a quality and safety issue for patient care, with the “Less is More” series in JAMA Internal Medicine and “Too much medicine” series in BMJ being good examples. Clinical guideline developers should formulate treatment recommendations specific to the needs of multi-morbid patients which acknowledge the limited evidence base for many medicines in such populations. These should take account of commonly encountered clinical scenarios where disease-specific medicines may engender greater risk of harm, and provide cautionary notes regarding initiation and discontinuation of medicines associated with high-risk.

              Pharmacists need to instruct patients in how to identify medicine-induced harm and side effects, and how to collaborate with their prescribing clinicians in safely discontinuing high-risk medicines. Ideally, patients being admitted to residential aged care facilities should have their medicine lists reviewed by a pharmacist in flagging medicines eligible for deprescribing. Organizations and services responsible for providing quality use of medicines information (medicines handbooks, prescribing guidelines, drug safety bulletins) should describe when and how deprescribing should be performed in regards to specific medicines. This information should be cross-referenced to clinical guidelines and position statements dealing with the same medicine. Vendors of medicine prescribing software should be encouraged to incorporate flags and alerts which prompt prescribers to consider medicine cessation in high-risk patients.

               

               

              Government and statutory bodies with responsibility for health care (health departments, quality and safety commissions, practice accreditation services, health care standard–setting bodies) should fund more research to develop and evaluate medicine safety standards aimed at reducing inappropriate use of medicines. Accreditation procedures for hospitals and primary care organizations should mandate the adoption of professional development and quality measurement systems that support and monitor patients receiving multiple medicines. Organizations responsible for conducting pharmacovigilance studies should issue medicine-specific deprescribing alerts whenever their data suggest higher than expected incidence of medicine-related adverse events in older populations receiving such medicines.

              Conclusion

              Inappropriate medicine use and polypharmacy is a growing issue among older and multi-morbid patients. The cumulative evidence of the safety and benefits of deprescribing argues for its adoption on the part of all prescribers, as well as its support by pharmacists and others responsible for optimizing use of medicines. Widespread implementation within routine care of an evidence-based approach to deprescribing in all patients receiving polypharmacy has its challenges, but also considerable potential to relieve unnecessary suffering and disability. More high quality research is needed in defining the circumstances under which deprescribing confers maximal benefit in terms of improved clinical outcomes.

               

              Corresponding author: Ian A. Scott, Dept. of Internal Medicine and Clinical Epidemiology, Princess Alexandra Hospital, Brisbane, Australia 4102, [email protected].

              Financial disclosures: None.

              References

              1. Qato DM, Alexander GC, Conti RM, et . Use of prescription and over-the-counter medications and dietary supplements among older adults in the United States. JAMA 2008;300:2867–78.

              2. Kantor ED, Rehm CD, Haas JS, et al. Trends in prescription drug use among adults in the United States from 1999-2012. JAMA 2015;314:1818–31.

              3. Wise J. Polypharmacy: a necessary evil. BMJ 2013;347: f7033.

              4.   Gnjidic D, Hilmer SN, Blyth FM, et al. Polypharmacy cutoff and outcomes: five or more medicines were used to identify community-dwelling older men at risk of different adverse outcomes. J Clin Epidemiol 2012;65:989–95.

              5. Atkin PA, Veitch PC, Veitch EM, Ogle SJ. The epidemiology of serious adverse drug reactions among the elderly. Medicines Aging 1999;14:141–52.

              6. Roughead EE, Anderson B, Gilbert AL. Potentially inappropriate prescribing among Australian veterans and war widows/widowers. Intern Med J 2007;37:402–5.

              7. Stafford AC, Alswayan MS, Tenni PC. Inappropriate prescribing in older residents of Australian care homes. Clin Pharmacol Therapeut 2011;36:33–44.

              8. Tjia J, Briesacher BA, Peterson D, et al. Use of medications of questionable benefit in advanced dementia. JAMA Intern Med 2014;174:1763–71.

              9. Tjia J, Velten SJ, Parsons C, et al. Studies to reduce unnecessary medication use in frail older adults: A systematic review. Drugs Aging 2013;30:285–307.

              10. Anathhanam AS, Powis RA, Cracknell AL, Robson J. Impact of prescribed medicines on patient safety in older people. Ther Adv Drug Saf 2012;3:165–74.

              11. Opondo D, Eslami S, Visscher S, et al. Inappropriateness of medication prescriptions to elderly patients in the primary care setting: a systematic review. PLoS One 2012;7(8):e43617.

              12. Kalisch LM, Caughey GE, Barratt JD, et al. Prevalence of preventable medication-related hospitalizations in Australia: an opportunity to reduce harm. Int J Qual Health Care 2012;24:239–49.

              13. Bero LA, Lipton HL, Bird JA. Characterisation of geriatric drug-related hospital readmissions. Med Care 1991;29:989–1003.

              14. Jyrkkä J, Enlund H, Korhonen MJ, et al. Polypharmacy status as an indicator of mortality in an elderly population. Drugs Aging 2009;26:1039–48.

              15. Steinman MA, Miao Y, Boscardin WJ, et al. Prescribing quality in older veterans: a multifocal approach. J Gen Intern Med 2014;29:1379–86.

              16. Goldberg R, Mabee J, Chan L, Wong S. Drug-drug and drug-disease interactions in the ED: analysis of a high-risk population. Am J Emerg Med 1996;14:447–50.

              17. Elliott RA, Booth JC. Problems with medicine use in older Australians: a review of recent literature. J Pharm Pract Res 2014;44:258–71.

              18. Barat I, Andreasen F, Damsgaard EM. Drug therapy in the elderly: what doctors believe and patients actually do. Br J Clin Pharmacol 2001;51:615–22.

              19. Chapman RH, Benner JS, Petrilla AA, et al. Predictors of adherence with antihypertensive and lipid-lowering therapy. Arch Intern Med 2005;165:1147–52.

              20. Gnjidic D, Hilmer SN. Emergency hospitalizations for adverse drug events. N Engl J Med 2012;366:859.

              21. Gnjidic D, Hilmer SN, Blyth FM, Naganathan V, Waite L, et al. Polypharmacy cutoff and outcomes: five or more medicines were used to identify community-dwelling older men at risk of different adverse outcomes. J Clin Epidemiol 2012;65:989–95.

              22. Cherubini A, Oristrell J, Pla X, et al. The persistent exclusion of older patients from ongoing clinical trials regarding heart failure. Arch Intern Med 2011;171:550–6.

              23. Bugeja G, Kumar A, Banerjee AK. Exclusion of elderly people from clinical research: a descriptive study of published reports. BMJ 1997;315:1059.

              24. Mangin D, Heath I, Jamoulle M. Beyond diagnosis: rising to the multimorbidity challenge. BMJ 2012;344:e3526.

              25. Boyd CM, Darer J, Boult C, et al. Clinical practice guidelines and quality of care for older patients with multiple comorbid diseases: implications for pay for performance. JAMA 2005;294:716–24.

              26. McLean AJ, Le Couteur DG. Aging biology and geriatric clinical pharmacology. Pharmacol Rev 2004;56:163–84.

              27. Hilmer SN, Mager DE, Simonsick EM, et al. Drug Burden Index score and functional decline in older people. Am J Med 2009;122:1142–9.

              28. Reeve E, Gnjidic D, Long J, Hilmer S. A systematic review of the emerging definition of ‘deprescribing’ with network analysis: implications for future research and clinical practice. Br J Clin Pharmacol 2015;80:1254–68.

              29. Scott IA, Hilmer SN, Reeve E, et al. Reducing inappropriate polypharmacy – the process of deprescribing. JAMA Intern Med 2015;175:827–34.

              30. Scott IA, Gray LA, Martin JH, et al. Deciding when to stop: towards evidence-based deprescribing of drugs in older populations. Evidence-based Med 2013;18:121–4.

              31. Reeve E, Shakib S, Hendrix I, et al. Review of deprescribing processes and development of an evidence-based, patient-centred deprescribing process. Br J Clin Pharmacol 2014;78:738–47.

              32. Alldred D. Deprescribing: a brave new word? Int J Pharm Pract. 2014;22:2–3.

              33. Kaur S, Mitchell G, Vitetta L, Roberts MS. Interventions that can reduce inappropriate prescribing in the elderly: a systematic review. Drugs Aging 2009;26:1013–28.

              34. Tjia J, Velten SJ, Parsons C, et al. Studies to reduce unnecessary medication use in frail older adults: A systematic review. Drugs Aging 2013;30:285–307.

              35. Thomas R, Huntley AL, Mann M, et al. Pharmacist-led interventions to reduce unplanned admissions for older people: a systematic review and meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials. Age Ageing 2014;43:174–87.

              36. Gnjidic D, Le Couteur DG, Kouladjian L, Hilmer SN. Deprescribing trials: Methods to reduce polypharmacy and the impact on prescribing and clinical outcomes. Clin Geriatr Med 2012;28:237–53.

              37. Patterson SM, Hughes C, Kerse N, et al. Interventions to improve use of polypharmacy for older people. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2012;5:CD008165.

              38. Chhina HK, Bhole VM, Goldsmith C, et al. Effectiveness of academic detailing to optimize medication prescribing behaviour of family physicians. J Pharm Pharm Sci 2013;16:511–29.

              39. Alldred DP, Raynor DK, Hughes C, et al. Interventions to optimise prescribing for older people in care homes. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2013;CD009095.

              40. García-Gollarte F, Baleriola-Júlvez J, Ferrero-López I, et al. An educational intervention on drug use in nursing homes improves health outcomes and resource utilization and reduces inappropriate drug prescription. J Am Dir Assoc 2014;15:885–91.

              41. Pitkälä KH, Juola A-L, Kautiainen H, Soini H, et al. Education to reduce potentially harmful medication use among residents of assisted living facilities: A randomized controlled trial. J Am Dir Assoc 2014;15:892–8.

              42. Tannenbaum C, Martin P, Tamblyn R, et al. Reduction of inappropriate benzodiazepine prescriptions among older adults through direct patient education. The EMPOWER cluster randomized trial. JAMA Intern Med 2014;174:890–8.

              43. Iyer S, Naganathan V, McLachlan AJ, Le Couteur DG. Medication withdrawal trials in people aged 65 years and older: a systematic review. Drugs Aging 2008;25:1021–31.

              44. Declercq T, Petrovic M, Azermai M, et al. Withdrawal versus continuation of chronic antipsychotic medicines for behavioural and psychological symptoms in older people with dementia. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2013;3:CD007726.

              45. Ekbom T, Lindholm LH, Odén A, et al. A 5-year prospective, observational study of the withdrawal of antihypertensive treatment in elderly people. J Intern Med 1994;235:581–588.

              46. Kutner JS, Blatchford PJ, Taylor DH Jr, et al. Safety and benefit of discontinuing statin therapy in the setting of advanced, life-limiting illness: a randomized clinical trial. JAMA Intern Med 2015;175:691–700.

              47. Page AT, Clifford RM, Potter K, Schwartz D, Etherton-Beer CD. The feasibility and effect of deprescribing in older adults on mortality and health: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Br J Clin Pharmacol 2016 Apr 14. [Epub ahead of print]

              48. Garfinkel D, Zur-Gil S, Ben-Israel J. The war against polypharmacy: a new cost-effective geriatric-palliative approach for improving drug therapy in disabled elderly people. Isr Med Assoc J 2007;9:430–4.

              49. Garfinkel D, Mangin D. Feasibility study of a systematic approach for discontinuation of multiple medicines in older adults: addressing polypharmacy. Arch Intern Med 2010;170:1648–54.

              50. McKean M, Pillans P, Scott IA. A medication review and deprescribing method for hospitalised older patients receiving multiple medications. Intern Med J 2016;46:35–42.

              51. Mudge A, Radnedge K, Kasper K, et al. Effects of a pilot multidisciplinary clinic for frequent attending elderly patients on deprescribing. Aust Health Rev 2015; Jul 6. [Epub ahead of print]

              52. Gallagher PF, O’Connor MN, O’Mahony D. Prevention of potentially inappropriate prescribing for elderly Patients: A randomized controlled trial using STOPP/START criteria. Clin Pharmacol Therap 2011;89:845–54.

              53. Dalleur O, Boland B, Losseau C, et al. Reduction of potentially inappropriate medications using the STOPP criteria in frail older inpatients: a randomised controlled study. Drugs Aging 2014;31:291–8.

              54. Potter K, Flicker L, Page A, Etherton-Beer C. Deprescribing in frail older people: A randomised controlled trial. PLoS One 2016;11(3):e0149984.

              55. Conklin J, Farrell B, Ward N, et al. Developmental evaluation as a strategy to enhance the uptake and use of deprescribing guidelines: protocol for a multiple case study. Implement Sci 2015;10:91–101.

              56. Lindsay J, Dooley M, Martin J, et al. The development and evaluation of an oncological palliative care deprescribing guideline: the ‘OncPal deprescribing guideline’ Support Care Cancer 2015;23:71–8.

              57. Miller GC, Valenti L, Britt H, Bayram C. Drugs causing adverse events in patients aged 45 or older: a randomised survey of Australian general practice patients. BMJ Open 2013;3:e003701.

              58. Budnitz DS, Lovegrove MC, Shebab N, Richards CL. Emergency hospitalisations for adverse drug events in older Americans. N Engl J Med 2011;365:2002–12.

              59. Scott IA, Andersen K, Freeman C. Review of structured guides for deprescribing. Eur J Hosp Pharm 2016. In press.

              60. Scott IA, Le Couteur D. Physicians need to take the lead in deprescribing. Intern Med J 2015;45:352–6.

              61. Poudel A, Ballokova A, Hubbard RE, et al. An algorithm of medication review in residential aged care facilities: focus on minimizing use of high risk medications. Geriatr Gerontol Int Sep 3. [Epub ahead of print]

              62. Scott IA, Martin JH, Gray LA, Mitchell CA. Effects of a drug minimisation guide on prescribing intentions in elderly persons with polypharmacy. Drugs Ageing 2012;29:659–67.

              63. Bennett A, Gnjidic D, Gillett M, et al. Prevalence and impact of fall-risk-increasing drugs, polypharmacy, and drug-drug interactions in robust versus frail hospitalised falls patients: a prospective cohort study. Drugs Aging 2014;31:225–32.

              64. Black DM, Schwartz AV, Ensrud KE, et al. FLEX Research Group. Effects of continuing or stopping alendronate after 5 years of treatment: the Fracture Intervention Trial Long-term Extension (FLEX): a randomised trial. JAMA 2006;296:2927–38.

              65. Sever PS, Chang CL, Gupta AK, et al. The Anglo-Scandinavian Cardiac Outcomes Trial: 11-year mortality follow-up of the lipid lowering arm in the UK. Eur Heart J 2011;32:2525–32.

              66. Anderson K, Stowasser D, Freeman C, Scott I. Prescriber barriers and enablers to minimising potentially inappropriate medications in adults: a systematic review and thematic synthesis. BMJ Open 2014;4.

              67. Reeve E, To J, Hendrix I, et al. Patient barriers to and enablers of deprescribing: a systematic review. Drugs Aging 2013;30:793–807.

              68. Palagyi A, Keay L, Harper J, et al. Barricades and brickwalls—a qualitative study exploring perceptions of medication use and deprescribing in long-term care. BMC Geriatr 2016;16:15.

              69. Garfinkel D, Ilhan B, Bahat G. Routine deprescribing of chronic medications to combat polypharmacy. Ther Adv Drug Saf 2015;6:212–33.

              70. Reeve E, Shakib S, Hendrix I, et al. The benefits and harms of deprescribing. Med J Aust 2014;201:386–9.

              71. Betteridge TM, Frampton CM, Jardine DL. Polypharmacy – we make it worse! A cross-sectional study from an acute admissions unit. Intern Med J 2012;42:208–11.

              72. Hubbard RE, Peel NM, Scott IA, et al. Polypharmacy among inpatients aged 70 years or older in Australia. Med J Aust 2015;202:373–7.

              73. Klopotowska JE, Wierenga PC, Smorenburg SM, et al. Recognition of adverse drug events in older hospitalized medical patients. Eur J Clin Pharmacol 2013;69:75–85.

              74. Reeve E, Wiese MD, Hendrix I, et al. People’s attitudes, beliefs, and experiences regarding polypharmacy and willingness to deprescribe. J Am Geriatr Soc 2013;61:1508–14.

              75. Kalogianis MJ, Wimmer BC, Turner JP, et al. Are residents of aged care facilities willing to have their medications deprescribed? Res Social Adm Pharm 2015. Published online 18 Dec 2015.

              76. Turner JP, Edwards S, Stanners M, et al. What factors are important for deprescribing in Australian long-term care facilities? Perspectives of residents and health professionals. BMJ Open 2016;6:e009781.

              77. Page AT, Etherton-Beer CD, Clifford RM, et al. Deprescribing in frail older people - Do doctors and pharmacists agree? Res Social Adm Pharm 2015;12:438–49.

              78. Luymes CH, van der Kleij RM, Poortvliet RK, et al. Deprescribing potentially inappropriate preventive cardiovascular medication: Barriers and enablers for patients and general practitioners. Ann Pharmacother 2016 Mar 3. [Epub ahead of print]

              79. Hoffmann TC, Del Mar C. Patients’ expectations of the benefits and harms of treatments, screening, and tests: a systematic review. JAMA Intern Med 2015;175:274–86.

              80. Martin P, Tamblyn R, Ahmed S, Tannenbaum C. A drug education tool developed for older adults changes knowledge, beliefs and risk perceptions about inappropriate benzodiazepine prescriptions in the elderly. Patient Educ Couns 2013;92:81–7.

              81. Hamilton H, Gallagher P, Ryan C, et al. Potentially inappropriate medicines defined by STOPP criteria and the risk of adverse drug events in older hospitalized patients. Arch Intern Med 2011;171:1013–7.

              82. NHS Highland. Polypharmacy: guidance for prescribing in frail adults. Accessed at: www.nhshighland.scot.nhs.uk/publications/documents/guidelines/polypharmacy guidance for prescribing in frail adults.pdf.

              83. Anderson K, Foster MM, Freeman CR, Scott IA. A multifaceted intervention to reduce inappropriate polypharmacy in primary care: research co-creation opportunities in a pilot study. Med J Aust 2016;204:S41–4.

              84. A practical guide to stopping medicines in older people. Accessed at: www.bpac.org.nz/magazine/2010/april/stopGuide.asp.

              85. www.cpsedu.com.au/posts/view/46/Deprescribing-Documents-now-Available-for-Download.

              86. Bregnhøj L, Thirstrup S, Kristensen MB, et al. Combined intervention programme reduces inappropriate prescribing in elderly patients exposed to polypharmacy in primary care. Eur J Clin Pharmacol 2009;65:199–207.

              Issue
              Journal of Clinical Outcomes Management - AUGUST 2016, VOL. 23, NO. 8
              Publications
              Topics
              Sections

              From the Department of Internal Medicine and Clinical Epidemiology, Princess Alexandra Hospital, Ipswich Road, Woolloongabba, Queensland, Australia (Dr. Scott), School of Medicine, The University of Queensland, Herston Road, Brisbane, Australia (Dr. Scott), Centre of Research Excellence in Quality & Safety in Integrated Primary-Secondary Care, The University of Queensland, Herston Road, Brisbane, Australia (Ms. Anderson), and Charming Institute, Camp Hill, Brisbane, Queensland, Australia (Dr. Freeman).

               

              Abstract

              • Objective: To review the adverse drug events (ADEs) risk of polypharmacy; the process of deprescribing and evidence of efficacy in reducing inappropriate polypharmacy; the enablers and barriers to deprescribing; and patient and system of care level strategies that can be employed to enhance deprescribing.
              • Methods: Literature review.
              • Results: Inappropriate polypharmacy, especially in older people, imposes a significant burden of ADEs, ill health, disability, hospitalization and even death. The single most important predictor of inappropriate prescribing and risk of ADEs in older patients is the number of prescribed medicines. Deprescribing is the process of systematically reviewing, identifying, and discontinuing potentially inappropriate medicines (PIMs), aimed at minimizing polypharmacy and improving patient outcomes. Evidence of efficacy for deprescribing is emerging from randomized trials and observational studies, and deprescribing protocols have been developed and validated for clinical use. Barriers and enablers to deprescribing by individual prescribers center on 4 themes: (1) raising awareness of the prevalence and characteristics of PIMs; (2) overcoming clinical inertia whereby discontinuing medicines is seen as being a low value proposition compared to maintaining the status quo; (3) increasing skills and competence (self-efficacy) in deprescribing; and (4) countering external and logistical factors that impede the process.
              • Conclusion: In optimizing the scale and effects of deprescribing in clinical practice, strategies that promote depresribing will need to be applied at both the level of individual patient–prescriber encounters and systems of care.

               

              In developed countries in the modern era, about 30% of patients aged 65 years or older are prescribed 5 or more medicines [1]. Over the past decade, the prevalence of polypharmacy (use of > 5 prescription drugs) in the adult population of the United States has doubled from 8.2% in 1999–2000 to 15% in 2011–2012 [2]. While many patients may benefit from such polypharmacy [3] (defined here as 5 or more regularly prescribed medicines), it comes with increased risk of adverse drug events (ADEs) in older people [4] due to physiological changes of aging that alter pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic responses to medicines [5]. Approximately 1 in 5 medicines commonly used in older people may be inappropriate [6], rising to a third among those living in residential aged care facilities [7]. Among nursing home residents with advanced dementia, more than half receive at least 1 medicine with questionable benefit [8]. Approximately 50% of hospitalized nursing home or ambulatory care patients receive 1 or more unnecessary medicines [9]. Observational studies have documented ADEs in at least 15% of older patients, contributing to ill health [10], disability [11], hospitalization [12] and readmissions [13], increased length of stay, and, in some cases, death [14]. This high level of iatrogenic harm from potentially inappropriate medicines (PIMs) mandates a response from clinicians responsible for managing medicines.

              In this narrative review, we aim to detail the ADE risk of polypharmacy, the process of deprescribing and evidence of its efficacy in reducing potentially inappropriate polypharmacy, the enablers and barriers to deprescribing, and patient and system of care level strategies that can be employed in enhancing deprescribing.

               

              Polypharmacy As a Risk Factor for Medicine-Related Harm

              The number of medicines a patient is taking is the single most important predictor of medicine-related harm [15]. One report estimated the risk of ADEs as a contributory cause of patients presenting acutely to hospital emergency departments to be 13% for 2 drugs, 38% for 4 drugs, and 82% for 7 drugs or more [16]. The more medicines an individual takes, the greater their risk of experiencing an adverse drug reaction, a drug-drug interaction, a drug-disease interaction, cascade prescribing (where more medicines are added to counteract side effects of existing medicines), nonadherence, and drug errors (wrong drug, wrong dose, missed doses, erroneous dosing frequency) [17–20]. Once the number of regular medicines rises above 5 (commonly regarded as the threshold for defining polypharmacy), observational data suggest that additional medicines independently increase the risk of frailty, falling, and hospital admission [21].

              The benefits of many medicines in frail older people remain unquantified. As many as 50% of clinical trials have a specific upper age limit and approximately 80% of clinical trials exclude people with comorbidities [22,23]. Single-disease treatment guidelines based on such trials are often extrapolated to older people with multimorbidity despite an absence of evidence for benefit [24] and with little consideration of the potential burdens and harms of polypharmacy resulting from treating multiple diseases in the one patient [25]. By contrast, the risks from many medicines in older people are well known. Older people are at high risk of ADEs and toxicity due to reduced renal and liver function and age-related changes in physiological reserve, body composition, and cellular metabolism [26]. While the adverse effects of polypharmacy or of comorbidities targeted for treatment are difficult to separate, the burden of medicine-induced decline in function and quality of life is becoming better defined and appreciated [27].

              Defining Evidence-Based Deprescribing

              While many definitions have been proposed [28], we define evidence-based deprescribing as follows: the active process of systematically reviewing medicines being used by individual patients and, using best available evidence, identifying and discontinuing those associated with unfavorable risk–benefit trade-offs within the context of illness severity, advanced age, multi-morbidity, physical and emotional capacity, life expectancy, care goals, and personal preferences [29]. An enlarging body of research has demonstrated the feasibility, safety and patient benefit of deprescribing, as discussed further below. It employs evidence-based frameworks that assist the prescriber [30] and are patient-centered [31].

              Importantly, deprescribing should be seen as part of the good prescribing continuum, which spans medicine initiation, titrating, changing, or adding medicines, and switching or ceasing medicines. Deprescribing is not about denying effective treatment to eligible patients. It is a positive, patient-centered intervention, with inherent uncertainties, and requires shared decision-making, informed patient consent and close monitoring of effects [32]. Deprescribing involves diagnosing a problem (use of a PIM), making a therapeutic decision (withdrawing it with close follow-up) and altering the natural history of the problem (reducing incidence of medicine-related adverse events).

              Our definition of evidence-based deprescribing is a form of direct deprescribing applied at the level of the individual patient-prescriber/pharmacist encounter. Direct deprescribing uses explicit, systematic processes (such as using an algorithm or structured deprescribing framework or guide) applied by individual prescribers (or pharmacists) to the medicine regimens of individual patients (ie, at the patient level), and which targets either specific classes of medicines or all medicines that are potentially inappropriate. This is in contrast to indirect deprescribing, which uses more generic, programmatic strategies aimed at prescribers as a whole (ie, at the population or system level) and which seek to improve quality use of medicines in general, including both underuse and overuse of medicines. Indirect deprescribing entails a broader aim of medicines optimization in which deprescribing is a possible outcome but not necessarily the sole focus. Such strategies include pharmacist or physician medicine reviews, education programs for clinicians and/or patients, academic detailing, audit and feedback, geriatric assessment, multidisciplinary teams, prescribing restrictions, and government policies, all of which aim to reduce the overall burden of PIMs among broad groups of patients. While intuitively the 2 approaches in combination should exert synergistic effects superior to those of either by itself, this has not been studied.

              Evidence For Deprescribing

              Indirect Deprescribing

              Overall, the research into indirect interventions has been highly heterogenous in terms of interventions and measures of medicine use. Research has often been of low to moderate quality, focused more on changes to prescribing patterns and less on clinical outcomes, been of short duration, and produced mixed results [33]. In a 2013 systematic review of 36 studies involving different interventions involving frail older patients in various settings, 22 of 26 quantitative studies reported statistically significant reductions in the proportions of medicines deemed unnecessary (defined using various criteria), ranging from 3 to 20 percentage points [34]. A more recent review of 20 trials of pharmacist-led reviews in both inpatient and outpatient settings reported a small reduction in the mean number of prescribed medicines (–0.48, 95% confidence interval [CI] –0.89 to –0.07) but no effects on mortality or readmissions, although unplanned hospitalizations were reduced in patients with heart failure [35]. A 2012 review of 10 controlled and 20 randomized studies revealed statistically significant reductions in the number of medicines in most of the controlled studies, although mixed results in the randomized studies [36]. Another 2012 review of 10 studies of different designs concluded that interventions were beneficial in reducing potentially inappropriate prescribing and medicine-related problems [37]. A 2013 review of 15 studies of academic detailing of family physicians showed a modest decline in the number of medications of certain classes such as benzodiazepines and nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs [38]. Another 2013 review restricted to 8 randomized trials of various interventions involving nursing home patients suggested medicine-related problems were more frequently identified and resolved, together with improvement in medicine appropriateness [39]. In 2 randomized trials conducted in aged care facilities and centered on educational interventions, one aimed at prescribers [40] and the other at nursing staff [41],the number of potentially harmful medicines and days in hospital was significantly reduced [40,41], combined with slower declines in health-related quality of life [40]. In a randomized trial, patient education provided through community pharmacists led to a 77% reduction in benzodiazepine use among chronic users at 6 months with no withdrawal seizures or other ill effects [42].

              Direct Deprescribing Targeting Specific Classes of Medicines

              The evidence base for direct patient-level deprescribing is more rigorous as it pertains to specific classes of medicines. A 2008 systematic review of 31 trials (15 randomized, 16 observational) that withdrew a single class of medicine in older people demonstrated that, with appropriate patient selection and education coupled with careful withdrawal and close monitoring, antihypertensive agents, psychotropic medicines, and benzodiazepines could be discontinued without harm in 20% to 100% of patients, although psychotropics showed a high post-trial rate of recommencement [43]. Another review of 9 randomized trials demonstrated the safety of withdrawing antipsychotic agents that had been used continuously for behavioural and psychological symptoms in more than 80% of subjects with dementia [44]. In an observational study, cessation of inappropriate antihypertensives was associated with fewer cardiovascular events and deaths over a 5-year follow-up period [45]. A recent randomized trial of statin withdrawal in patients with advanced illness and of whom half had a prognosis of less than 12 months demonstrated improved quality of life and no increased risk of cardiovascular events over the following 60 days [46].

               

               

              Direct Deprescribing Targeting All Medicines

              The evidence base for direct patient-level deprescribing that assesses all medicines, not just specific medicine classes, features several high-quality observational studies and controlled trials, and subgroup findings from a recent comprehensive systematic review. In this review of 132 studies, which included 56 randomized controlled trials [47], mortality was shown in randomized trials to be decreased by 38% as a result of direct (ie, patient-level) deprescribing interventions. However, this effect was not seen in studies of indirect deprescribing comprising mainly generic educational interventions. While space prevents a detailed analysis of all relevant trials, some of the more commonly cited sentinel studies are mentioned here.

              In a controlled trial involving 190 patients in aged care facilities, a structured approach to deprescribing (Good Palliative–Geriatric Practice algorithm) resulted in 63% of patients having, on average, 2.8 medicines per patient discontinued, and was associated with a halving in both annual mortality and referrals to acute care hospitals [48]. In another prospective uncontrolled study, the same approach applied to a cohort of 70 community-dwelling older patients resulted in an average of 4.4 medicines prescribed to 64 patients being recommended for discontinuation, of which 81% were successfully discontinued, with 88% of patients reporting global improvements in health [49]. In a prospective cohort study of 50 older hospitalized patients receiving a median of 10 regular medicines on admission, a formal deprescribing process led to the cessation of just over 1 in 3 medicines by discharge, representing 4 fewer medicines per patient [50]. During a median follow-up period of just over 2.5 months for 39 patients, less than 5% of ceased medicines were recommenced in 3 patients for relapsing symptoms, with no deaths or acute presentations to hospital attributable to cessation of medicines. A multidisciplinary hospital clinic for older patients over a 3-month period achieved cessation of 22% of medicines in 17 patients without ill effect [51].

              Two randomized studies used the Screening Tool of Older People’s Prescriptions (STOPP) to reduce the use of PIMs in older hospital inpatients [52,53]. One reported significantly reduced PIMs use in the intervention group at discharge and 6 months post-discharge, no change in the rate of hospital readmission, and non-significant reductions in falls, all cause-mortality, and primary care visits during the 6-month follow-up period [52]. The second study reported reduced PIMs use in the intervention group of frail older patients on discharge, although the proportion of people prescribed at least 1 PIM was not altered [53].

              Recently, a randomized trial of a deprescribing intervention applied to aged care residents resulted in successful discontinuation of 207 (59%) of 348 medicines targeted for deprescribing, and a mean reduction of 2 medicines per patient at 12 months compared to none in controls, with no differences in mortality or hospital admissions [54]. The evidence for direct deprescribing is limited by relatively few high-quality randomized trials, small patient samples, short duration of follow-up, selection of specific subsets of patients, and the absence of comprehensive re-prescribing data and clinical outcomes.

              Methods Used for Direct Deprescribing

              At the level of individual patient care, various instruments have been developed to assist the deprescribing process. Screening tools or criteria such as the Beers criteria and STOPP tool help identify medicines more likely than not to be inappropriate for a given set of circumstances and are widely used by research pharmacists. Deprescribing guidelines directed at particular medications (or drug classes) [55], or specific patient populations [56], can identify clinical scenarios where a particular drug is likely to be inappropriate, and how to safely wean or discontinue it.

              However, in addition to these tools, clinicians need a method for identifying all medicines which may be inappropriate when considering the personalized context of individual patients, irrespective of age, co-morbidity burden or mix of medicines. For example, while Beers and STOPP criteriacan identify “medications to avoid” (such as potent opioids and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory medications), such medications account for less than 25% of all ADEs in older patients [57]. Commonly prescribed “non-Beers list” medications with proven benefits in many older people, such as cardiovascular medications, anticoagulants, and hypoglycaemic agents, are more frequently implicated as a result of misuse [58].

              In applying a more nuanced, patient-centered approach to deprescribing, structured guides comprising algorithms, flowcharts, or tables describe sequential steps in deciding which medications used by an individual patient should be targeted for discontinuation after due attention to all relevant factors. Such guides prompt a more systematic appraisal of all medications being used. In a recent review of 7 structured guides that had undergone some form of efficacy testing [59], the strongest evidence of efficacy and clinician acceptability was seen for the Good Palliative–Geriatric Practice algorithm [48] (Figure) and the CEASE protocol [29,30,50,60] (Table). Both have been subject to a process of development and refinement over months to years involving multiple clinician prescribers and pharmacists. 

              However, the former was designed in nursing home settings [48]and then applied to a community-based population [49] without further validation, whereas the CEASE protocol has assumed different forms according to the needs of different settings [50,61] and has been shown to have face validity among a cohort of prescribers and pharmacists [62].

              Clinical Circumstances Conducive to Deprescribing

              Deprescribing should be especially considered in any older patient presenting with a new symptom or clinical syndrome suggestive of adverse medicine effects. The advent of advanced or end-stage disease, terminal illness, dementia, extreme frailty, or full dependence on others for all cares marks a stage of a person’s life when limited life expectancy and changed goals of care call for a re-appraisal of the benefits of current medicines. Lack of response in controlling symptoms despite optimal adherence and dosing or conversely the absence of symptoms for long periods of time should challenge the need for ongoing regular use of medicines. Similarly, the lack of verification, or indeed repudiation, of past diagnostic labels which gave rise to indications for medicines in the first place should prompt consideration of discontinuation. Patients receiving single medicines or combinations of medicines, both of which are high risk, should attract attention [63], as should use of preventive medicines for scenarios associated with no increased disease risk despite medicine cessation (eg, ceasing alendronate after 5 years of treatment results in no increase in osteoporotic fracture risk over the ensuing 5 years [64]; ceasing statins for primary prevention after a prolonged period results in no increase in cardiovascular events 8 years after discontinuation [65]). Evidence that has emerged that strongly contradicts previously held beliefs as to the indications for certain medicines (eg, aspirin as primary prevention of cardiovascular disease) should lead to a higher frequency of their discontinuation. Finally, medicines which impose demands on patients which they deem intolerable in terms of dietary and lifestyle restrictions, adverse side effects, medicine monitoring (such as warfarin), financial cost, or any other reason likely to result in nonadherence, should be considered candidates for deprescribing [25].

               

               

              Barriers to Deprescribing

              The most effective strategy to reducing potentially inappropriate polypharmacy is for doctors to prescribe and patients to consume fewer medicines. Unfortunately, both doctors and patients often lack confidence about when and how to cease medicines [66–69]. In a recent systematic review comprised mostly of studies involving general practitioners in primary care [66], 4 themes emerged. First, prescribers may be unaware of their own instances of inappropriate prescribing in older people until this is pointed out to them. Poor insight may be attributable in part to insufficient education in geriatric pharmacology. Second, clinical inertia manifesting as failure to act despite an awareness of PIMs may arise from deprescribing being viewed as a risky affair [70], with doctors fearful of provoking withdrawal syndromes or disease complications, and damaging their reputation and relationships with patients or colleagues in the process. Continuing inappropriate medicines is reinforced by prescriber beliefs that to do so is a safer or kinder course of action for the patient. Third, self-perceptions of being ill-equipped, in terms of the necessary knowledge and skills, to deprescribe appropriately (lack of self-efficacy) may be a barrier, even if one accepts the need for deprescribing. Information deficits around benefit-harm trade-offs of particular drugs and alternative treatments (both drug and non-drug), especially for older, frail, multi-morbid patients, contribute to the problem. Confidence to deprescribe is further undermined by the lack of clear documentation regarding reasons drugs were originally prescribed by other doctors, outcomes of past trials of discontinuation, and current patient care goals. Fourth, several external or logistical constraints may hamper deprescribing efforts such as perceived patient unwillingness to deprescribe certain medicines, lack of prescriber time, poor remuneration, and community and professional attitudes toward more rather than less use of medicines.

              Deprescribing in hospital settings led by specialists appears to be no better than in general practice, although it has been less well studied. While an episode of acute inpatient care may afford an opportunity to review and reduce medicine lists, studies suggest the opposite occurs. In a New Zealand audit of 424 patients of mean age 80 years admitted acutely to a medical unit, chronically administered medications increased during hospital stay from a mean of 6.6 to 7.7 [71]. Similarly, in an Australian study investigating medication changes for 1220 patients of mean age 81 years admitted to general medical units of 11 acute care hospitals, the mean number of regularly administered medications rose from 7.1 on admission to 7.6 at discharge [72]. It is likely the same drivers behind failure to deprescribe in primary care also operate in secondary and tertiary care settings. Part of the problem is under-recognition of medicine-related geriatric syndromes on the part of hospital physicians and pharmacists [73].

              Patients in both the community and residential aged care facilities frequently express a desire to have their medicines reduced in number, especially if advised by their treating clinician [74,75]. Having said this, many remain wary of discontinuing specific medicines [67], sharing the same fears of evoking withdrawal syndromes or disease relapse as do prescribers, and recounting the strong advice of past specialists to never withhold any medicines without first seeking their advice.

              A challenge for all involved in deprescribing is gaining agreement on what are the most important factors that determine when, how, and in whom deprescribing should be conducted. Recent qualitative studies suggest that doctors, pharmacists, nursing staff, and patients and their families, while in broad agreement that deprescribing is worthwhile, often differ in their perspectives on what takes priority in selecting medicines for deprescribing in individual patients, and how it should be done and by whom [76,77].

              Strategies That May Facilitate Deprescribing

              While deprescribing presents some challenges, there are several strategies that can facilitate it at both the level of individual clinical encounters and at the level of whole populations and systems of care.

              Individual Clinical Encounters

              Within individual clinician–patient encounters, patients should be empowered to ask their doctors and pharmacists the following questions:

              • What are my treatment options (including non-medicine options) for my condition?
              • What are the possible benefits and harms of each medicine?
              • What might be reasonable grounds for stopping a medicine?

              In turn, doctors and pharmacists should ask in a nonjudgmental fashion, at every encounter, whether patients are experiencing any side effects, administration and monitoring problems, or other barriers to adherence associated with any of their medicines.

              The issue of deprescribing should be framed as an attempt to alleviate symptoms (of drug toxicity), improve quality of life (from drug-induced disability), and lessen the risk of morbid events (especially ADEs) in the future. Compelling evidence that identifies circumstances in which medicines can be safely withdrawn while reducing the risk of ADEs needs to be emphasized. Specialists must play a sentinel leadership role in advising and authorizing other health professionals to deprescribe in situations where benefits of medications they have prescribed are no longer outweighed by the harms [60,78].

              In language they can understand, patients should be informed of the benefit–harm trade-offs specific to them of continuing or discontinuing a particular medicine, as far as these can be specified. Patients often overestimate the benefits and underestimate the harms of treatments [79]. Providing such personalised information can substantially alter perceptions of risk and change attitudes towards discontinuation [80]. Eliciting patients’ beliefs about the necessity for each individual medicine and spending time, using an empathic manner, to dispel or qualify those at odds with evidence and clinical judgement renders deprescribing more acceptable to patients.

              In estimating treatment benefit–harm trade-offs in individual patients, disease risk prediction tools (http://www.medal.org/), evidence tables [81,82], and decision aids are increasingly available. Prognostication tools (http://eprognosis.ucsf.edu) combined with trial-based time-to-event data can be used to determine if medicine-specific time until benefit exceeds remaining life span.

              Deprescribing is best performed by reducing medicines one at a time over several encounters with the same overseeing generalist clinician with whom patients have established a trusting and collaborative relationship. This provides repeated opportunities to discuss and assuage any fears of discontinuing a medicine, and to adjust the deprescribing plan according to changes in clinical circumstances and revised treatment goals. Practice-based pharmacists can review patients’ medicine lists and apply screening criteria to identify medicines more likely to be unnecessary or harmful, which then helps initiate and guide deprescribing. Integrating a structured deprescribing protocol—and reminders to use it—into electronic health records, and providing decision support and data collection for future reference, reduce the cognitive burden on prescribers [83]. Practical guidance in how to safely wean and cease particular classes of medicines in older people can be accessed from various sources [84,85]. Seeking input from clinical pharmacologists, pharmacists, nurses, and other salient care providers on a case-by-case basis in the form of interactive case conferences provides support, seeks consensus, and shares the risk and responsibility for deprescribing recommendations [86].

              System of Care

              The success of deprescribing efforts in realizing better population health will be compromised unless all key stakeholders involved in quality use of medicines commit to operationalizing deprescribing strategies at the system of care level. Position statements on deprescribing in multi-morbid populations should be formulated and promulgated by all professional societies of prescribers (primary care, specialists, pharmacists, dentists, nurse practitioners). Professional development programs as well as undergraduate, graduate, and postgraduate courses in medicine, pharmacy, and nursing should include training in deprescribing as a core curricular element.

              Researchers seeking funding and/or ethics approval for research projects involving medicines should be required to collect, analyze, and report data on the frequency of, and reasons for, withdrawal of drugs in trial subjects. This helps build the evidence base of medicine-related harm. In turn, government funders of research should require more researchers to design and conduct clinical trials that recruit multi-morbid patients, including specific subgroups (eg, patients with dementia), and aim to define medicine benefits and harms using patient risk stratification methods. Pharmaceutical companies should sponsor research on how to deprescribe their medicines within trials that also aim to assess efficacy and safety. Medicine regulatory authorities such as the Food and Drug Administration should mandate that this information be supplied at the time the company submits their application to have the medicine approved and listed for public subsidy. Trialists should adopt the word “deprescribing” in abstract titles for research on prescriber-initiated medicine discontinuation so that relevant articles can be more accurately indexed in, and retrieved from, bibliographic databases using recently formulated medical subject headings in Medline (“depresciptions”).

              Editors of medical journals should promote a deprescribing agenda as a quality and safety issue for patient care, with the “Less is More” series in JAMA Internal Medicine and “Too much medicine” series in BMJ being good examples. Clinical guideline developers should formulate treatment recommendations specific to the needs of multi-morbid patients which acknowledge the limited evidence base for many medicines in such populations. These should take account of commonly encountered clinical scenarios where disease-specific medicines may engender greater risk of harm, and provide cautionary notes regarding initiation and discontinuation of medicines associated with high-risk.

              Pharmacists need to instruct patients in how to identify medicine-induced harm and side effects, and how to collaborate with their prescribing clinicians in safely discontinuing high-risk medicines. Ideally, patients being admitted to residential aged care facilities should have their medicine lists reviewed by a pharmacist in flagging medicines eligible for deprescribing. Organizations and services responsible for providing quality use of medicines information (medicines handbooks, prescribing guidelines, drug safety bulletins) should describe when and how deprescribing should be performed in regards to specific medicines. This information should be cross-referenced to clinical guidelines and position statements dealing with the same medicine. Vendors of medicine prescribing software should be encouraged to incorporate flags and alerts which prompt prescribers to consider medicine cessation in high-risk patients.

               

               

              Government and statutory bodies with responsibility for health care (health departments, quality and safety commissions, practice accreditation services, health care standard–setting bodies) should fund more research to develop and evaluate medicine safety standards aimed at reducing inappropriate use of medicines. Accreditation procedures for hospitals and primary care organizations should mandate the adoption of professional development and quality measurement systems that support and monitor patients receiving multiple medicines. Organizations responsible for conducting pharmacovigilance studies should issue medicine-specific deprescribing alerts whenever their data suggest higher than expected incidence of medicine-related adverse events in older populations receiving such medicines.

              Conclusion

              Inappropriate medicine use and polypharmacy is a growing issue among older and multi-morbid patients. The cumulative evidence of the safety and benefits of deprescribing argues for its adoption on the part of all prescribers, as well as its support by pharmacists and others responsible for optimizing use of medicines. Widespread implementation within routine care of an evidence-based approach to deprescribing in all patients receiving polypharmacy has its challenges, but also considerable potential to relieve unnecessary suffering and disability. More high quality research is needed in defining the circumstances under which deprescribing confers maximal benefit in terms of improved clinical outcomes.

               

              Corresponding author: Ian A. Scott, Dept. of Internal Medicine and Clinical Epidemiology, Princess Alexandra Hospital, Brisbane, Australia 4102, [email protected].

              Financial disclosures: None.

              From the Department of Internal Medicine and Clinical Epidemiology, Princess Alexandra Hospital, Ipswich Road, Woolloongabba, Queensland, Australia (Dr. Scott), School of Medicine, The University of Queensland, Herston Road, Brisbane, Australia (Dr. Scott), Centre of Research Excellence in Quality & Safety in Integrated Primary-Secondary Care, The University of Queensland, Herston Road, Brisbane, Australia (Ms. Anderson), and Charming Institute, Camp Hill, Brisbane, Queensland, Australia (Dr. Freeman).

               

              Abstract

              • Objective: To review the adverse drug events (ADEs) risk of polypharmacy; the process of deprescribing and evidence of efficacy in reducing inappropriate polypharmacy; the enablers and barriers to deprescribing; and patient and system of care level strategies that can be employed to enhance deprescribing.
              • Methods: Literature review.
              • Results: Inappropriate polypharmacy, especially in older people, imposes a significant burden of ADEs, ill health, disability, hospitalization and even death. The single most important predictor of inappropriate prescribing and risk of ADEs in older patients is the number of prescribed medicines. Deprescribing is the process of systematically reviewing, identifying, and discontinuing potentially inappropriate medicines (PIMs), aimed at minimizing polypharmacy and improving patient outcomes. Evidence of efficacy for deprescribing is emerging from randomized trials and observational studies, and deprescribing protocols have been developed and validated for clinical use. Barriers and enablers to deprescribing by individual prescribers center on 4 themes: (1) raising awareness of the prevalence and characteristics of PIMs; (2) overcoming clinical inertia whereby discontinuing medicines is seen as being a low value proposition compared to maintaining the status quo; (3) increasing skills and competence (self-efficacy) in deprescribing; and (4) countering external and logistical factors that impede the process.
              • Conclusion: In optimizing the scale and effects of deprescribing in clinical practice, strategies that promote depresribing will need to be applied at both the level of individual patient–prescriber encounters and systems of care.

               

              In developed countries in the modern era, about 30% of patients aged 65 years or older are prescribed 5 or more medicines [1]. Over the past decade, the prevalence of polypharmacy (use of > 5 prescription drugs) in the adult population of the United States has doubled from 8.2% in 1999–2000 to 15% in 2011–2012 [2]. While many patients may benefit from such polypharmacy [3] (defined here as 5 or more regularly prescribed medicines), it comes with increased risk of adverse drug events (ADEs) in older people [4] due to physiological changes of aging that alter pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic responses to medicines [5]. Approximately 1 in 5 medicines commonly used in older people may be inappropriate [6], rising to a third among those living in residential aged care facilities [7]. Among nursing home residents with advanced dementia, more than half receive at least 1 medicine with questionable benefit [8]. Approximately 50% of hospitalized nursing home or ambulatory care patients receive 1 or more unnecessary medicines [9]. Observational studies have documented ADEs in at least 15% of older patients, contributing to ill health [10], disability [11], hospitalization [12] and readmissions [13], increased length of stay, and, in some cases, death [14]. This high level of iatrogenic harm from potentially inappropriate medicines (PIMs) mandates a response from clinicians responsible for managing medicines.

              In this narrative review, we aim to detail the ADE risk of polypharmacy, the process of deprescribing and evidence of its efficacy in reducing potentially inappropriate polypharmacy, the enablers and barriers to deprescribing, and patient and system of care level strategies that can be employed in enhancing deprescribing.

               

              Polypharmacy As a Risk Factor for Medicine-Related Harm

              The number of medicines a patient is taking is the single most important predictor of medicine-related harm [15]. One report estimated the risk of ADEs as a contributory cause of patients presenting acutely to hospital emergency departments to be 13% for 2 drugs, 38% for 4 drugs, and 82% for 7 drugs or more [16]. The more medicines an individual takes, the greater their risk of experiencing an adverse drug reaction, a drug-drug interaction, a drug-disease interaction, cascade prescribing (where more medicines are added to counteract side effects of existing medicines), nonadherence, and drug errors (wrong drug, wrong dose, missed doses, erroneous dosing frequency) [17–20]. Once the number of regular medicines rises above 5 (commonly regarded as the threshold for defining polypharmacy), observational data suggest that additional medicines independently increase the risk of frailty, falling, and hospital admission [21].

              The benefits of many medicines in frail older people remain unquantified. As many as 50% of clinical trials have a specific upper age limit and approximately 80% of clinical trials exclude people with comorbidities [22,23]. Single-disease treatment guidelines based on such trials are often extrapolated to older people with multimorbidity despite an absence of evidence for benefit [24] and with little consideration of the potential burdens and harms of polypharmacy resulting from treating multiple diseases in the one patient [25]. By contrast, the risks from many medicines in older people are well known. Older people are at high risk of ADEs and toxicity due to reduced renal and liver function and age-related changes in physiological reserve, body composition, and cellular metabolism [26]. While the adverse effects of polypharmacy or of comorbidities targeted for treatment are difficult to separate, the burden of medicine-induced decline in function and quality of life is becoming better defined and appreciated [27].

              Defining Evidence-Based Deprescribing

              While many definitions have been proposed [28], we define evidence-based deprescribing as follows: the active process of systematically reviewing medicines being used by individual patients and, using best available evidence, identifying and discontinuing those associated with unfavorable risk–benefit trade-offs within the context of illness severity, advanced age, multi-morbidity, physical and emotional capacity, life expectancy, care goals, and personal preferences [29]. An enlarging body of research has demonstrated the feasibility, safety and patient benefit of deprescribing, as discussed further below. It employs evidence-based frameworks that assist the prescriber [30] and are patient-centered [31].

              Importantly, deprescribing should be seen as part of the good prescribing continuum, which spans medicine initiation, titrating, changing, or adding medicines, and switching or ceasing medicines. Deprescribing is not about denying effective treatment to eligible patients. It is a positive, patient-centered intervention, with inherent uncertainties, and requires shared decision-making, informed patient consent and close monitoring of effects [32]. Deprescribing involves diagnosing a problem (use of a PIM), making a therapeutic decision (withdrawing it with close follow-up) and altering the natural history of the problem (reducing incidence of medicine-related adverse events).

              Our definition of evidence-based deprescribing is a form of direct deprescribing applied at the level of the individual patient-prescriber/pharmacist encounter. Direct deprescribing uses explicit, systematic processes (such as using an algorithm or structured deprescribing framework or guide) applied by individual prescribers (or pharmacists) to the medicine regimens of individual patients (ie, at the patient level), and which targets either specific classes of medicines or all medicines that are potentially inappropriate. This is in contrast to indirect deprescribing, which uses more generic, programmatic strategies aimed at prescribers as a whole (ie, at the population or system level) and which seek to improve quality use of medicines in general, including both underuse and overuse of medicines. Indirect deprescribing entails a broader aim of medicines optimization in which deprescribing is a possible outcome but not necessarily the sole focus. Such strategies include pharmacist or physician medicine reviews, education programs for clinicians and/or patients, academic detailing, audit and feedback, geriatric assessment, multidisciplinary teams, prescribing restrictions, and government policies, all of which aim to reduce the overall burden of PIMs among broad groups of patients. While intuitively the 2 approaches in combination should exert synergistic effects superior to those of either by itself, this has not been studied.

              Evidence For Deprescribing

              Indirect Deprescribing

              Overall, the research into indirect interventions has been highly heterogenous in terms of interventions and measures of medicine use. Research has often been of low to moderate quality, focused more on changes to prescribing patterns and less on clinical outcomes, been of short duration, and produced mixed results [33]. In a 2013 systematic review of 36 studies involving different interventions involving frail older patients in various settings, 22 of 26 quantitative studies reported statistically significant reductions in the proportions of medicines deemed unnecessary (defined using various criteria), ranging from 3 to 20 percentage points [34]. A more recent review of 20 trials of pharmacist-led reviews in both inpatient and outpatient settings reported a small reduction in the mean number of prescribed medicines (–0.48, 95% confidence interval [CI] –0.89 to –0.07) but no effects on mortality or readmissions, although unplanned hospitalizations were reduced in patients with heart failure [35]. A 2012 review of 10 controlled and 20 randomized studies revealed statistically significant reductions in the number of medicines in most of the controlled studies, although mixed results in the randomized studies [36]. Another 2012 review of 10 studies of different designs concluded that interventions were beneficial in reducing potentially inappropriate prescribing and medicine-related problems [37]. A 2013 review of 15 studies of academic detailing of family physicians showed a modest decline in the number of medications of certain classes such as benzodiazepines and nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs [38]. Another 2013 review restricted to 8 randomized trials of various interventions involving nursing home patients suggested medicine-related problems were more frequently identified and resolved, together with improvement in medicine appropriateness [39]. In 2 randomized trials conducted in aged care facilities and centered on educational interventions, one aimed at prescribers [40] and the other at nursing staff [41],the number of potentially harmful medicines and days in hospital was significantly reduced [40,41], combined with slower declines in health-related quality of life [40]. In a randomized trial, patient education provided through community pharmacists led to a 77% reduction in benzodiazepine use among chronic users at 6 months with no withdrawal seizures or other ill effects [42].

              Direct Deprescribing Targeting Specific Classes of Medicines

              The evidence base for direct patient-level deprescribing is more rigorous as it pertains to specific classes of medicines. A 2008 systematic review of 31 trials (15 randomized, 16 observational) that withdrew a single class of medicine in older people demonstrated that, with appropriate patient selection and education coupled with careful withdrawal and close monitoring, antihypertensive agents, psychotropic medicines, and benzodiazepines could be discontinued without harm in 20% to 100% of patients, although psychotropics showed a high post-trial rate of recommencement [43]. Another review of 9 randomized trials demonstrated the safety of withdrawing antipsychotic agents that had been used continuously for behavioural and psychological symptoms in more than 80% of subjects with dementia [44]. In an observational study, cessation of inappropriate antihypertensives was associated with fewer cardiovascular events and deaths over a 5-year follow-up period [45]. A recent randomized trial of statin withdrawal in patients with advanced illness and of whom half had a prognosis of less than 12 months demonstrated improved quality of life and no increased risk of cardiovascular events over the following 60 days [46].

               

               

              Direct Deprescribing Targeting All Medicines

              The evidence base for direct patient-level deprescribing that assesses all medicines, not just specific medicine classes, features several high-quality observational studies and controlled trials, and subgroup findings from a recent comprehensive systematic review. In this review of 132 studies, which included 56 randomized controlled trials [47], mortality was shown in randomized trials to be decreased by 38% as a result of direct (ie, patient-level) deprescribing interventions. However, this effect was not seen in studies of indirect deprescribing comprising mainly generic educational interventions. While space prevents a detailed analysis of all relevant trials, some of the more commonly cited sentinel studies are mentioned here.

              In a controlled trial involving 190 patients in aged care facilities, a structured approach to deprescribing (Good Palliative–Geriatric Practice algorithm) resulted in 63% of patients having, on average, 2.8 medicines per patient discontinued, and was associated with a halving in both annual mortality and referrals to acute care hospitals [48]. In another prospective uncontrolled study, the same approach applied to a cohort of 70 community-dwelling older patients resulted in an average of 4.4 medicines prescribed to 64 patients being recommended for discontinuation, of which 81% were successfully discontinued, with 88% of patients reporting global improvements in health [49]. In a prospective cohort study of 50 older hospitalized patients receiving a median of 10 regular medicines on admission, a formal deprescribing process led to the cessation of just over 1 in 3 medicines by discharge, representing 4 fewer medicines per patient [50]. During a median follow-up period of just over 2.5 months for 39 patients, less than 5% of ceased medicines were recommenced in 3 patients for relapsing symptoms, with no deaths or acute presentations to hospital attributable to cessation of medicines. A multidisciplinary hospital clinic for older patients over a 3-month period achieved cessation of 22% of medicines in 17 patients without ill effect [51].

              Two randomized studies used the Screening Tool of Older People’s Prescriptions (STOPP) to reduce the use of PIMs in older hospital inpatients [52,53]. One reported significantly reduced PIMs use in the intervention group at discharge and 6 months post-discharge, no change in the rate of hospital readmission, and non-significant reductions in falls, all cause-mortality, and primary care visits during the 6-month follow-up period [52]. The second study reported reduced PIMs use in the intervention group of frail older patients on discharge, although the proportion of people prescribed at least 1 PIM was not altered [53].

              Recently, a randomized trial of a deprescribing intervention applied to aged care residents resulted in successful discontinuation of 207 (59%) of 348 medicines targeted for deprescribing, and a mean reduction of 2 medicines per patient at 12 months compared to none in controls, with no differences in mortality or hospital admissions [54]. The evidence for direct deprescribing is limited by relatively few high-quality randomized trials, small patient samples, short duration of follow-up, selection of specific subsets of patients, and the absence of comprehensive re-prescribing data and clinical outcomes.

              Methods Used for Direct Deprescribing

              At the level of individual patient care, various instruments have been developed to assist the deprescribing process. Screening tools or criteria such as the Beers criteria and STOPP tool help identify medicines more likely than not to be inappropriate for a given set of circumstances and are widely used by research pharmacists. Deprescribing guidelines directed at particular medications (or drug classes) [55], or specific patient populations [56], can identify clinical scenarios where a particular drug is likely to be inappropriate, and how to safely wean or discontinue it.

              However, in addition to these tools, clinicians need a method for identifying all medicines which may be inappropriate when considering the personalized context of individual patients, irrespective of age, co-morbidity burden or mix of medicines. For example, while Beers and STOPP criteriacan identify “medications to avoid” (such as potent opioids and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory medications), such medications account for less than 25% of all ADEs in older patients [57]. Commonly prescribed “non-Beers list” medications with proven benefits in many older people, such as cardiovascular medications, anticoagulants, and hypoglycaemic agents, are more frequently implicated as a result of misuse [58].

              In applying a more nuanced, patient-centered approach to deprescribing, structured guides comprising algorithms, flowcharts, or tables describe sequential steps in deciding which medications used by an individual patient should be targeted for discontinuation after due attention to all relevant factors. Such guides prompt a more systematic appraisal of all medications being used. In a recent review of 7 structured guides that had undergone some form of efficacy testing [59], the strongest evidence of efficacy and clinician acceptability was seen for the Good Palliative–Geriatric Practice algorithm [48] (Figure) and the CEASE protocol [29,30,50,60] (Table). Both have been subject to a process of development and refinement over months to years involving multiple clinician prescribers and pharmacists. 

              However, the former was designed in nursing home settings [48]and then applied to a community-based population [49] without further validation, whereas the CEASE protocol has assumed different forms according to the needs of different settings [50,61] and has been shown to have face validity among a cohort of prescribers and pharmacists [62].

              Clinical Circumstances Conducive to Deprescribing

              Deprescribing should be especially considered in any older patient presenting with a new symptom or clinical syndrome suggestive of adverse medicine effects. The advent of advanced or end-stage disease, terminal illness, dementia, extreme frailty, or full dependence on others for all cares marks a stage of a person’s life when limited life expectancy and changed goals of care call for a re-appraisal of the benefits of current medicines. Lack of response in controlling symptoms despite optimal adherence and dosing or conversely the absence of symptoms for long periods of time should challenge the need for ongoing regular use of medicines. Similarly, the lack of verification, or indeed repudiation, of past diagnostic labels which gave rise to indications for medicines in the first place should prompt consideration of discontinuation. Patients receiving single medicines or combinations of medicines, both of which are high risk, should attract attention [63], as should use of preventive medicines for scenarios associated with no increased disease risk despite medicine cessation (eg, ceasing alendronate after 5 years of treatment results in no increase in osteoporotic fracture risk over the ensuing 5 years [64]; ceasing statins for primary prevention after a prolonged period results in no increase in cardiovascular events 8 years after discontinuation [65]). Evidence that has emerged that strongly contradicts previously held beliefs as to the indications for certain medicines (eg, aspirin as primary prevention of cardiovascular disease) should lead to a higher frequency of their discontinuation. Finally, medicines which impose demands on patients which they deem intolerable in terms of dietary and lifestyle restrictions, adverse side effects, medicine monitoring (such as warfarin), financial cost, or any other reason likely to result in nonadherence, should be considered candidates for deprescribing [25].

               

               

              Barriers to Deprescribing

              The most effective strategy to reducing potentially inappropriate polypharmacy is for doctors to prescribe and patients to consume fewer medicines. Unfortunately, both doctors and patients often lack confidence about when and how to cease medicines [66–69]. In a recent systematic review comprised mostly of studies involving general practitioners in primary care [66], 4 themes emerged. First, prescribers may be unaware of their own instances of inappropriate prescribing in older people until this is pointed out to them. Poor insight may be attributable in part to insufficient education in geriatric pharmacology. Second, clinical inertia manifesting as failure to act despite an awareness of PIMs may arise from deprescribing being viewed as a risky affair [70], with doctors fearful of provoking withdrawal syndromes or disease complications, and damaging their reputation and relationships with patients or colleagues in the process. Continuing inappropriate medicines is reinforced by prescriber beliefs that to do so is a safer or kinder course of action for the patient. Third, self-perceptions of being ill-equipped, in terms of the necessary knowledge and skills, to deprescribe appropriately (lack of self-efficacy) may be a barrier, even if one accepts the need for deprescribing. Information deficits around benefit-harm trade-offs of particular drugs and alternative treatments (both drug and non-drug), especially for older, frail, multi-morbid patients, contribute to the problem. Confidence to deprescribe is further undermined by the lack of clear documentation regarding reasons drugs were originally prescribed by other doctors, outcomes of past trials of discontinuation, and current patient care goals. Fourth, several external or logistical constraints may hamper deprescribing efforts such as perceived patient unwillingness to deprescribe certain medicines, lack of prescriber time, poor remuneration, and community and professional attitudes toward more rather than less use of medicines.

              Deprescribing in hospital settings led by specialists appears to be no better than in general practice, although it has been less well studied. While an episode of acute inpatient care may afford an opportunity to review and reduce medicine lists, studies suggest the opposite occurs. In a New Zealand audit of 424 patients of mean age 80 years admitted acutely to a medical unit, chronically administered medications increased during hospital stay from a mean of 6.6 to 7.7 [71]. Similarly, in an Australian study investigating medication changes for 1220 patients of mean age 81 years admitted to general medical units of 11 acute care hospitals, the mean number of regularly administered medications rose from 7.1 on admission to 7.6 at discharge [72]. It is likely the same drivers behind failure to deprescribe in primary care also operate in secondary and tertiary care settings. Part of the problem is under-recognition of medicine-related geriatric syndromes on the part of hospital physicians and pharmacists [73].

              Patients in both the community and residential aged care facilities frequently express a desire to have their medicines reduced in number, especially if advised by their treating clinician [74,75]. Having said this, many remain wary of discontinuing specific medicines [67], sharing the same fears of evoking withdrawal syndromes or disease relapse as do prescribers, and recounting the strong advice of past specialists to never withhold any medicines without first seeking their advice.

              A challenge for all involved in deprescribing is gaining agreement on what are the most important factors that determine when, how, and in whom deprescribing should be conducted. Recent qualitative studies suggest that doctors, pharmacists, nursing staff, and patients and their families, while in broad agreement that deprescribing is worthwhile, often differ in their perspectives on what takes priority in selecting medicines for deprescribing in individual patients, and how it should be done and by whom [76,77].

              Strategies That May Facilitate Deprescribing

              While deprescribing presents some challenges, there are several strategies that can facilitate it at both the level of individual clinical encounters and at the level of whole populations and systems of care.

              Individual Clinical Encounters

              Within individual clinician–patient encounters, patients should be empowered to ask their doctors and pharmacists the following questions:

              • What are my treatment options (including non-medicine options) for my condition?
              • What are the possible benefits and harms of each medicine?
              • What might be reasonable grounds for stopping a medicine?

              In turn, doctors and pharmacists should ask in a nonjudgmental fashion, at every encounter, whether patients are experiencing any side effects, administration and monitoring problems, or other barriers to adherence associated with any of their medicines.

              The issue of deprescribing should be framed as an attempt to alleviate symptoms (of drug toxicity), improve quality of life (from drug-induced disability), and lessen the risk of morbid events (especially ADEs) in the future. Compelling evidence that identifies circumstances in which medicines can be safely withdrawn while reducing the risk of ADEs needs to be emphasized. Specialists must play a sentinel leadership role in advising and authorizing other health professionals to deprescribe in situations where benefits of medications they have prescribed are no longer outweighed by the harms [60,78].

              In language they can understand, patients should be informed of the benefit–harm trade-offs specific to them of continuing or discontinuing a particular medicine, as far as these can be specified. Patients often overestimate the benefits and underestimate the harms of treatments [79]. Providing such personalised information can substantially alter perceptions of risk and change attitudes towards discontinuation [80]. Eliciting patients’ beliefs about the necessity for each individual medicine and spending time, using an empathic manner, to dispel or qualify those at odds with evidence and clinical judgement renders deprescribing more acceptable to patients.

              In estimating treatment benefit–harm trade-offs in individual patients, disease risk prediction tools (http://www.medal.org/), evidence tables [81,82], and decision aids are increasingly available. Prognostication tools (http://eprognosis.ucsf.edu) combined with trial-based time-to-event data can be used to determine if medicine-specific time until benefit exceeds remaining life span.

              Deprescribing is best performed by reducing medicines one at a time over several encounters with the same overseeing generalist clinician with whom patients have established a trusting and collaborative relationship. This provides repeated opportunities to discuss and assuage any fears of discontinuing a medicine, and to adjust the deprescribing plan according to changes in clinical circumstances and revised treatment goals. Practice-based pharmacists can review patients’ medicine lists and apply screening criteria to identify medicines more likely to be unnecessary or harmful, which then helps initiate and guide deprescribing. Integrating a structured deprescribing protocol—and reminders to use it—into electronic health records, and providing decision support and data collection for future reference, reduce the cognitive burden on prescribers [83]. Practical guidance in how to safely wean and cease particular classes of medicines in older people can be accessed from various sources [84,85]. Seeking input from clinical pharmacologists, pharmacists, nurses, and other salient care providers on a case-by-case basis in the form of interactive case conferences provides support, seeks consensus, and shares the risk and responsibility for deprescribing recommendations [86].

              System of Care

              The success of deprescribing efforts in realizing better population health will be compromised unless all key stakeholders involved in quality use of medicines commit to operationalizing deprescribing strategies at the system of care level. Position statements on deprescribing in multi-morbid populations should be formulated and promulgated by all professional societies of prescribers (primary care, specialists, pharmacists, dentists, nurse practitioners). Professional development programs as well as undergraduate, graduate, and postgraduate courses in medicine, pharmacy, and nursing should include training in deprescribing as a core curricular element.

              Researchers seeking funding and/or ethics approval for research projects involving medicines should be required to collect, analyze, and report data on the frequency of, and reasons for, withdrawal of drugs in trial subjects. This helps build the evidence base of medicine-related harm. In turn, government funders of research should require more researchers to design and conduct clinical trials that recruit multi-morbid patients, including specific subgroups (eg, patients with dementia), and aim to define medicine benefits and harms using patient risk stratification methods. Pharmaceutical companies should sponsor research on how to deprescribe their medicines within trials that also aim to assess efficacy and safety. Medicine regulatory authorities such as the Food and Drug Administration should mandate that this information be supplied at the time the company submits their application to have the medicine approved and listed for public subsidy. Trialists should adopt the word “deprescribing” in abstract titles for research on prescriber-initiated medicine discontinuation so that relevant articles can be more accurately indexed in, and retrieved from, bibliographic databases using recently formulated medical subject headings in Medline (“depresciptions”).

              Editors of medical journals should promote a deprescribing agenda as a quality and safety issue for patient care, with the “Less is More” series in JAMA Internal Medicine and “Too much medicine” series in BMJ being good examples. Clinical guideline developers should formulate treatment recommendations specific to the needs of multi-morbid patients which acknowledge the limited evidence base for many medicines in such populations. These should take account of commonly encountered clinical scenarios where disease-specific medicines may engender greater risk of harm, and provide cautionary notes regarding initiation and discontinuation of medicines associated with high-risk.

              Pharmacists need to instruct patients in how to identify medicine-induced harm and side effects, and how to collaborate with their prescribing clinicians in safely discontinuing high-risk medicines. Ideally, patients being admitted to residential aged care facilities should have their medicine lists reviewed by a pharmacist in flagging medicines eligible for deprescribing. Organizations and services responsible for providing quality use of medicines information (medicines handbooks, prescribing guidelines, drug safety bulletins) should describe when and how deprescribing should be performed in regards to specific medicines. This information should be cross-referenced to clinical guidelines and position statements dealing with the same medicine. Vendors of medicine prescribing software should be encouraged to incorporate flags and alerts which prompt prescribers to consider medicine cessation in high-risk patients.

               

               

              Government and statutory bodies with responsibility for health care (health departments, quality and safety commissions, practice accreditation services, health care standard–setting bodies) should fund more research to develop and evaluate medicine safety standards aimed at reducing inappropriate use of medicines. Accreditation procedures for hospitals and primary care organizations should mandate the adoption of professional development and quality measurement systems that support and monitor patients receiving multiple medicines. Organizations responsible for conducting pharmacovigilance studies should issue medicine-specific deprescribing alerts whenever their data suggest higher than expected incidence of medicine-related adverse events in older populations receiving such medicines.

              Conclusion

              Inappropriate medicine use and polypharmacy is a growing issue among older and multi-morbid patients. The cumulative evidence of the safety and benefits of deprescribing argues for its adoption on the part of all prescribers, as well as its support by pharmacists and others responsible for optimizing use of medicines. Widespread implementation within routine care of an evidence-based approach to deprescribing in all patients receiving polypharmacy has its challenges, but also considerable potential to relieve unnecessary suffering and disability. More high quality research is needed in defining the circumstances under which deprescribing confers maximal benefit in terms of improved clinical outcomes.

               

              Corresponding author: Ian A. Scott, Dept. of Internal Medicine and Clinical Epidemiology, Princess Alexandra Hospital, Brisbane, Australia 4102, [email protected].

              Financial disclosures: None.

              References

              1. Qato DM, Alexander GC, Conti RM, et . Use of prescription and over-the-counter medications and dietary supplements among older adults in the United States. JAMA 2008;300:2867–78.

              2. Kantor ED, Rehm CD, Haas JS, et al. Trends in prescription drug use among adults in the United States from 1999-2012. JAMA 2015;314:1818–31.

              3. Wise J. Polypharmacy: a necessary evil. BMJ 2013;347: f7033.

              4.   Gnjidic D, Hilmer SN, Blyth FM, et al. Polypharmacy cutoff and outcomes: five or more medicines were used to identify community-dwelling older men at risk of different adverse outcomes. J Clin Epidemiol 2012;65:989–95.

              5. Atkin PA, Veitch PC, Veitch EM, Ogle SJ. The epidemiology of serious adverse drug reactions among the elderly. Medicines Aging 1999;14:141–52.

              6. Roughead EE, Anderson B, Gilbert AL. Potentially inappropriate prescribing among Australian veterans and war widows/widowers. Intern Med J 2007;37:402–5.

              7. Stafford AC, Alswayan MS, Tenni PC. Inappropriate prescribing in older residents of Australian care homes. Clin Pharmacol Therapeut 2011;36:33–44.

              8. Tjia J, Briesacher BA, Peterson D, et al. Use of medications of questionable benefit in advanced dementia. JAMA Intern Med 2014;174:1763–71.

              9. Tjia J, Velten SJ, Parsons C, et al. Studies to reduce unnecessary medication use in frail older adults: A systematic review. Drugs Aging 2013;30:285–307.

              10. Anathhanam AS, Powis RA, Cracknell AL, Robson J. Impact of prescribed medicines on patient safety in older people. Ther Adv Drug Saf 2012;3:165–74.

              11. Opondo D, Eslami S, Visscher S, et al. Inappropriateness of medication prescriptions to elderly patients in the primary care setting: a systematic review. PLoS One 2012;7(8):e43617.

              12. Kalisch LM, Caughey GE, Barratt JD, et al. Prevalence of preventable medication-related hospitalizations in Australia: an opportunity to reduce harm. Int J Qual Health Care 2012;24:239–49.

              13. Bero LA, Lipton HL, Bird JA. Characterisation of geriatric drug-related hospital readmissions. Med Care 1991;29:989–1003.

              14. Jyrkkä J, Enlund H, Korhonen MJ, et al. Polypharmacy status as an indicator of mortality in an elderly population. Drugs Aging 2009;26:1039–48.

              15. Steinman MA, Miao Y, Boscardin WJ, et al. Prescribing quality in older veterans: a multifocal approach. J Gen Intern Med 2014;29:1379–86.

              16. Goldberg R, Mabee J, Chan L, Wong S. Drug-drug and drug-disease interactions in the ED: analysis of a high-risk population. Am J Emerg Med 1996;14:447–50.

              17. Elliott RA, Booth JC. Problems with medicine use in older Australians: a review of recent literature. J Pharm Pract Res 2014;44:258–71.

              18. Barat I, Andreasen F, Damsgaard EM. Drug therapy in the elderly: what doctors believe and patients actually do. Br J Clin Pharmacol 2001;51:615–22.

              19. Chapman RH, Benner JS, Petrilla AA, et al. Predictors of adherence with antihypertensive and lipid-lowering therapy. Arch Intern Med 2005;165:1147–52.

              20. Gnjidic D, Hilmer SN. Emergency hospitalizations for adverse drug events. N Engl J Med 2012;366:859.

              21. Gnjidic D, Hilmer SN, Blyth FM, Naganathan V, Waite L, et al. Polypharmacy cutoff and outcomes: five or more medicines were used to identify community-dwelling older men at risk of different adverse outcomes. J Clin Epidemiol 2012;65:989–95.

              22. Cherubini A, Oristrell J, Pla X, et al. The persistent exclusion of older patients from ongoing clinical trials regarding heart failure. Arch Intern Med 2011;171:550–6.

              23. Bugeja G, Kumar A, Banerjee AK. Exclusion of elderly people from clinical research: a descriptive study of published reports. BMJ 1997;315:1059.

              24. Mangin D, Heath I, Jamoulle M. Beyond diagnosis: rising to the multimorbidity challenge. BMJ 2012;344:e3526.

              25. Boyd CM, Darer J, Boult C, et al. Clinical practice guidelines and quality of care for older patients with multiple comorbid diseases: implications for pay for performance. JAMA 2005;294:716–24.

              26. McLean AJ, Le Couteur DG. Aging biology and geriatric clinical pharmacology. Pharmacol Rev 2004;56:163–84.

              27. Hilmer SN, Mager DE, Simonsick EM, et al. Drug Burden Index score and functional decline in older people. Am J Med 2009;122:1142–9.

              28. Reeve E, Gnjidic D, Long J, Hilmer S. A systematic review of the emerging definition of ‘deprescribing’ with network analysis: implications for future research and clinical practice. Br J Clin Pharmacol 2015;80:1254–68.

              29. Scott IA, Hilmer SN, Reeve E, et al. Reducing inappropriate polypharmacy – the process of deprescribing. JAMA Intern Med 2015;175:827–34.

              30. Scott IA, Gray LA, Martin JH, et al. Deciding when to stop: towards evidence-based deprescribing of drugs in older populations. Evidence-based Med 2013;18:121–4.

              31. Reeve E, Shakib S, Hendrix I, et al. Review of deprescribing processes and development of an evidence-based, patient-centred deprescribing process. Br J Clin Pharmacol 2014;78:738–47.

              32. Alldred D. Deprescribing: a brave new word? Int J Pharm Pract. 2014;22:2–3.

              33. Kaur S, Mitchell G, Vitetta L, Roberts MS. Interventions that can reduce inappropriate prescribing in the elderly: a systematic review. Drugs Aging 2009;26:1013–28.

              34. Tjia J, Velten SJ, Parsons C, et al. Studies to reduce unnecessary medication use in frail older adults: A systematic review. Drugs Aging 2013;30:285–307.

              35. Thomas R, Huntley AL, Mann M, et al. Pharmacist-led interventions to reduce unplanned admissions for older people: a systematic review and meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials. Age Ageing 2014;43:174–87.

              36. Gnjidic D, Le Couteur DG, Kouladjian L, Hilmer SN. Deprescribing trials: Methods to reduce polypharmacy and the impact on prescribing and clinical outcomes. Clin Geriatr Med 2012;28:237–53.

              37. Patterson SM, Hughes C, Kerse N, et al. Interventions to improve use of polypharmacy for older people. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2012;5:CD008165.

              38. Chhina HK, Bhole VM, Goldsmith C, et al. Effectiveness of academic detailing to optimize medication prescribing behaviour of family physicians. J Pharm Pharm Sci 2013;16:511–29.

              39. Alldred DP, Raynor DK, Hughes C, et al. Interventions to optimise prescribing for older people in care homes. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2013;CD009095.

              40. García-Gollarte F, Baleriola-Júlvez J, Ferrero-López I, et al. An educational intervention on drug use in nursing homes improves health outcomes and resource utilization and reduces inappropriate drug prescription. J Am Dir Assoc 2014;15:885–91.

              41. Pitkälä KH, Juola A-L, Kautiainen H, Soini H, et al. Education to reduce potentially harmful medication use among residents of assisted living facilities: A randomized controlled trial. J Am Dir Assoc 2014;15:892–8.

              42. Tannenbaum C, Martin P, Tamblyn R, et al. Reduction of inappropriate benzodiazepine prescriptions among older adults through direct patient education. The EMPOWER cluster randomized trial. JAMA Intern Med 2014;174:890–8.

              43. Iyer S, Naganathan V, McLachlan AJ, Le Couteur DG. Medication withdrawal trials in people aged 65 years and older: a systematic review. Drugs Aging 2008;25:1021–31.

              44. Declercq T, Petrovic M, Azermai M, et al. Withdrawal versus continuation of chronic antipsychotic medicines for behavioural and psychological symptoms in older people with dementia. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2013;3:CD007726.

              45. Ekbom T, Lindholm LH, Odén A, et al. A 5-year prospective, observational study of the withdrawal of antihypertensive treatment in elderly people. J Intern Med 1994;235:581–588.

              46. Kutner JS, Blatchford PJ, Taylor DH Jr, et al. Safety and benefit of discontinuing statin therapy in the setting of advanced, life-limiting illness: a randomized clinical trial. JAMA Intern Med 2015;175:691–700.

              47. Page AT, Clifford RM, Potter K, Schwartz D, Etherton-Beer CD. The feasibility and effect of deprescribing in older adults on mortality and health: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Br J Clin Pharmacol 2016 Apr 14. [Epub ahead of print]

              48. Garfinkel D, Zur-Gil S, Ben-Israel J. The war against polypharmacy: a new cost-effective geriatric-palliative approach for improving drug therapy in disabled elderly people. Isr Med Assoc J 2007;9:430–4.

              49. Garfinkel D, Mangin D. Feasibility study of a systematic approach for discontinuation of multiple medicines in older adults: addressing polypharmacy. Arch Intern Med 2010;170:1648–54.

              50. McKean M, Pillans P, Scott IA. A medication review and deprescribing method for hospitalised older patients receiving multiple medications. Intern Med J 2016;46:35–42.

              51. Mudge A, Radnedge K, Kasper K, et al. Effects of a pilot multidisciplinary clinic for frequent attending elderly patients on deprescribing. Aust Health Rev 2015; Jul 6. [Epub ahead of print]

              52. Gallagher PF, O’Connor MN, O’Mahony D. Prevention of potentially inappropriate prescribing for elderly Patients: A randomized controlled trial using STOPP/START criteria. Clin Pharmacol Therap 2011;89:845–54.

              53. Dalleur O, Boland B, Losseau C, et al. Reduction of potentially inappropriate medications using the STOPP criteria in frail older inpatients: a randomised controlled study. Drugs Aging 2014;31:291–8.

              54. Potter K, Flicker L, Page A, Etherton-Beer C. Deprescribing in frail older people: A randomised controlled trial. PLoS One 2016;11(3):e0149984.

              55. Conklin J, Farrell B, Ward N, et al. Developmental evaluation as a strategy to enhance the uptake and use of deprescribing guidelines: protocol for a multiple case study. Implement Sci 2015;10:91–101.

              56. Lindsay J, Dooley M, Martin J, et al. The development and evaluation of an oncological palliative care deprescribing guideline: the ‘OncPal deprescribing guideline’ Support Care Cancer 2015;23:71–8.

              57. Miller GC, Valenti L, Britt H, Bayram C. Drugs causing adverse events in patients aged 45 or older: a randomised survey of Australian general practice patients. BMJ Open 2013;3:e003701.

              58. Budnitz DS, Lovegrove MC, Shebab N, Richards CL. Emergency hospitalisations for adverse drug events in older Americans. N Engl J Med 2011;365:2002–12.

              59. Scott IA, Andersen K, Freeman C. Review of structured guides for deprescribing. Eur J Hosp Pharm 2016. In press.

              60. Scott IA, Le Couteur D. Physicians need to take the lead in deprescribing. Intern Med J 2015;45:352–6.

              61. Poudel A, Ballokova A, Hubbard RE, et al. An algorithm of medication review in residential aged care facilities: focus on minimizing use of high risk medications. Geriatr Gerontol Int Sep 3. [Epub ahead of print]

              62. Scott IA, Martin JH, Gray LA, Mitchell CA. Effects of a drug minimisation guide on prescribing intentions in elderly persons with polypharmacy. Drugs Ageing 2012;29:659–67.

              63. Bennett A, Gnjidic D, Gillett M, et al. Prevalence and impact of fall-risk-increasing drugs, polypharmacy, and drug-drug interactions in robust versus frail hospitalised falls patients: a prospective cohort study. Drugs Aging 2014;31:225–32.

              64. Black DM, Schwartz AV, Ensrud KE, et al. FLEX Research Group. Effects of continuing or stopping alendronate after 5 years of treatment: the Fracture Intervention Trial Long-term Extension (FLEX): a randomised trial. JAMA 2006;296:2927–38.

              65. Sever PS, Chang CL, Gupta AK, et al. The Anglo-Scandinavian Cardiac Outcomes Trial: 11-year mortality follow-up of the lipid lowering arm in the UK. Eur Heart J 2011;32:2525–32.

              66. Anderson K, Stowasser D, Freeman C, Scott I. Prescriber barriers and enablers to minimising potentially inappropriate medications in adults: a systematic review and thematic synthesis. BMJ Open 2014;4.

              67. Reeve E, To J, Hendrix I, et al. Patient barriers to and enablers of deprescribing: a systematic review. Drugs Aging 2013;30:793–807.

              68. Palagyi A, Keay L, Harper J, et al. Barricades and brickwalls—a qualitative study exploring perceptions of medication use and deprescribing in long-term care. BMC Geriatr 2016;16:15.

              69. Garfinkel D, Ilhan B, Bahat G. Routine deprescribing of chronic medications to combat polypharmacy. Ther Adv Drug Saf 2015;6:212–33.

              70. Reeve E, Shakib S, Hendrix I, et al. The benefits and harms of deprescribing. Med J Aust 2014;201:386–9.

              71. Betteridge TM, Frampton CM, Jardine DL. Polypharmacy – we make it worse! A cross-sectional study from an acute admissions unit. Intern Med J 2012;42:208–11.

              72. Hubbard RE, Peel NM, Scott IA, et al. Polypharmacy among inpatients aged 70 years or older in Australia. Med J Aust 2015;202:373–7.

              73. Klopotowska JE, Wierenga PC, Smorenburg SM, et al. Recognition of adverse drug events in older hospitalized medical patients. Eur J Clin Pharmacol 2013;69:75–85.

              74. Reeve E, Wiese MD, Hendrix I, et al. People’s attitudes, beliefs, and experiences regarding polypharmacy and willingness to deprescribe. J Am Geriatr Soc 2013;61:1508–14.

              75. Kalogianis MJ, Wimmer BC, Turner JP, et al. Are residents of aged care facilities willing to have their medications deprescribed? Res Social Adm Pharm 2015. Published online 18 Dec 2015.

              76. Turner JP, Edwards S, Stanners M, et al. What factors are important for deprescribing in Australian long-term care facilities? Perspectives of residents and health professionals. BMJ Open 2016;6:e009781.

              77. Page AT, Etherton-Beer CD, Clifford RM, et al. Deprescribing in frail older people - Do doctors and pharmacists agree? Res Social Adm Pharm 2015;12:438–49.

              78. Luymes CH, van der Kleij RM, Poortvliet RK, et al. Deprescribing potentially inappropriate preventive cardiovascular medication: Barriers and enablers for patients and general practitioners. Ann Pharmacother 2016 Mar 3. [Epub ahead of print]

              79. Hoffmann TC, Del Mar C. Patients’ expectations of the benefits and harms of treatments, screening, and tests: a systematic review. JAMA Intern Med 2015;175:274–86.

              80. Martin P, Tamblyn R, Ahmed S, Tannenbaum C. A drug education tool developed for older adults changes knowledge, beliefs and risk perceptions about inappropriate benzodiazepine prescriptions in the elderly. Patient Educ Couns 2013;92:81–7.

              81. Hamilton H, Gallagher P, Ryan C, et al. Potentially inappropriate medicines defined by STOPP criteria and the risk of adverse drug events in older hospitalized patients. Arch Intern Med 2011;171:1013–7.

              82. NHS Highland. Polypharmacy: guidance for prescribing in frail adults. Accessed at: www.nhshighland.scot.nhs.uk/publications/documents/guidelines/polypharmacy guidance for prescribing in frail adults.pdf.

              83. Anderson K, Foster MM, Freeman CR, Scott IA. A multifaceted intervention to reduce inappropriate polypharmacy in primary care: research co-creation opportunities in a pilot study. Med J Aust 2016;204:S41–4.

              84. A practical guide to stopping medicines in older people. Accessed at: www.bpac.org.nz/magazine/2010/april/stopGuide.asp.

              85. www.cpsedu.com.au/posts/view/46/Deprescribing-Documents-now-Available-for-Download.

              86. Bregnhøj L, Thirstrup S, Kristensen MB, et al. Combined intervention programme reduces inappropriate prescribing in elderly patients exposed to polypharmacy in primary care. Eur J Clin Pharmacol 2009;65:199–207.

              References

              1. Qato DM, Alexander GC, Conti RM, et . Use of prescription and over-the-counter medications and dietary supplements among older adults in the United States. JAMA 2008;300:2867–78.

              2. Kantor ED, Rehm CD, Haas JS, et al. Trends in prescription drug use among adults in the United States from 1999-2012. JAMA 2015;314:1818–31.

              3. Wise J. Polypharmacy: a necessary evil. BMJ 2013;347: f7033.

              4.   Gnjidic D, Hilmer SN, Blyth FM, et al. Polypharmacy cutoff and outcomes: five or more medicines were used to identify community-dwelling older men at risk of different adverse outcomes. J Clin Epidemiol 2012;65:989–95.

              5. Atkin PA, Veitch PC, Veitch EM, Ogle SJ. The epidemiology of serious adverse drug reactions among the elderly. Medicines Aging 1999;14:141–52.

              6. Roughead EE, Anderson B, Gilbert AL. Potentially inappropriate prescribing among Australian veterans and war widows/widowers. Intern Med J 2007;37:402–5.

              7. Stafford AC, Alswayan MS, Tenni PC. Inappropriate prescribing in older residents of Australian care homes. Clin Pharmacol Therapeut 2011;36:33–44.

              8. Tjia J, Briesacher BA, Peterson D, et al. Use of medications of questionable benefit in advanced dementia. JAMA Intern Med 2014;174:1763–71.

              9. Tjia J, Velten SJ, Parsons C, et al. Studies to reduce unnecessary medication use in frail older adults: A systematic review. Drugs Aging 2013;30:285–307.

              10. Anathhanam AS, Powis RA, Cracknell AL, Robson J. Impact of prescribed medicines on patient safety in older people. Ther Adv Drug Saf 2012;3:165–74.

              11. Opondo D, Eslami S, Visscher S, et al. Inappropriateness of medication prescriptions to elderly patients in the primary care setting: a systematic review. PLoS One 2012;7(8):e43617.

              12. Kalisch LM, Caughey GE, Barratt JD, et al. Prevalence of preventable medication-related hospitalizations in Australia: an opportunity to reduce harm. Int J Qual Health Care 2012;24:239–49.

              13. Bero LA, Lipton HL, Bird JA. Characterisation of geriatric drug-related hospital readmissions. Med Care 1991;29:989–1003.

              14. Jyrkkä J, Enlund H, Korhonen MJ, et al. Polypharmacy status as an indicator of mortality in an elderly population. Drugs Aging 2009;26:1039–48.

              15. Steinman MA, Miao Y, Boscardin WJ, et al. Prescribing quality in older veterans: a multifocal approach. J Gen Intern Med 2014;29:1379–86.

              16. Goldberg R, Mabee J, Chan L, Wong S. Drug-drug and drug-disease interactions in the ED: analysis of a high-risk population. Am J Emerg Med 1996;14:447–50.

              17. Elliott RA, Booth JC. Problems with medicine use in older Australians: a review of recent literature. J Pharm Pract Res 2014;44:258–71.

              18. Barat I, Andreasen F, Damsgaard EM. Drug therapy in the elderly: what doctors believe and patients actually do. Br J Clin Pharmacol 2001;51:615–22.

              19. Chapman RH, Benner JS, Petrilla AA, et al. Predictors of adherence with antihypertensive and lipid-lowering therapy. Arch Intern Med 2005;165:1147–52.

              20. Gnjidic D, Hilmer SN. Emergency hospitalizations for adverse drug events. N Engl J Med 2012;366:859.

              21. Gnjidic D, Hilmer SN, Blyth FM, Naganathan V, Waite L, et al. Polypharmacy cutoff and outcomes: five or more medicines were used to identify community-dwelling older men at risk of different adverse outcomes. J Clin Epidemiol 2012;65:989–95.

              22. Cherubini A, Oristrell J, Pla X, et al. The persistent exclusion of older patients from ongoing clinical trials regarding heart failure. Arch Intern Med 2011;171:550–6.

              23. Bugeja G, Kumar A, Banerjee AK. Exclusion of elderly people from clinical research: a descriptive study of published reports. BMJ 1997;315:1059.

              24. Mangin D, Heath I, Jamoulle M. Beyond diagnosis: rising to the multimorbidity challenge. BMJ 2012;344:e3526.

              25. Boyd CM, Darer J, Boult C, et al. Clinical practice guidelines and quality of care for older patients with multiple comorbid diseases: implications for pay for performance. JAMA 2005;294:716–24.

              26. McLean AJ, Le Couteur DG. Aging biology and geriatric clinical pharmacology. Pharmacol Rev 2004;56:163–84.

              27. Hilmer SN, Mager DE, Simonsick EM, et al. Drug Burden Index score and functional decline in older people. Am J Med 2009;122:1142–9.

              28. Reeve E, Gnjidic D, Long J, Hilmer S. A systematic review of the emerging definition of ‘deprescribing’ with network analysis: implications for future research and clinical practice. Br J Clin Pharmacol 2015;80:1254–68.

              29. Scott IA, Hilmer SN, Reeve E, et al. Reducing inappropriate polypharmacy – the process of deprescribing. JAMA Intern Med 2015;175:827–34.

              30. Scott IA, Gray LA, Martin JH, et al. Deciding when to stop: towards evidence-based deprescribing of drugs in older populations. Evidence-based Med 2013;18:121–4.

              31. Reeve E, Shakib S, Hendrix I, et al. Review of deprescribing processes and development of an evidence-based, patient-centred deprescribing process. Br J Clin Pharmacol 2014;78:738–47.

              32. Alldred D. Deprescribing: a brave new word? Int J Pharm Pract. 2014;22:2–3.

              33. Kaur S, Mitchell G, Vitetta L, Roberts MS. Interventions that can reduce inappropriate prescribing in the elderly: a systematic review. Drugs Aging 2009;26:1013–28.

              34. Tjia J, Velten SJ, Parsons C, et al. Studies to reduce unnecessary medication use in frail older adults: A systematic review. Drugs Aging 2013;30:285–307.

              35. Thomas R, Huntley AL, Mann M, et al. Pharmacist-led interventions to reduce unplanned admissions for older people: a systematic review and meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials. Age Ageing 2014;43:174–87.

              36. Gnjidic D, Le Couteur DG, Kouladjian L, Hilmer SN. Deprescribing trials: Methods to reduce polypharmacy and the impact on prescribing and clinical outcomes. Clin Geriatr Med 2012;28:237–53.

              37. Patterson SM, Hughes C, Kerse N, et al. Interventions to improve use of polypharmacy for older people. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2012;5:CD008165.

              38. Chhina HK, Bhole VM, Goldsmith C, et al. Effectiveness of academic detailing to optimize medication prescribing behaviour of family physicians. J Pharm Pharm Sci 2013;16:511–29.

              39. Alldred DP, Raynor DK, Hughes C, et al. Interventions to optimise prescribing for older people in care homes. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2013;CD009095.

              40. García-Gollarte F, Baleriola-Júlvez J, Ferrero-López I, et al. An educational intervention on drug use in nursing homes improves health outcomes and resource utilization and reduces inappropriate drug prescription. J Am Dir Assoc 2014;15:885–91.

              41. Pitkälä KH, Juola A-L, Kautiainen H, Soini H, et al. Education to reduce potentially harmful medication use among residents of assisted living facilities: A randomized controlled trial. J Am Dir Assoc 2014;15:892–8.

              42. Tannenbaum C, Martin P, Tamblyn R, et al. Reduction of inappropriate benzodiazepine prescriptions among older adults through direct patient education. The EMPOWER cluster randomized trial. JAMA Intern Med 2014;174:890–8.

              43. Iyer S, Naganathan V, McLachlan AJ, Le Couteur DG. Medication withdrawal trials in people aged 65 years and older: a systematic review. Drugs Aging 2008;25:1021–31.

              44. Declercq T, Petrovic M, Azermai M, et al. Withdrawal versus continuation of chronic antipsychotic medicines for behavioural and psychological symptoms in older people with dementia. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2013;3:CD007726.

              45. Ekbom T, Lindholm LH, Odén A, et al. A 5-year prospective, observational study of the withdrawal of antihypertensive treatment in elderly people. J Intern Med 1994;235:581–588.

              46. Kutner JS, Blatchford PJ, Taylor DH Jr, et al. Safety and benefit of discontinuing statin therapy in the setting of advanced, life-limiting illness: a randomized clinical trial. JAMA Intern Med 2015;175:691–700.

              47. Page AT, Clifford RM, Potter K, Schwartz D, Etherton-Beer CD. The feasibility and effect of deprescribing in older adults on mortality and health: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Br J Clin Pharmacol 2016 Apr 14. [Epub ahead of print]

              48. Garfinkel D, Zur-Gil S, Ben-Israel J. The war against polypharmacy: a new cost-effective geriatric-palliative approach for improving drug therapy in disabled elderly people. Isr Med Assoc J 2007;9:430–4.

              49. Garfinkel D, Mangin D. Feasibility study of a systematic approach for discontinuation of multiple medicines in older adults: addressing polypharmacy. Arch Intern Med 2010;170:1648–54.

              50. McKean M, Pillans P, Scott IA. A medication review and deprescribing method for hospitalised older patients receiving multiple medications. Intern Med J 2016;46:35–42.

              51. Mudge A, Radnedge K, Kasper K, et al. Effects of a pilot multidisciplinary clinic for frequent attending elderly patients on deprescribing. Aust Health Rev 2015; Jul 6. [Epub ahead of print]

              52. Gallagher PF, O’Connor MN, O’Mahony D. Prevention of potentially inappropriate prescribing for elderly Patients: A randomized controlled trial using STOPP/START criteria. Clin Pharmacol Therap 2011;89:845–54.

              53. Dalleur O, Boland B, Losseau C, et al. Reduction of potentially inappropriate medications using the STOPP criteria in frail older inpatients: a randomised controlled study. Drugs Aging 2014;31:291–8.

              54. Potter K, Flicker L, Page A, Etherton-Beer C. Deprescribing in frail older people: A randomised controlled trial. PLoS One 2016;11(3):e0149984.

              55. Conklin J, Farrell B, Ward N, et al. Developmental evaluation as a strategy to enhance the uptake and use of deprescribing guidelines: protocol for a multiple case study. Implement Sci 2015;10:91–101.

              56. Lindsay J, Dooley M, Martin J, et al. The development and evaluation of an oncological palliative care deprescribing guideline: the ‘OncPal deprescribing guideline’ Support Care Cancer 2015;23:71–8.

              57. Miller GC, Valenti L, Britt H, Bayram C. Drugs causing adverse events in patients aged 45 or older: a randomised survey of Australian general practice patients. BMJ Open 2013;3:e003701.

              58. Budnitz DS, Lovegrove MC, Shebab N, Richards CL. Emergency hospitalisations for adverse drug events in older Americans. N Engl J Med 2011;365:2002–12.

              59. Scott IA, Andersen K, Freeman C. Review of structured guides for deprescribing. Eur J Hosp Pharm 2016. In press.

              60. Scott IA, Le Couteur D. Physicians need to take the lead in deprescribing. Intern Med J 2015;45:352–6.

              61. Poudel A, Ballokova A, Hubbard RE, et al. An algorithm of medication review in residential aged care facilities: focus on minimizing use of high risk medications. Geriatr Gerontol Int Sep 3. [Epub ahead of print]

              62. Scott IA, Martin JH, Gray LA, Mitchell CA. Effects of a drug minimisation guide on prescribing intentions in elderly persons with polypharmacy. Drugs Ageing 2012;29:659–67.

              63. Bennett A, Gnjidic D, Gillett M, et al. Prevalence and impact of fall-risk-increasing drugs, polypharmacy, and drug-drug interactions in robust versus frail hospitalised falls patients: a prospective cohort study. Drugs Aging 2014;31:225–32.

              64. Black DM, Schwartz AV, Ensrud KE, et al. FLEX Research Group. Effects of continuing or stopping alendronate after 5 years of treatment: the Fracture Intervention Trial Long-term Extension (FLEX): a randomised trial. JAMA 2006;296:2927–38.

              65. Sever PS, Chang CL, Gupta AK, et al. The Anglo-Scandinavian Cardiac Outcomes Trial: 11-year mortality follow-up of the lipid lowering arm in the UK. Eur Heart J 2011;32:2525–32.

              66. Anderson K, Stowasser D, Freeman C, Scott I. Prescriber barriers and enablers to minimising potentially inappropriate medications in adults: a systematic review and thematic synthesis. BMJ Open 2014;4.

              67. Reeve E, To J, Hendrix I, et al. Patient barriers to and enablers of deprescribing: a systematic review. Drugs Aging 2013;30:793–807.

              68. Palagyi A, Keay L, Harper J, et al. Barricades and brickwalls—a qualitative study exploring perceptions of medication use and deprescribing in long-term care. BMC Geriatr 2016;16:15.

              69. Garfinkel D, Ilhan B, Bahat G. Routine deprescribing of chronic medications to combat polypharmacy. Ther Adv Drug Saf 2015;6:212–33.

              70. Reeve E, Shakib S, Hendrix I, et al. The benefits and harms of deprescribing. Med J Aust 2014;201:386–9.

              71. Betteridge TM, Frampton CM, Jardine DL. Polypharmacy – we make it worse! A cross-sectional study from an acute admissions unit. Intern Med J 2012;42:208–11.

              72. Hubbard RE, Peel NM, Scott IA, et al. Polypharmacy among inpatients aged 70 years or older in Australia. Med J Aust 2015;202:373–7.

              73. Klopotowska JE, Wierenga PC, Smorenburg SM, et al. Recognition of adverse drug events in older hospitalized medical patients. Eur J Clin Pharmacol 2013;69:75–85.

              74. Reeve E, Wiese MD, Hendrix I, et al. People’s attitudes, beliefs, and experiences regarding polypharmacy and willingness to deprescribe. J Am Geriatr Soc 2013;61:1508–14.

              75. Kalogianis MJ, Wimmer BC, Turner JP, et al. Are residents of aged care facilities willing to have their medications deprescribed? Res Social Adm Pharm 2015. Published online 18 Dec 2015.

              76. Turner JP, Edwards S, Stanners M, et al. What factors are important for deprescribing in Australian long-term care facilities? Perspectives of residents and health professionals. BMJ Open 2016;6:e009781.

              77. Page AT, Etherton-Beer CD, Clifford RM, et al. Deprescribing in frail older people - Do doctors and pharmacists agree? Res Social Adm Pharm 2015;12:438–49.

              78. Luymes CH, van der Kleij RM, Poortvliet RK, et al. Deprescribing potentially inappropriate preventive cardiovascular medication: Barriers and enablers for patients and general practitioners. Ann Pharmacother 2016 Mar 3. [Epub ahead of print]

              79. Hoffmann TC, Del Mar C. Patients’ expectations of the benefits and harms of treatments, screening, and tests: a systematic review. JAMA Intern Med 2015;175:274–86.

              80. Martin P, Tamblyn R, Ahmed S, Tannenbaum C. A drug education tool developed for older adults changes knowledge, beliefs and risk perceptions about inappropriate benzodiazepine prescriptions in the elderly. Patient Educ Couns 2013;92:81–7.

              81. Hamilton H, Gallagher P, Ryan C, et al. Potentially inappropriate medicines defined by STOPP criteria and the risk of adverse drug events in older hospitalized patients. Arch Intern Med 2011;171:1013–7.

              82. NHS Highland. Polypharmacy: guidance for prescribing in frail adults. Accessed at: www.nhshighland.scot.nhs.uk/publications/documents/guidelines/polypharmacy guidance for prescribing in frail adults.pdf.

              83. Anderson K, Foster MM, Freeman CR, Scott IA. A multifaceted intervention to reduce inappropriate polypharmacy in primary care: research co-creation opportunities in a pilot study. Med J Aust 2016;204:S41–4.

              84. A practical guide to stopping medicines in older people. Accessed at: www.bpac.org.nz/magazine/2010/april/stopGuide.asp.

              85. www.cpsedu.com.au/posts/view/46/Deprescribing-Documents-now-Available-for-Download.

              86. Bregnhøj L, Thirstrup S, Kristensen MB, et al. Combined intervention programme reduces inappropriate prescribing in elderly patients exposed to polypharmacy in primary care. Eur J Clin Pharmacol 2009;65:199–207.

              Issue
              Journal of Clinical Outcomes Management - AUGUST 2016, VOL. 23, NO. 8
              Issue
              Journal of Clinical Outcomes Management - AUGUST 2016, VOL. 23, NO. 8
              Publications
              Publications
              Topics
              Article Type
              Display Headline
              Evidence-Based Deprescribing: Reversing the Tide of Potentially Inappropriate Polypharmacy
              Display Headline
              Evidence-Based Deprescribing: Reversing the Tide of Potentially Inappropriate Polypharmacy
              Sections
              Disallow All Ads
              Content Gating
              No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
              Alternative CME
              Disqus Comments
              Default
              Use ProPublica